Recording and Coding Guide in Bridge Inspection

RECORDING AND CODING GUIDE
FOR
STRUCTURE INVENTORY AND APPRAISAL
OF NEW JERSEY BRIDGES
STRUCTURAL EVALUATION
2003
BUREAU OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
This printing include the contents of the 1995 Federal Recording and Coding Guide for the
Structure Inventory and Appraisal of the Nations Bridges and the 2003 State Recording and
Coding Guide for the Structure Inventory and Appraisal of New Jersey Bridges. Also, the 2003
State Railroad Bridge Coding Instructions are included.
This printing is available by accessing the Department of Transportation website. Additional copies
of this Manual may be printed from this source.
If, for any reason you cannot access the aforementioned website, additional copies of this Manual
are available upon written request:
New Jersey Department of Transportation

Bureau of Structural Engineering
1035 Parkway Avenue
CN 600
Trenton, New Jersey 08625
NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

MEMORANDUM
TO:
All Bridge Inspection Staff,

Structural Evaluation
FROM:
James Lane, Manager

DATE:
February 5, 2007
PHONE:
5-3572
SUBJECT:
Revision to the 2003 Recording and Coding Guide for the

Structure Inventory and Appraisal of New Jersey Bridges
________________________________________________________________________________
The following revisions to the subject Manual have been made for the reasons specified below:
Page F11
Item 19 Bypass, Detour Length: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

error.
See revision in Red.
Page F32
Item 49 Structure Length: Revision is necessary to correct typographical error. See

revision in Red.
Page F37
Item 51 Bridge Roadway Width: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

error. See revision in Red.
Page F42
Item 56 Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left: Revision is necessary to correct

typographical error. See revision in Red.
Page F53
Item 68 Deck Geometry: Typographical error in Table 2A. The proper value for
code 7 for ADT between 2001 to 5000 and >5000 should be = 44 rather than
>44.
Page F61
Item 72 Approach Roadway Alignment: Revision is necessary to correct

typographical error. See revision in Red.
Page S-7
Item A- Town: Revision is necessary due to the Dover Township changing its name
to Toms River Township.
Page S-27
BC USRA Line Code: Revision is necessary to correct typographical error. See

revision in Red.
Page S-46
Item FQ Last In-Depth Fracture Critical/Pin-Hanger Inspection Date: Revision is

necessary to correct the name of the Item. It should read Latest In-Depth Fracture
Critical/Pin-Hanger Inspection Date. Also, it should be coded MM, DD, YYYY.
Page 2
Page S-48
Item GC Date of Paint Inspection: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

error. See revision in Red
Page S-49
Items GD Thru GO Paint Condition Rating: Revisions are necessary to avoid

duplication code.
Page SF-4
TL-5 Bridge Railing: Revision is necessary to give more clarification for TL-5 Bridge
Railing. Only interstate highways carrying Bridge required TL-5 Bridge Railing (not
on freeway).
Pages SF-4, SF-5, SF-6, SF-7, SF-17, SF-25, SF-27 AND SF-28:
These pages are revised based on Baseline Document changes that have been released
as follows:
BDC03D-04 dated on 03/10/2004
BDC06S-07 dated on 12/11/2006
FederalAppendix C:
Revised to incorporate the version of the regulations effective January 13, 2005
c:
Richard W. Dunne
Helene Bowman
ITEM 17 - LONGITUDE (CONTINUED)

The reason for the increased precision is to facilitate the use of Global Positioning System (GPS)
data directly into this item. The increased precision is not currently mandatory and, if GPS
readings are not available, the current measuring methods and level of precision may continue to
be used. The minimum precision should be to the nearest minute, but the preferred precision is
to the nearest hundredth of a second using GPS methods.
Example:
Longitude is 815.8' (current precision)
(acceptable coding)
815'50.65" (GPS reading)
Code
081054800
081060000
081055065
ITEM 18
(reserved)
ITEM 19 - BYPASS, DETOUR LENGTH (XX miles)
2 DIGITS
Indicate the actual length to the nearest mile of the detour length. The detour length should
represent the total additional travel for a vehicle which would result from closing of the bridge.
The factor to consider when determining if a bypass is available at the site is the potential for
moving vehicles, including military vehicles, around the structure. This is particularly true when
the structure is in an interchange. For instance, a bypass likely would be available in the case of
diamond interchanges, interchanges where there are service roads available, or other
interchanges where the positioning and layout of the ramps is such that they could be used
without difficulty to get around the structure. If a ground level bypass is available at the
structure site for the inventory route, record and code the detour length as 00.
If the bridge is one of twin bridges and is not at an interchange, code 01 where the other twin
bridge can be used as a temporary bypass with a reasonable amount of crossover grading. The
detour route will be established following allowable criteria determined by the governing
authority. (Some authorities will not allow a designated detour over a road or bridge of lesser
"quality.") Code 99 for 99 miles or more.
F11
ITEM 48 - LENGTH OF MAXIMUM SPAN (XXXX feet)
4 DIGITS
The length of the maximum span shall be recorded. It shall be noted whether the measurement is
center to center of bearing points or clear open distance between piers, bents, or abutments. The
measurement shall be along the centerline of the bridge. For this item, code a 4-digit number to
represent the measurement to the nearest foot.
Examples:
Length of Maximum Span
Code
50 feet
117 feet
1,050 feet
0050
0117
1050
ITEM 49 - STRUCTURE LENGTH (XXXXXX feet)
6 DIGITS
Record and code a 6-digit number to represent the length of the structure to the nearest foot.
This shall be the length of roadway which is supported on the bridge structure. The length
should be measured back to back of backs walls of abutments or from paving notch to paving
notch.
Culvert lengths should be measured along the center line of roadway regardless of their depth
below grade. Measurement should be made between inside faces of exterior walls. Tunnel
length should be measured along the centerline of roadway. Be sure to code Item 5A = 2 for all
tunnels.
Examples:
Structure Length
Code
50 feet
5,421 feet
333 feet
101,235 feet
F32
000050
005421
000333
101235
ITEM 51 - BRIDGE ROADWAY WIDTH, CURB-TO-CURB (XXX.X feet) 4 DIGITS

The information to be recorded is the most restrictive minimum distance between curbs or rails
on the structure roadway. For structures with closed medians and usually for double decked
structures, coded data will be the sum of the most restrictive minimum distances for all roadways
carried by the structure*. The data recorded for this item must be compatible with other related
route and bridge data (i.e., Items 28, 29, 32, etc.). The measurement should be exclusive of
flared areas for ramps. A 4-digit number should be used to represent the distance to the nearest
tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). See examples on pages F35 and F36.
Where traffic runs directly on the top slab (or wearing surface) of a culvert- type structure, e.g.
an R/C box without fill, code the actual roadway width (curb-to-curb or rail-to-rail). This will
also apply where the fill is minimal and headwalls or parapets affect the flow of traffic.
Where the roadway is on fill carried across a structure and the headwalls or parapets do not
affect the flow of traffic, code 0000. This is considered proper inasmuch as a filled section
simply maintains the roadway cross-section. However, for sidehill viaduct structures code the
actual full curb-to-curb roadway width. See figure in the Commentary Appendix D.
*
Raised or non-mountable medians, open medians, and barrier widths are to be excluded
from the summation along with barrier-protected bicycle and equestrian lanes.
Examples:
Bridge Roadway Width
Code
36.00 feet wide
66.37 feet wide
110.13 feet wide
0360
0664
1101
The last example above would be the coded value for the deck section shown below.
F37
ITEM 56 - MINIMUM LATERAL UNDERCLEARANCE ON LEFT

(XX.X feet) (code only for divided highways, 1-way
streets, and ramps; not applicable to railroads)
3 DIGITS
Using a 3-digit number, record and code the minimum lateral underclearance on the left (median
side for divided highways) to the nearest tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). The
lateral clearance should be measured from the left edge of the roadway (excluding shoulders) to the
nearest substructure unit, to a rigid barrier, or to the toe of slope steeper than 1 to 3. Refer to
examples on page F41 under Item 55 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Right.
In the case of a dual highway, the median side clearances of both roadways should be measured and
the smaller distance recorded and coded. If there is no obstruction in the median area, a notation of
"open" should be recorded and 999 should be coded. For clearances greater than 100 feet, code 998.
Code 000 to indicate not applicable.
ITEM 57
(Reserved)
ITEMS 58 THROUGH 62 - INDICATE THE CONDITION RATINGS
In order to promote uniformity between bridge inspectors, these guidelines will be used to rate and
code Items 58, 59, 60, 61, and 62. The use of the AASHTO Guide for Commonly Recognized
(CoRe) Structural Elements is an acceptable alternative to using these rating guidelines for Items
58, 59, 60, and 62, provided the FHWA translator computer program is used to convert the
inspection data to NBI condition ratings for NBI data submittal.
Condition ratings are used to describe the existing, in-place bridge as compared to the as-built
condition. Evaluation is for the materials related, physical condition of the deck, superstructure,
and substructure components of a bridge. The condition evaluation of channels and channel
protection and culverts is also included. Condition codes are properly used when they provide an
overall characterization of the general condition of the entire component being rated. Conversely,
they are improperly used if they attempt to describe localized or nominally occurring instances of
deterioration or disrepair. Correct assignment of a condition code must, therefore, consider both
the severity of the deterioration or disrepair and the extent to which it is widespread throughout the
component being rated.
The load-carrying capacity will not be used in evaluating condition items. The fact that a bridge
was designed for less than current legal loads and may be posted shall have no influence upon
condition ratings.
Portions of bridges that are being supported or strengthened by temporary members will be rated
based on their actual condition; that is, the temporary members are not considered in the rating of
the
item. (See Item 103 - Temporary Structure Designation for the definition of a temporary bridge.)
Completed bridges not yet opened to traffic, if rated, shall be coded as if open to traffic.
F42
ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY (CONT'D)

Table 2A & 2B. Rating by Comparison of ADT - Item 29 and
Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb - Item 51
TABLE 2A
Bridge Roadway
Width
1 Lane; 2-Way
Traffic

2 Lanes; 2 Way Traffic
Deck
Geometry
Rating
Code
TABLE 2B
ADT (Both
Directions)
ADT (Both Directions)

0-100
101400
4011000
10012000
20015000
>5000
0-100
>100
>32
>36
>40
>44
>44
>44
=32
=36
=40
=44
=44
=44
<15.91
>28
>32
>36
>40
=44
=44
>15
>24
>28
>30
>34
>40
=44
>14
>20
>24
>26
>28
>34
>38
>13
>18
>20
>22
>24
>28
>32
(28)*
>12
>16
>18
>20
>22
>26
>30
(26)*
>11
<15.91
Any width less than required for a rating code of 3 and structure
is open.
Bridge Closed
Use value in parentheses for bridges longer than 200 feet.
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use the lower rating code for values between those listed in the table.
Dimensions are in feet.
For 1 lane of one-way traffic Table 2A is used.
For 3 or more undivided lanes of 2-way traffic, use Table 2C, Other Multilane Divided Facilities.
Do not use Table 2B for code 9 and for codes 8 through 4 inclusive when the ADT >100. Single
lane bridges less than 16 feet wide carrying 2-way traffic are always appraised at 3 or below if
they carry more than an ADT of 100.
One-lane bridges 16 feet and greater in roadway width, which are not ramps, are evaluated as a 2lane bridge using Table 2A.
F53
ITEM 71 - WATERWAY ADEQUACY (CONTINUED)

Functional Classification
Other
Principal
Principal
Arterials and Minor
Interstates,
Arterials
Freeways, or
and Major
Collectors
Expressways
CODE
4
3
Description
Minor
Collectors
Locals
5
Bridge deck above roadway approaches.

Occasional
overtopping
of
roadway
approaches with significant traffic delays.
Occasional overtopping of bridge deck and

roadway approaches with significant traffic
delays.
Frequent overtopping of bridge deck and

delays.
Occasional or frequent overtopping of bridge

deck and roadway approaches with severe
traffic delays.
Bridge closed.
ITEM 72 - APPROACH ROADWAY ALIGNMENT
1 DIGIT
Code the rating based on the adequacy of the approach roadway alignment. This item identifies
those bridges which do not function properly or adequately due to the alignment of the approaches.
It is not intended that the approach roadway alignment be compared to current standards but rather
to the existing highway alignment. This concept differs from other appraisal evaluations. The
establishment of set criteria to be used at all bridge sites is not appropriate for this item. The basic
criteria is how the alignment of the roadway approaches to the bridge relate to the general highway
alignment for the section of highway the bridge is on.
The individual structure shall be rated in accordance with the general appraisal rating guide
described on page F49 in lieu of specific design values. The approach roadway alignment will be
rated intolerable (a code of 3 or less) only if the horizontal or vertical curvature requires a
substantial reduction in the vehicle operating speed from that on the highway section. A very minor
speed reduction will be rated a 6, and when a speed reduction is not required, the appraisal code will
be an 8. Additional codes may be selected between these general values.
F61
ITEM A - TOWN (CONTINUED)
DIGITS 4
OCEAN COUNTY
(029)
PASSAIC COUNTY
(031)
SALEM COUNTY
(033)
Barnegat Light Boro
1501
Bloomingdale Boro
1601
Alloway Twp.
1701
Bay Head Boro
1502
Clifton City
1602
Carneys Point Twp.
1713
Beach Haven Boro
1503
Haledon Boro
1603
Elmer Boro
1702
Beachwood Boro
1504
Hawthorne Boro
1604
Elsinboro Twp.
1703
Berkeley Twp.
1505
Little Falls Twp.
1605
Lower Alloways Creek
1704
Brick Twp.
1506
North Haledon Boro
1606
Mannington Twp.
1705
Toms River Twp.
1507
Passaic City
1607
Oldmans Twp.
1706
Eagleswood Twp.
1508
Paterson City
1608
Penns Grove Boro
1707
Harvey Cedars Boro
1509
Pompton Lakes Boro
1609
Pennsville Twp.
1708
Island Heights Boro
1510
Prospect Park Boro
1610
Pilesgrove Twp.
1709
Jackson Twp.
1511
Ringwood Boro
1611
Pittsgrove Twp.
1710
Lacey Twp.
1512
Totowa Boro
1612
Quinton Twp.
1711
Lakehurst Boro
1513
Wanaque Boro
1613
Salem City
1712
Lakewood Twp.
1514
Wayne Twp.
1614
Upper Pittsgrove Twp.
1714
Lavalette Boro
1515
West Milford Twp.
1615
Woodstown Boro
1715
Little Egg Harbor Twp.
1516
West Paterson Boro
1616
Long Beach Twp.
1517
Manchester Twp.
1518
Mantaloking Boro
1519
Ocean Twp.
1520
Ocean Gate Boro
1521
Pine Beach Boro
1522
Plumstead Twp.
1523
Point Pleasant Boro
1524
Pt. Pleasant Beach Boro
1525
Seaside Heights Boro
1526
Seaside Park Boro
1527
Ship Bottom Boro
1528
South Toms River Boro
1529
Stafford Twp.
1530
Surf City Boro
1531
Tuckerton Boro
1532
Barnegat Twp.
1533
S-7
ITEM BC - USRA LINE CODE
DIGITS 4
Code the USRA line code listed under Item AA (Railroad Route listing Page RA-2) for Railroad
Bridges.
Example:
USRA Line Code 6152 - Code 6152
For New Jersey Transit USRA Line Codes, refer to page RA-1. For other rail lines not already
coded, see Railroad Coding Instructions or advise Structural Evaluation.
ITEM BD - RAILROAD TRACKS ON AND UNDER THE STRUCTURE
DIGITS 4
Code the number of the through tracks being carried be the structure as a 2- digit number.
Also, code the total number of through tracks being crossed over by the structure as a 2-digit
number. This item will be a 4-digit field consisting of two sub-fields with leading zeros in each
of the sub-fields.
Example:
2 Tracks On, 1 Track Under
2 Highway Lanes On, 2 Tracks Under
Code 0201
Code 0002
ITEM BE - RAILROAD MILEPOST

Code this item according to the Railroad Milepost of the Railroad line as designated in Item 6.
If the structure is a railroad carrying bridge, code Railroad Milepost according to the railroad line
designated in Item 7.
S-27
ITEM FP - FENCING IMPROVEMENT COST
DIGITS 4
Code a 4-digit number to represent the cost of the proposed structure fencing improvements in
thousands of dollars.
Example: Fencing Improvement Cost $63,750.
Leave blank is there is no fencing improvement cost.
ITEM FQ - LATEST IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL/
PIN-HANGER INSPECTION DATE
Code: 0064
DIGITS 4
Code the month, date and year of the most recent in-depth fracture critical or pin-hanger
inspection as follows:
Latest Inspection Date
Leave blank if not applicable
MM, DD,YYYY
ITEM FR - IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL/

PIN-HANGER CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, who made the latest in-depth fracture
critical or pin-hanger inspection of the structure. The codes are the same as those used for Item
CM. For consultant codes, contact your project manager.
Leave blank if not applicable.
ITEM FS - IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL MEMBERS
INSPECTED
DIGITS 120
List the structural members which require an in-depth fracture critical inspection. This list should
include all FCMs, not just those that require special in-depth inspections under In-Depth FCM
Contracts. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to avoid confusion.
Code X in first column (left justified) to blank out Item FS.
ITEM FT - COMBINATION IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL DIGIT 1
MEMBER/PIN-HANGER INSPECTION
Indicate by a code of 1 for Yes when the date coded for Item FQ (Last In-depth Fracture
Critical/Pin Hanger Inspection Date) represents an inspection of both Fracture Critical Members
and Pin-Hanger Assemblies.
S-46
ITEM GB - ENVIRONMENT
DIGITS 2
Using the following codes, indicate the type of environment that the bridge is located in:
Code
Description
01
02
3A
3B
Rural or Industrial, Mild Exposure

Industrial, Severe Exposure
Marine, Mild Exposure
Marine, Severe Exposure
ITEM GC- DATE OF PAINT INSPECTION
DIGITS 6
Code the date of the latest paint inspection using six digits representing the year, month and day
(MM,DD,YYYY).
Example:
The latest paint inspection was conducted on July 8, 1994. Therefore, the
correct code would be 07081994".
ITEMS GD THRU GO - PAINT CONDITION RATINGS
EACH DIGITS 2
Code the paint condition ratings for the Items listed below using the PAINT INSPECTION
field note form:
Item
Description
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GJ
GK
GL
GM
GN
GO
Fascia Beam
Fascia Bottom Flange
Interior Beam
Interior Bottom Flange
Beam Ends
Connections
Bracings
Bearings
Substructure
Above Deck Superstructure
Railings/Fence
S-48

(CONTINUED)
EACH DIGITS 2
Using the codes listed below, code the paint condition ratings for the above items (Code the
average for the Item, not the worst area):
Code
Description
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
100% Rust
50-100% Rust
33-50% Rust
16-33% Rust
10-16% Rust
3-10% Rust
1-3% Rust
0.3-1% Rust
0.1-0.3% Rust
.03-0.1% Rust
0-.03% Rust
If a specific Item does not require painting (except weathering steel), leave the code
blank. For weathering steel, see Appendix G for coding instructions.
Code lower number when you have two (2) choices to code.
ITEMS GP AND GQ -PAINT REMARKS 1 & 2
EACH DIGITS 89
In the space provided, indicate any remarks noted on the PAINT INSPECTION field note
form. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to avoid confusion.
Code X in first column (left justified) to blank out Items GP and GQ.
ITEM GR - DATE OF LAST PAINTING
DIGITS 4
Code the dates of the latest bridge painting using four digits representing the year and month
(YY,MM). This date is usually stenciled on the bridge fascia girder. If the bridge was spot
painted only, do not revise the previously coded date of painting. Also, if the date of painting is
unknown, leave this Item blank.
Example:
The date of latest painting is 07/94 (stenciled on the fascia girder).

Therefore, the correct code would be 9407.
S-49
Bridge Railings
The design/evaluation of bridge railings is performed in accordance with the following
references:
1. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway BridgesSection 2.7
2. NJDOT Bridges and Structures Design ManualSection 1.23.2-Types of Parapets,
Bridge Railings and Section 1.44-Alternative Design Criteria Non-NHS Highways.
3. NJDOT Bridge Construction Details 2001Page 122
4. NJDOT Roadway Construction Details 2001Page 52
5. NJDOT Bridges and Structures Design ManualSection 2.2-1
6. NCHRP Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation
of Highway Features
7. AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, 2002
Railings on bridges carrying only interstate highways (not Freeway) must meet the TL-5 (Test
Level 5) crash testing standard. At present, NJDOT has specified the use of the 3-6 (1067mm)
F and Texas HT type railings to meet this requirement. As such, nearly all railing systems
on interstate highway bridges would be substandard at this time. All other State-owned or NHS
highway bridge railings must meet the TL-4 crash testing standard. The railing systems shown
in Section 1.23.2 of the Bridges and Structures Design Manual meet the TL-4 standards. For
bridges that are non-State-owned, non-NHS classified roadways, the use of Test Level systems
lower than TL-4 is permitted. The railing system for non-State-owned, non-NHS bridges is
designed based on an evaluation of the roadway classification, design speed and truck traffic
data.
When evaluating the adequacy of bridge railings, the inspector should check the following areas
(only the 3-6 F (NJ shape), 3-6 vertical rectangular shape and Texas HT railings
currently meet TL-5 standards for bridges carrying interstate highways only):
1. Reinforced Concrete Parapet Bridge Railings:
A. Check the height of the railingit must be 2-8 or higher. Most older parapets
of this design were only 2-3 or 2-6 high.
B. This type railing system is often surmounted with an ornamental steel or
aluminum rail. The height of this ornamental rail is not to be considered when
evaluating the height of the bridge railing.
C. If the reinforced concrete parapet has been supplemented by the installation of a
galvanized steel w-beam railing system mounted independently to the
sidewalk/safetywalk, the steel w-beam is the bridge railing and the height of the
reinforced concrete parapet is not relevant.
SF-4
2. Reinforced Concrete Balustrade Bridge Railings:

A. These type bridge railing systems fail due to structural and geometric standards
and are always substandard unless reinforced with steel w-beam.
B. A reinforced concrete balustrade reinforced by the addition of a galvanized steel
w-beam guide rail in accordance with the Standard Roadway Construction Details
Sheet 52 is considered to be acceptable.
3. Galvanized Steel W-Beam Guide Rail Bridge Railings:

A. These systems are to be evaluated using the standards shown in the Standard
Roadway Construction Details Sheet 52.
B. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following: Double Rail
Thickness; Post Spacing3-1-1/2; Routed Timber Spacer Blocks; 2-3-1/4
Height; W-Beam Mounted Flush with Curbline; Rub-Rail.
NOTE:
The Reinforced Concrete Balustrade Bridge Railing supplemented with a

galvanized steel w-beam guide rail along with the Galvanized Steel W-Beam
Guide Rail Bridge Railing Systems, although included in the NJ Standards, have
not been tested using NCHRP 350 Test Level (TL) criteria. Two w-beam systems
that were tested only met TL-2 criteria. Several thrie-beam bridge rails meeting
TL-3 and TL-4 criteria have been approved by the Department.
SF-5
Transitions
The design/evaluation of transitions (guide rails and curbs) is performed in accordance with the
following references:
2. NJDOT Design ManualRoadwaySection 8-Guidelines for Guide Rail Design and
Median Barriers
3. NJDOT Roadway Construction Details 2001Pages 50, 52, 55, 56, 57 and 58.
Throughout this section, the following terminology is used:
1. Leading traffic end transitionsThis is the end of the bridge railing that is exposed to
oncoming traffic or located at the exit end of a bridge railing on a two way roadway that
is within the clear zone for traffic barrier warrants.
2. Trailing traffic end transitionsThis is the end of the bridge railing that is not exposed
to oncoming traffic or is not located within the clear zone for traffic barrier warrants on
a two way roadway. This also applies to situations where the transition area is within the
clear zone, but is otherwise shielded from impacts by other traffic barriers.
When evaluating the adequacy of transitions (guide rails and curbs), the inspector should check
the following areas:
1. Transitions to Reinforced Concrete Bridge Railing and NJ Barrier Parapets:

B. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the leading
traffic end: NJ shape barrier transitions to vertical shape; 1st Post at 11-1/2 after
end of concrete pylon or end of parapet; Followed by 5 Posts spaced at 1-63/4, and then 3 Posts spaced at 3-1-1/2 in transition. 3-12-6 long sections
1-8 deep thrie-beam guide rail 2-8 high attached to parapet; 1-6-3 long
transition section from thrie to w-beam guide rail; Structural tube blockouts at
thrie beam section; Routed timber spacer blocks at w-beam section; Thrie beam
bolted to face of parapet.
C. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the trailing
traffic end (if required): NJ shape barrier transitions to vertical shape; First post
spaced 3-1-1/2 from parapet end; Steel w-beam bolted to face of parapet in 3
deep cutout; Routed timber spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).
2. Transitions to Reinforced Concrete Balustrades:
traffic end: Post spacing4 @ 1-6-3/4 immediately adjacent to the balustrade;
Post spacing4 @ 3-1-1/2 in transition; Routed timber spacer blocks; Steel
SF-6
C.
pipe spacer at pilaster; 2-3-1/4 high steel w-beam guide rail; Double thickness
steel w-beam in transition; Rub rail (if curb is present).
To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the trailing
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3-1-1/2 from pilaster end; Routed
timber spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).
3. Transitions to Bridge Mounted Steel W-Beam Bridge Railing:

traffic end: Post spacing4 @ 1-6-3/4 immediately adjacent to the bridge
railing; Post spacing4 @ 3-1-1/2 in transition; Routed timber spacer blocks;
Double thickness steel w-beam in transition12-6 length; Rub rail (if curb is
present).
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3-1-1/2 from end of bridge railing;
Routed timber spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).
4. Curb Transitions should be tapered or flared if exposed to oncoming traffic at all
installations.
SF-7
BRIDGE RAILING AND TRANSITION
This shows the transition at an older substandard three rail metal bridge railing system.
This detail is shown on page 51 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-6129.1. This particular installation is substandard because the post spacing in the transition
zone is greater than allowed. This is the result of the location of the storm inlet that
prevents the normal installation of posts. Posts could be installed provided additional
spacer blocks are used to bridge over the storm inlet. The three rail metal bridge railing
does not meet current NJDOT standards and is substandard on all NJDOT infrastructure.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item AG=05; Pontis Element=333 (Combination)
SF-17
TRANSITION
This is the NJDOTs standard approach guide rail transition to a NJ barrier type
bridge railing at the leading traffic end. This detail is shown on page 51 of the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-612-9.1. The inspector should
verify that the spacing of the guide rail posts in the transition zone meets current
NJDOT standards.
Item 36B= 0 due to lack of Structural tube blockouts.
SF-25
TRANSITION
This shows the transition of the approach guide rail to a NJ Barrier type bridge
railing at the leading traffic end. The standard detail for this attachment is shown on
page 51 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-612-9.2. The attachment
to the bridge railing, rub rail, spacer blocks and pipe spacer meet standards, the post
spacing in the transition and single element w-beam do not.
Item 36B=0
SF-27
TRANSITION
This shows a steel w-beam transition to the concrete end pylon of a bridge railing.
The standard detail for this attachment is shown on page 51 of the NJDOT Roadway
Construction Details, CD-612-9.2. The pictured transition does not meet NJDOT
standards because it is not properly attached to the end pylon and it lacks adequate
post spacing and double rail w-beam in the transition zone.
Item 36B=0
SF-28
74436
Federal Register / Vol. 69, No. 239 / Tuesday, December 14, 2004 / Rules and Regulations
imposes on the States. These

requirements include the development
of procedures for follow-up on critical
findings.
In the NPRM published on September
9, 2003, the FHWA proposed a burden
increase of 67,000 hours for the
information collection, OMB control
number 21250501, and invited
interested parties to send comments
regarding any aspect of these
information collection requirements.
Such comments could include, but were
not limited to: (1) Whether the
collection of information will be
necessary for the performance of the
functions of the FHWA, including
whether the information will have
practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the
estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance
the quality, utility, and clarity of the
collection of information; and (4) ways
to minimize the collection burden
without reducing the quality of the
information collected. The FHWA did
not receive any comments in response
to the proposed burden hour increase of
67,000 hours. The revision to the
number 21250501, based on this final
rule will increase the burden hours by
only 2,080 hours, a much smaller
amount than that originally proposed in
the NPRM.
National Environmental Policy Act
The agency has analyzed this action
for the purpose of the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42
U.S.C. 4321) and has determined that
this action will not have any effect on
the quality of the environment.
Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects)
We have analyzed this rule under
Executive Order 13211, Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use. We have
determined that it is not a significant
energy action under that order, because
although it is a significant regulatory
action under Executive Order 12866 it is
not likely to have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy.
Regulation Identification Number
A regulation identification number
(RIN) is assigned to each regulatory
action listed in the Unified Agenda of
Federal Regulations. The Regulatory
Information Service Center publishes
the Unified Agenda in April and
October of each year. The RIN contained
in the heading of this document can be
used to cross-reference this action with
the Unified Agenda.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
List of Subjects in 23 CFR Part 650

Bridges, Grant Programs
transportation, Highways and roads,
Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and record keeping requirements.
Issued on: December 9, 2004.
Mary E. Peters,
Federal Highway Administrator.
In consideration of the foregoing, the

FHWA is amending title 23, Code of
Federal Regulations, part 650, subpart C,
as follows:
PART 650BRIDGES, STRUCTURES,

AND HYDRAULICS
1. The authority citation for part 650
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 23 U.S.C. 109 (a) and (h), 144,

151, 315, and 319; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491 et seq.,
511 et seq.; 23 CFR 1.32; 49 CFR 1.48(b), E.O.
11988 (3 CFR, 1977 Comp. p. 117);
Department of Transportation Order 5650.2
dated April 23, 1979 (44 FR 24678); sec. 161
of Public Law 97424, 96 Stat. 2097, 3135;
sec. 4(b) of Public Law 97134, 95 Stat. 1699;
and sec. 1057 of Public Law 102240, 105
Stat. 2002; and sec. 1311 of Pub. L. 105178,
as added by Pub. L. 105206, 112 Stat. 842
(1998).
2. Revise subpart C to read as follows:
Subpart CNational Bridge Inspection

Standards
Sec.
650.301 Purpose.
650.303 Applicability.
650.305 Definitions.
650.307 Bridge inspection organization.
650.309 Qualifications of personnel.
650.311 Inspection frequency.
650.313 Inspection procedures.
650.315 Inventory.
650.317 Reference manuals.

Standards
650.301
Purpose.
This subpart sets the national

standards for the proper safety
inspection and evaluation of all
highway bridges in accordance with 23
U.S.C. 151.
650.303
Applicability.
The National Bridge Inspection

Standards (NBIS) in this subpart apply
to all structures defined as highway
bridges located on all public roads.
650.305
Definitions.
Terms used in this subpart are

defined as follows:
American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) Manual. Manual for
Condition Evaluation of Bridges,
second edition, published by the
American Association of State Highway
and Transportation Officials
PO 00000
Frm 00032
FC-1
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
(incorporated by reference, see

650.317).
Bridge. A structure including supports
erected over a depression or an
obstruction, such as water, highway, or
railway, and having a track or
passageway for carrying traffic or other
moving loads, and having an opening
measured along the center of the
roadway of more than 20 feet between
undercopings of abutments or spring
lines of arches, or extreme ends of
openings for multiple boxes; it may also
include multiple pipes, where the clear
distance between openings is less than
half of the smaller contiguous opening.
Bridge inspection experience. Active
participation in bridge inspections in
accordance with the NBIS, in either a
field inspection, supervisory, or
management role. A combination of
bridge design, bridge maintenance,
bridge construction and bridge
inspection experience, with the
predominant amount in bridge
inspection, is acceptable.
Bridge inspection refresher training.
The National Highway Institute Bridge
Inspection Refresher Training Course 1
or other State, local, or federally
developed instruction aimed to improve
quality of inspections, introduce new
techniques, and maintain the
consistency of the inspection program.
Bridge Inspectors Reference Manual
(BIRM). A comprehensive FHWA
manual on programs, procedures and
techniques for inspecting and evaluating
a variety of in-service highway bridges.
This manual may be purchased from the
U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 and from
National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Virginia 22161, and is
available at the following URL: http://
www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/bripub.htm.
Complex bridge. Movable,
suspension, cable stayed, and other
bridges with unusual characteristics.
Comprehensive bridge inspection
training. Training that covers all aspects
of bridge inspection and enables
inspectors to relate conditions observed
on a bridge to established criteria (see
the Bridge Inspectors Reference Manual
for the recommended material to be
covered in a comprehensive training
course).
Critical finding. A structural or safety
related deficiency that requires
immediate follow-up inspection or
action.
Damage inspection. This is an
unscheduled inspection to assess
structural damage resulting from
environmental factors or human actions.
1 The National Highway Institute training may be
found at the following URL: http://
www.nhi.fhwa.dot.gov./
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
Fracture critical member (FCM). A
steel member in tension, or with a
tension element, whose failure would
probably cause a portion of or the entire
bridge to collapse.
Fracture critical member inspection.
A hands-on inspection of a fracture
critical member or member components
that may include visual and other
nondestructive evaluation.
Hands-on. Inspection within arms
length of the component. Inspection
uses visual techniques that may be
supplemented by nondestructive
testing.
Highway. The term highway is
defined in 23 U.S.C. 101(a)(11).
In-depth inspection. A close-up,
inspection of one or more members
above or below the water level to
identify any deficiencies not readily
detectable using routine inspection
procedures; hands-on inspection may be
necessary at some locations.
Initial inspection. The first inspection
of a bridge as it becomes a part of the
bridge file to provide all Structure
Inventory and Appraisal (SI&A) data
and other relevant data and to
determine baseline structural
conditions.
Legal load. The maximum legal load
for each vehicle configuration permitted
by law for the State in which the bridge
is located.
Load rating. The determination of the
live load carrying capacity of a bridge
using bridge plans and supplemented by
information gathered from a field
inspection.
National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies (NICET). The
NICET provides nationally applicable
voluntary certification programs
covering several broad engineering
technology fields and a number of
specialized subfields. For information
on the NICET program certification
contact: National Institute for
Certification in Engineering
Technologies, 1420 King Street,
Alexandria, VA 223142794.
Operating rating. The maximum
permissible live load to which the
structure may be subjected for the load
configuration used in the rating.
Professional engineer (PE). An
individual, who has fulfilled education
and experience requirements and
passed rigorous exams that, under State
licensure laws, permits them to offer
engineering services directly to the
public. Engineering licensure laws vary
from State to State, but, in general, to
become a PE an individual must be a
graduate of an engineering program
accredited by the Accreditation Board
for Engineering and Technology, pass
the Fundamentals of Engineering exam,
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
gain four years of experience working

under a PE, and pass the Principles of
Practice of Engineering exam.
Program Manager. The individual in
charge of the program, that has been
assigned or delegated the duties and
responsibilities for bridge inspection,
reporting, and inventory. The program
manager provides overall leadership
and is available to inspection team
leaders to provide guidance.
Public road. The term public road
is defined in 23 U.S.C. 101(a)(27).
Quality assurance (QA). The use of
sampling and other measures to assure
the adequacy of quality control
procedures in order to verify or measure
the quality level of the entire bridge
inspection and load rating program.
Quality control (QC). Procedures that
are intended to maintain the quality of
a bridge inspection and load rating at or
above a specified level.
Routine inspection. Regularly
scheduled inspection consisting of
observations and/or measurements
needed to determine the physical and
functional condition of the bridge, to
identify any changes from initial or
previously recorded conditions, and to
ensure that the structure continues to
satisfy present service requirements.
Routine permit load. A live load,
which has a gross weight, axle weight or
distance between axles not conforming
with State statutes for legally configured
vehicles, authorized for unlimited trips
over an extended period of time to move
alongside other heavy vehicles on a
regular basis.
Scour. Erosion of streambed or bank
material due to flowing water; often
considered as being localized around
piers and abutments of bridges.
Scour critical bridge. A bridge with a
foundation element that has been
determined to be unstable for the
observed or evaluated scour condition.
Special inspection. An inspection
scheduled at the discretion of the bridge
owner, used to monitor a particular
known or suspected deficiency.
State transportation department. The
term State transportation department
Team leader. Individual in charge of
an inspection team responsible for
planning, preparing, and performing
field inspection of the bridge.
Underwater diver bridge inspection
of underwater bridge inspection and
enables inspectors to relate the
conditions of underwater bridge
elements to established criteria (see the
section on underwater inspection for the
recommended material to be covered in
PO 00000
Frm 00033
FC-2
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
74437
an underwater diver bridge inspection

training course).
Underwater inspection. Inspection of
the underwater portion of a bridge
substructure and the surrounding
channel, which cannot be inspected
visually at low water by wading or
probing, generally requiring diving or
other appropriate techniques.
650.307
Bridge inspection organization.
(a) Each State transportation

department must inspect, or cause to be
inspected, all highway bridges located
on public roads that are fully or
partially located within the States
boundaries, except for bridges that are
owned by Federal agencies.
(b) Federal agencies must inspect, or
cause to be inspected, all highway
bridges located on public roads that are
fully or partially located within the
respective agency responsibility or
jurisdiction.
(c) Each State transportation
department or Federal agency must
include a bridge inspection organization
that is responsible for the following:
(1) Statewide or Federal agencywide
bridge inspection policies and
procedures, quality assurance and
quality control, and preparation and
maintenance of a bridge inventory.
(2) Bridge inspections, reports, load
ratings and other requirements of these
standards.
(d) Functions identified in paragraphs
(c)(1) and (2) of this section may be
delegated, but such delegation does not
relieve the State transportation
department or Federal agency of any of
its responsibilities under this subpart.
(e) The State transportation
department or Federal agency bridge
inspection organization must have a
program manager with the qualifications
defined in 650.309(a), who has been
delegated responsibility for paragraphs
(c)(1) and (2) of this section.
650.309
Qualifications of personnel.
(a) A program manager must, at a

minimum:
(1) Be a registered professional
engineer, or have ten years bridge
inspection experience; and
(2) Successfully complete a Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA)
approved comprehensive bridge
inspection training course.
(b) There are five ways to qualify as
a team leader. A team leader must, at a
minimum:
(1) Have the qualifications specified
in paragraph (a) of this section; or
(2) Have five years bridge inspection
experience and have successfully
completed an FHWA approved
comprehensive bridge inspection
training course; or
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
74438
(3) Be certified as a Level III or IV

Bridge Safety Inspector under the
National Society of Professional
Engineers program for National
Technologies (NICET) and have
successfully completed an FHWA
inspection training course, or
(4) Have all of the following:
(i) A bachelors degree in engineering
from a college or university accredited
by or determined as substantially
equivalent by the Accreditation Board
for Engineering and Technology;
(ii) Successfully passed the National
Council of Examiners for Engineering
and Surveying Fundamentals of
Engineering examination;
(iii) Two years of bridge inspection
experience; and
(iv) Successfully completed an FHWA
(i) An associates degree in
engineering or engineering technology
(ii) Four years of bridge inspection
experience; and
(iii) Successfully completed an FHWA
(c) The individual charged with the
overall responsibility for load rating
bridges must be a registered professional
engineer.
(d) An underwater bridge inspection
diver must complete an FHWA
inspection training course or other
FHWA approved underwater diver
bridge inspection training course.
650.311
Inspection frequency.
(a) Routine inspections. (1) Inspect

each bridge at regular intervals not to
exceed twenty-four months.
(2) Certain bridges require inspection
at less than twenty-four-month
intervals. Establish criteria to determine
the level and frequency to which these
bridges are inspected considering such
factors as age, traffic characteristics, and
known deficiencies.
(3) Certain bridges may be inspected
at greater than twenty-four month
intervals, not to exceed forty-eightmonths, with written FHWA approval.
This may be appropriate when past
inspection findings and analysis
justifies the increased inspection
interval.
(b) Underwater inspections. (1)
Inspect underwater structural elements
at regular intervals not to exceed sixty
months.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
(2) Certain underwater structural

elements require inspection at less than
sixty-month intervals. Establish criteria
to determine the level and frequency to
which these members are inspected
considering such factors as construction
material, environment, age, scour
characteristics, condition rating from
past inspections and known
deficiencies.
elements may be inspected at greater
than sixty-month intervals, not to
exceed seventy-two months, with
written FHWA approval. This may be
appropriate when past inspection
findings and analysis justifies the
increased inspection interval.
(c) Fracture critical member (FCM)
inspections. (1) Inspect FCMs at
intervals not to exceed twenty-four
months.
(2) Certain FCMs require inspection at
less than twenty-four-month intervals.
Establish criteria to determine the level
and frequency to which these members
are inspected considering such factors
as age, traffic characteristics, and known
deficiencies.
(d) Damage, in-depth, and special
inspections. Establish criteria to
determine the level and frequency of
these inspections.
650.313
Inspection procedures.
(a) Inspect each bridge in accordance

with the inspection procedures in the
AASHTO Manual (incorporated by
reference, see 650.317).
(b) Provide at least one team leader,
who meets the minimum qualifications
stated in 650.309, at the bridge at all
times during each initial, routine, indepth, fracture critical member and
underwater inspection.
(c) Rate each bridge as to its safe loadcarrying capacity in accordance with the
reference, see 650.317). Post or restrict
the bridge in accordance with the
AASHTO Manual or in accordance with
State law, when the maximum
unrestricted legal loads or State routine
permit loads exceed that allowed under
the operating rating or equivalent rating
factor.
(d) Prepare bridge files as described in
the AASHTO Manual (incorporated by
reference, see 650.317). Maintain
reports on the results of bridge
inspections together with notations of
any action taken to address the findings
of such inspections. Maintain relevant
maintenance and inspection data to
allow assessment of current bridge
condition. Record the findings and
results of bridge inspections on standard
State or Federal agency forms.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
FC-3
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
(e) Identify bridges with FCMs,

bridges requiring underwater
inspection, and bridges that are scour
critical.
(1) Bridges with fracture critical
members. In the inspection records,
identify the location of FCMs and
describe the FCM inspection frequency
and procedures. Inspect FCMs
according to these procedures.
(2) Bridges requiring underwater
inspections. Identify the location of
underwater elements and include a
description of the underwater elements,
the inspection frequency and the
procedures in the inspection records for
each bridge requiring underwater
inspection. Inspect those elements
requiring underwater inspections
(3) Bridges that are scour critical.
Prepare a plan of action to monitor
known and potential deficiencies and to
address critical findings. Monitor
bridges that are scour critical in
accordance with the plan.
(f) Complex bridges. Identify
specialized inspection procedures, and
additional inspector training and
experience required to inspect complex
bridges. Inspect complex bridges
according to those procedures.
(g) Quality control and quality
assurance. Assure systematic quality
control (QC) and quality assurance (QA)
procedures are used to maintain a high
degree of accuracy and consistency in
the inspection program. Include
periodic field review of inspection
teams, periodic bridge inspection
refresher training for program managers
and team leaders, and independent
review of inspection reports and
computations.
(h) Follow-up on critical findings.
Establish a statewide or Federal agency
wide procedure to assure that critical
findings are addressed in a timely
manner. Periodically notify the FHWA
of the actions taken to resolve or
monitor critical findings.
650.315
Inventory.
(a) Each State or Federal agency must

prepare and maintain an inventory of all
bridges subject to the NBIS. Certain
Structure Inventory and Appraisal
(SI&A) data must be collected and
retained by the State or Federal agency
for collection by the FHWA as
requested. A tabulation of this data is
contained in the SI&A sheet distributed
by the FHWA as part of the Recording
and Coding Guide for the Structure
Inventory and Appraisal of the Nations
Bridges, (December 1995) together with
subsequent interim changes or the most
recent version. Report the data using
FHWA established procedures as
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
outlined in the Recording and Coding
Guide for the Structure Inventory and
Appraisal of the Nations Bridges.
(b) For routine, in-depth, fracture
critical member, underwater, damage
and special inspections enter the SI&A
data into the State or Federal agency
inventory within 90 days of the date of
inspection for State or Federal agency
bridges and within 180 days of the date
of inspection for all other bridges.
(c) For existing bridge modifications
that alter previously recorded data and
for new bridges, enter the SI&A data
into the State or Federal agency
inventory within 90 days after the
completion of the work for State or
Federal agency bridges and within 180
days after the completion of the work
for all other bridges.
(d) For changes in load restriction or
closure status, enter the SI&A data into
the State or Federal agency inventory
within 90 days after the change in status
of the structure for State or Federal
agency bridges and within 180 days
after the change in status of the
structure for all other bridges.
650.317
Reference manuals.
(a) The materials listed in this subpart

are incorporated by reference in the
corresponding sections noted. These
incorporations by reference were
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of the approval, and notice
of any change in these documents will
be published in the Federal Register.
The materials are available for purchase
at the address listed below, and are
available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration
(NARA). These materials may also be
reviewed at the Department of
Transportation Library, 400 Seventh
Street, SW., Washington, DC, in Room
2200. For information on the availability
of these materials at NARA call (202)
7416030, or go to the following URL:
http://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. In the event there is
a conflict between the standards in this
subpart and any of these materials, the
standards in this subpart will apply.
(b) The following materials are
available for purchase from the
and Transportation Officials, Suite 249,
444 N. Capitol Street, NW., Washington,
DC 20001. The materials may also be
ordered via the AASHTO bookstore
located at the following URL: http://
www.aashto.org/aashto/home.nsf/
FrontPage.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
(1) The Manual for Condition

Evaluation of Bridges, 1994, second
edition, as amended by the 1995, 1996,
1998, and 2000 interim revisions,
AASHTO, incorporation by reference
approved for 650.305 and 650.313.
(2) 2001 Interim Revision to the
Manual for Condition Evaluation of
Bridges, AASHTO, incorporation by
reference approved for 650.305 and
650.313.
650.313.
[FR Doc. 0427355 Filed 121304; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 491022P
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

31 CFR Part 103
Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network; Interpretive Release 20041
Anti-Money Laundering Program
Requirements for Money Services
Businesses With Respect to Foreign
Agents or Foreign Counterparties
Network (FinCEN), Treasury.
ACTION: Final rule; interpretive release.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This Interpretive Release sets

forth an interpretation of the regulation
requiring Money Services Businesses
that are required to register with
FinCEN to establish and maintain antimoney laundering programs.
Specifically, this Interpretive Release
clarifies that the anti-money laundering
program regulation requires such Money
Services Businesses to establish
adequate and appropriate policies,
procedures and controls commensurate
with the risk of money laundering and
the financing of terrorism posed by their
relationship with foreign agents or
foreign counterparties of the Money
Services Business.
DATES: Effective June 13, 2005.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Office of Regulatory Policy and
Programs Division, 18008002877,
Office of Chief Counsel (703) 9053590
(not a toll free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section
5318(h) of the Bank Secrecy Act, which
is codified in subchapter II of chapter 53
of title 31, United States Code, requires
every financial institution to establish
an anti-money laundering program. The
Bank Secrecy Act regulations define
financial institution to include money
service businesses. On April 29, 2002,
FinCEN issued interim final rules-31
PO 00000
Frm 00035
FC-4
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
74439
CFR 103.125-concerning the application

of the anti-money laundering program
requirement to money services
businesses. 67 FR 21114.
Authority delegations (government
agencies), bank, banking, currency,
investigations, reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Department of the Treasury
31 CFR Chapter I
Authority and Issuance
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, part 103 of title 31 of the Code
of Federal Regulations is amended as
follows:
PART 103FINANCIAL
RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
OF CURRENCY AND FOREIGN
TRANSACTIONS
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1829b and 19511959:

31 U.S.C 53115314 and 53165332; title III,
secs. 312, 313, 314, 319, 326, 352, Pub. L.
10756, 115 Stat. 307, 12 U.S.C. 1786(q).
2. Part 103 is amended by adding a

new appendix C to read as follows:
APPENDIX C TO PART 103

INTERPRETIVE RULES
Release No. 200401
This Interpretive Guidance sets forth our
interpretation of the regulation requiring
Money Services Businesses that are required
to register with FinCEN to establish and
maintain anti-money laundering programs.
See 31 CFR 103.125. Specifically, this
Interpretive Guidance clarifies that the antimoney laundering program regulation
requires Money Services Businesses to
establish adequate and appropriate policies,
procedures, and controls commensurate with
the risks of money laundering and the
financing of terrorism posed by their
relationship with foreign agents or foreign
counterparties of the Money Services
Business.1
Under existing Bank Secrecy Act
regulations, we have defined Money Services
Businesses to include five distinct types of
financial services providers and the U.S.
Postal Service: (1) Currency dealers or
exchangers; (2) check cashers; (3) issuers of
travelers checks, money orders, or stored
1 This Interpretive Guidance focuses on the need
to control risks arising out of the relationship
between a Money Service Business and its foreign
counterparty or agent. Under existing FinCEN
regulations, only Money Service Business
principals are required to register with FinCEN, and
only Money Service Business principals establish
the counterparty or agency relationships. 31 CFR
103.41. Accordingly, this Interpretive Guidance
only applies to those Money Service Businesses
required to register with FinCEN, that is, only those
Money Service Businesses that may have a
relationship with a foreign agent or counterparty.
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

MEMORANDUM
TO:
All Bridge Inspection Staff,

FROM:
James Lane, Manager

DATE:
April 13, 2007
PHONE:
5-3572

________________________________________________________________________________
SUBJECT:
The following revision to the subject Manual has been made for the reasons specified below:
Page S-20
Item AR Special Equipment: Revision is necessary to add Maintenance &

Protection of Traffic (code M).
Therefore, effective immediately, Item AR (Special Equipment) for Maintenance & Protection of
Traffic Code (M) should be coded and also noted at Special Equipment Used on the Summary
page of the report.
This revision will allow us to more easily track the use of and predict the need for MPT to conduct
bridge inspections.
See revision in Blue on 2003 Recording and Coding Guide page S-20.
JL/RCP
c:
Richard W. Dunne
Helene Bowman
ITEM AP - FENDER SYSTEM
DIGIT 1
Code the type of Fender system under the structure according to the following codes:
Code
Type of Utility
Blank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
None
Timber Bents
Cofferdam Fenders
Steel Piles
Steel or Concrete Frames
Timber Grids
Floating Fenders
Butyl Rubber
Combination Type Fender
Dolphins Only
ITEM AQ - CHAIN LINK FENCE HEIGHT
DIGITS 4
Code the height of the chain link fence on the bridge to the nearest hundredth of a foot in the
space provided. Leave blank if there is no chain link fence on the bridge.
Examples: 4-6 = 0450
10-3 = 1025
ITEM AR - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
DIGITS 3
Code one digit (right justification) for each of the following special equipment used:
Equipment
Code
Small Boat (less than 16 long)

Large Boat
Crane
Large Snooper (Reach All, etc.)
Cherry Picker/Bucket Truck
Fathometer
Vertical Lift Truck
Large Ladder (over 24 long)
Rigging
Snooper (Paxton-Mitchell, etc.)
Timber Testing (moisture, Borings)
UT Thickness Gauge
Barge/Pontoon Boat w/Manlift or Crane
Maintenance & Protection of Traffic (MOT)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
L
R
S
T
U
P
M
Leave blank if no special equipment is used. If more than three types of special equipment are
used, code the most important.
S-20
Introduction
Coding of SI&A Item 36Traffic Safety Features, is probably the most difficult SI&A Item.
The reason for this is that the design criteria for the safety features has been revised to require
that the various elements be crash tested to assure that they meet the standards established in the
NCHRP Report 350 titled Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of
Highway Features. Previously, the elements were required to be designed for static loads only.
The requirement for crash testing has resulted in many of the previously used details failing to
meet the revised standards. Naturally, this has led to the redesign of many of the safety features
as new details have passed the crash testing criteria. However, most all of the older safety
feature details that were previously constructed are now substandard. In addition, the design of
the safety features continue to evolve. This means that todays standards may quickly become
substandard using tomorrows new standards and additional crash testing may qualify additional
standard details.
Highway Features provides uniform guidelines for the crash testing of permanent and
temporary highway safety features. Also, the report provides for recommended testing
evaluation criteria to assess test results. The Report identifies six Test Levels. Each Test
Level (TL) is defined by impact conditions (speed and angle of approach) and the type of test
vehicle that ranges in size from a small car to a tractor trailer truck. A feature that is designed
and tested for a low test level would generally be used on a low service level roadway; such as, a
rural collector, local road, or urban street. A feature that is designed for a higher test level would
typically be used on a high service roadway such as an Interstate highway. The NJDOT Bridges
and Structures Design Manual establishes, in Section 44 of the Manual, what TL designations are
to be used on New Jersey highways.
The NJDOT standards for the design of safety features are not always suitable for use due to the
available space at a particular site. That means that designs for safety features will not all
conform to the NJDOT standards. The inspector must understand that the design of a particular
safety feature is not necessarily substandard because it was somehow limited by the geometrics
at a site. The design at a site would be considered substandard if the design does not conform to
the standards and there is also a remedy to eliminate the substandard design.
As a first step in understanding how safety features should be evaluated, it is strongly
recommended that the inspector first become familiar with the various references that are used to
design them, particularly the Standard Construction Details. Once the inspector becomes
familiar, it is necessary that changes to the design standards be obtained upon issue and used for
subsequent evaluations. Also, Item 36 evaluates the design of the safety features. It does not
consider the condition of the safety features. This means that a collision damaged approach
guide rail could still be evaluated as meeting standards although it was impacted by an errant
vehicle and no longer functions as designed. Furthermore, the field notes in Appendix 4 of the
Bridge Survey Report document Item 36 evaluations. While it is acceptable to indicate that the
various elements of Item 36, transitions for instance, meets current Department
requirements. It is not acceptable to indicate that an element does not meet current department
requirements. If an element is substandard, the field notes should include documentation of
exactly what portions of the element are substandard.
SF-2
The following document is intended to help the inspector check the adequacy of the design of the
more commonly found safety features using the current NJDOT standards. The NJDOT
standards must be utilized for evaluating the safety features of all bridges carrying National
Highway System (NHS) roadways regardless of ownership. In addition, all NJDOT facilities
will also be evaluated using the NJDOT standards regardless of whether or not the bridge carries
a NHS highway. For bridges owned by anyone other than NJDOT carrying Non-NHS highways,
the owner may set standards below NJDOT and continue to use the static load criteria of the
AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. The inspector should also understand
the difference between the NJDOT standards for evaluating safety features and the standards
used for new designs. For example, Detail CD-609-10.1 of the Standard Roadway Construction
Details shows a reinforced concrete balustrade with supplemental steel w-beam attached. While
this details meets NJDOT standards, it most definitely would not be used for new designs.
Obviously, it is not possible to list all of the different type safety feature installations that exist.
For more obscure types, such as bridge railings on through girders or through trusses or timber
bridges, the inspector should use the standards as a guide to the extent possible in making the
assessment.
SF-3
Bridge Railings
references:
1. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for Highway BridgesSection 13
3. NJDOT Standard Roadway Construction Traffic Control Bridge Construction Details
2007 - Sheets 58 thru 75
of Highway Features
Level 5) crash testing standard. At present, NJDOT has specified the use of the 3'-6" (1067mm)
data.
(only the 3'-6" F (NJ shape), 3'-6"vertical rectangular shape and Texas HT railings currently
meet TL-5 standards for bridges carrying interstate highways only):
A. Check the height of the railingit must be 2'-8" or higher. Most of the older
parapets of this design were only 2'-3"or 2'-6" high.

SF-4

Thickness; Post Spacing3'-1"; Recycled Synthetic Spacer Blocks; 2'-3"
NOTE:

that were tested only met TL-2 criteria. Several thrie-beam guide rails meeting
SF-5
Transitions
Median Barriers

A. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the leading
traffic end: NJ shape barrier transitions to vertical shape; 1st Post at 11" after
end of concrete pylon or end of parapet; Followed by 5 Posts spaced at 1'-6",
and then 3 Posts spaced at 3'-1" in transition. Two sections of thrie beam one
set inside the other (see Sheets 70 through 73) 1'-8" deep thrie-beam guide rail
2'-8" high attached to parapet; one 7'-3 long transition section from thrie to
w-beam guide rail (see Sheet 69); Structural tube blockouts at thrie beam
section; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks at w-beam section; Thrie beam bolted
to face of parapet (See Sheets 70, 71 and 72).
B. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the trailing
spaced 30" from parapet end; Steel w-beam bolted to face of parapet in 3"
deep cutout; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present) ( See
Sheets 70, 71 and 72).
SF-6

traffic end: First post at 3'-1" max. from the centerline of pipe spacer; Post
spacing - 4 @ 1'-6" immediately adjacent to the balustrade; Post spacing - 4 @
3'-1" in transition; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Steel pipe spacer at
pilaster; 2'-3" high steel w-beam guide rail; Double thickness steel w-beam in
transition; Rub rail (if curb is present).
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3'-1" from pilaster end; Recycled
Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).

traffic end: First post at 3'-1" max. from the centerline of post at bridge; Post
spacing - 4 @ 1'-6" immediately adjacent to the bridge railing; Post spacing - 4
@ 3'-1" in transition; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Double thickness steel
w-beam in transition12'-6" length; Rub rail (if curb is present).
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3'-1" from end of bridge railing;
Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).
installations.
SF-7
Approach Guardrail (Guide Rail)

The design/evaluation of guide rails is performed in accordance with the following references:
Median Barriers
2007 - Sheets 58, 59 and 60
1. Leading traffic end - This end of the guide rail system is exposed to oncoming traffic or
located at the exit end of a guide rail system on a two way roadway that is within the
clear zone for traffic barrier warrants.
2. Trailing traffic end - This end of the guide rail system is not exposed to oncoming
traffic or is not located within the clear zone for traffic barrier warrants on a two way
roadway. This also applies to situations where the guide rail system is within the clear
zone, but is otherwise shielded from impacts by other traffic barriers.
The need for guide rail placement is determined based on the location of warrants within the
clear zone of the roadway. For purposes of this document, we are primarily concerned about
bridge railings and bridge railings are always warrants since the leading end is almost
always located within the clear zone. The trailing end may or may not be located within the
clear zone for traffic coming in the opposite direction for two way traffic roadways.
As previously discussed, safety systems are designed. Part of the design is the determination of
the length of need for the guide rail. The length of need is primarily based on the distance from
the edge of traveled way to the warranting obstruction, the depth of the obstruction (or
warrant) from the edge of traveled way (important when considering retaining walls between
structures and cross slopes outside structures), design speed of the roadway and average daily
traffic. The calculation for this length is complex due to the need for information not readily
available to the inspector. Therefore, this calculation is not performed within the scope-of-work
of a routine bridge inspection project. In addition, it is usually common for there to be multiple
warranting objects located at bridges, primarily cross slopes. Cross slopes on roadway
embankments (or cuts) are warranting objects when they exceed specified heights for various
cross slopes. This fact means that only the length of need for the end of the bridge railing could
be calculated (assuming the design speed of the roadway is known) and this would not always
provide the actually required length of need.
SF-8
Example Clear Zone Distances:

Assumptions:
1. Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter (Slope 1:5 to1:4)
2. ADT over 6000
3. Clear ZoneBased on design speed and ADT (see Figure 8-A in Design Manual
Roadway)
Clear Zone Distance (Max.)
Design Speed
70mph 60mph 55mph 50mph
40mph or less
Clear Zone Dist. -Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter
34
32
24
20
16
Clear Zone Dist. Slope 1:5 to 1:4
46
44
32
28
18
Example Lengths of Need:

1. Guide rail warrant is bridge parapet and slope (or retaining wall) - Warrant extends
transversely to end of Clear Zone
2. Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter
3. Shoulder width10'; No Sidewalk
4. Clear ZoneBased on design speed and ADT (see Figure 8-A in Design Manual Roadway)
5. Roadway is on tangent alignment - no horizontal curve
6. Parabolic flare SRT end treatment
7. Calculations based on Figure 8-E in Design Manual - Roadway
Roadway Design Speed (see Notes below)
Design Speed
70mph 60mph 50mph 40mph 25mph
Length of Need (ADT > 6000)
480 ft. 400 ft. 320 ft. 240 ft. 120 ft.
Length of Need (ADT 2000-6000) 440 ft. 360 ft. 290 ft. 220 ft. 110 ft.
Length of Need (ADT 800-2000)
400 ft. 330 ft. 260 ft. 200 ft. 100 ft.
Length of Need (ADT < 800)
360 ft. 300 ft. 240 ft. 180 ft. 90 ft.
Notes:
1. The calculated Length of Need would be rounded up to the next multiple of 12.5' that
represents the length of one guide rail element.
2. An additional length of 12.5' would be added to the above Length of Need to represent
the end section of the Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT) or Extruder Terminal (ET) that is not
considered in the calculation.
3. The minimum Length of Need for an SRT is 56 ft. and 69 ft. for an ET.
When evaluating the adequacy of guide rails at bridges, the inspector should check the
following: Galvanized steel w-beam guide rail height - 2'-3"; Posts spaced @ 6'-3"; Recycled
Synthetic spacer blocks; Adequate length provided (based on judgment).
NOTE: When needed, guide rails at the trailing traffic end of bridges require less length than
those at the leading traffic end.
SF-9
Miscellaneous:
1. When the length of the guide rail installation is clearly longer than is necessary for the
warrant caused by the bridge alone, the inspector should indicate that it is adequate by
stating it is continuous in the bridge survey report field notes.
2. When the approach guide rail is carried across a culvert (or other sub-grade structure),
this meets the current standards for bridge railing, transitions and approach guide rail. If
the end treatments meet standards or guide rails are continuous, the Item 36 code would
be 1111.
SF-10
Approach Guardrail (Guide Rail) Ends

The design/evaluation of ends (guide rails and parapets) is performed in accordance with the
2. NJDOT Design Manual Roadway - Section 8 - Guidelines for Guide Rail Design and
Median Barriers
3. NJDOT Design Manual Roadway - Section 9 - Guidelines for the Selection and Design
of Crash Cushions
2007 - Sheets 61, 62, 63 and 64
roadway. This also applies to situations where the end of the guide rail system is within
the clear zone, but is otherwise shielded from impacts by other traffic barriers.
The standards for leading traffic end terminations within the clear zone are:
A. Flared Guide Rail Terminal like Slotted Rail Terminals (SRT350) or Flared
Energy-Absorbing Terminal (FLEAT): Standard end terminal where room exists
for a parabolic flare. For details see the Manufacturers recommendation and the
Department Qualified Products list.
B. Tangent Guide Rail Terminal like Extruder Terminals (ET-2000) or Sequential
Kinking Terminal (SKT-350): End terminal used where insufficient room exists
for parabolic flare. For details see the Manufacturers recommendation and the
C. Controlled Release Terminals (CRT): End terminal used where insufficient
space exists at driveways or intersecting streets. For details, see Sheet 63 of
Roadway Construction Details.
D. Crash Cushions (Impact Attenuators): Used where space limits preclude the use
of the two standard end terminals specified above.
E. Telescoping Guide Rail End Terminals: Used where there are back-to-back
guide rails (usually within the median). Typically, this is used in conjunction
with sign structures where the support is located in the median. For details, see
Sheet 64 of the Roadway Construction Details.
The standard for trailing traffic end terminations or where it is unlikely that an end hit would
occur (i.e., end of guide rail is outside clear zone, end of guide rail buried in cut, etc.):
A. Beam Guide Rail Anchorage: Standard beam anchorage terminal. For details,
see Sheet 61 of Roadway Construction Details.
B. In-Line Beam Guide Rail Anchorage: Anchorage used where end of guide rail is
buried in a cut slope. For details, see Sheet 61 of Roadway Construction Details.
Many of the older safety systems used Breakaway Cable Terminals (BCT) or Eccentric Loader
Terminals (ELT). These two end terminals did not pass the mandatory crash testing and no
longer meet NJDOT standards.
SF-11
BRIDGE RAILING, TRANSITION, GUIDE RAIL AND END TERMINAL
This shows the NJDOTs standard NJ Barrier type bridge railing. This detail is
shown as Type 5 in the NJDOT Bridges and Structures Design Manual, Section
1.23.2. The NJ Barrier type bridge railing is acceptable for use in all installations.
However, the railing height for Interstate highways must be 3'-6" rather than the
standard height of 2'-10". The lack of an approach guide rail system at the trailing
traffic end of the bridge railing is noted. The end of the bridge railing is not exposed
to traffic and the flat slope of the grass median means there are no guide rail
warrants. Therefore, the lack of guide rail is the appropriate design for this location.
Item 36A=1; Item 36B=1; Item 36C=1; Item 36D=1; Item AG=8; Pontis
Element=331 (Reinforced Concrete)
SF-12
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a rectangular concrete bridge railing retrofitted with a steel w-beam guide
rail mounted directly to the original bridge railing. This detail is not shown in the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. However, the combination system would
meet NJDOT standards provided that the guide rail height, spacer block spacing and
double-element w-beam meet standards. This type bridge railing is acceptable for use
in all installations provided the retrofitted guide rail meets standards.
Item 36A=1; Item AG=48; Pontis Element=333 (Combination)
SF-13
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a reinforced concrete balustrade retrofitted with a steel w-beam guide rail
mounted directly to the original bridge railing. This detail is shown on Sheet 67 of the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-10.1. This type of combination
bridge railing system would meet NJDOT standards provided that the guide rail
height, spacer block spacing, backing plates and double-element w-beam meet
standards. This type installation is commonly found on older structures. This
particular installation lacked double-element w-beam and backing plates.
SF-14
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a reinforced concrete balustrade bridge railing where a bridge mounted
steel w-beam bridge rail has been installed along the curbline as a replacement. The
bridge railing in this situation is the steel w-beam. This detail is shown on Sheet 67
of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-10.2. The inspector should
check to verify that double element w-beam is used along with proper post spacing,
routed timber or plastic spacer blocks and rub rail (when necessary) are used. In this
particular installation, the system is substandard due to the presence of a single
element w-beam.
Item 36A=0; Item AG=27; Pontis Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-15
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows an older three rail metal bridge railing supplemented with a steel w-beam
mounted directly to the lower railing of the original system. This design is clearly
substandard in terms of strength. In addition, this system would not have been crash
tested. This system could be updated by mounting the steel w-beam directly to the
deck using a double element w-beam, proper post spacing and spacer blocks to meet
NJDOT standards.
Item 36A=0; Item AG=45; Pontis Element=334 (Metal Coated)
SF-16
This particular installation is substandard because the post spacing in the transition zone
is greater than allowed. This is the result of the location of the storm inlet that prevents
the normal installation of posts. Posts could be installed provided additional spacer
blocks are used to bridge over the storm inlet. The three rail metal bridge railing does
not meet current NJDOT standards and is substandard on all NJDOT infrastructure.
SF-17
This shows a non-standard design rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing.

The design strength and geometry of the bridge railing would appear adequate based
on inspection. However, the presence of the brush curb would most likely cause the
bridge railing to fail crash testing (Note that none of the standard bridge railings
shown in Section 23 of the NJDOT Design Manual for Bridges and Structures have
brush curbs). The transition appears to meet current NJDOT standards excepting the
spacing to the first post that appears greater than the 1'-6" standard. This may
have been caused by the proximity of the wingwall that may have precluded placing
the post at the correct location.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item AG=8; Pontis Element=331 (Reinforced Concrete)
SF-18
This shows a rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing with single ornamental
metal rail. This detail is shown as Type 4 in Section 23 of the NJDOT Design Manual
for Bridges and Structures. As such, it meets current NJDOT standards for low level,
short span bridges over shallow streams or drainage areas. The height of the concrete
portion of the railing must be 2'-8" high. This should be checked by the inspector as
older designs were 2'-3" or 2'-6" high. The trailing traffic end of the bridge railing is
exposed to traffic impacts from traffic traveling in the opposite direction. If the bridge
railing is within the clear zone, it is a warrant for guide rail. If it is outside the clear
zone, nothing is required. Since the distance from the roadway centerline to this
location is 18', it is outside the clear zone and guide rail is not required.
SF-19
Typical detail for a D&R Canal bridge with retrofitted bridge railing and guide rail
transition. The bridge railing is a unique design for D&R Canal bridges and has not
been crash tested. However, due to the low traffic volume and speeds on the D&R
Canal bridges, this bridge railing is deemed to meet current NJDOT standards. The
guide rail attachment detail is likewise unique, but is also deemed to meet NJDOT
standards. The inspector should check that the transition has double element guide
rail and post spacing that meets the current standards.
Item 36A=1; Item 36B=1; Item AG=18; Pontis Element=334 (MetalCoated)
SF-20
This shows a concrete encased through girder type bridge railing retrofitted with a steel wbeam guide rail mounted on top. This detail is somewhat unusual and is not shown in the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. Obviously, this detail was not crash tested.
However, it would appear to meet design criteria based on inspection (excepting the lack
of a double rail w-beam). The transition zone is clearly substandard due to the lack of
adequate post spacing and lack of double rail w-beam.
SF-21
This shows a double rail w-beam bridge railing with the approach guide rail carried
into the transition zones at both approaches. This detail is somewhat unique and is not
shown in the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. The bridge railing lacks spacer
blocks on the posts. In addition, the posts appear to be mounted on the outside bridge
fascia bringing the strength of the system into question. This type of system would
not have been crash tested. The guide rail in the transition zone lacks adequate post
spacing, spacer blocks and double rail w-beam. Finally, the ends of the curb are not
tapered and are exposed to impacts.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item AG=18; Pontis Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-22
GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION
This is the NJDOTs standard thrie beam guide rail transition to a concrete bridge
railing at the leading traffic end. This detail is shown on Sheet 70 of the NJDOT
Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-13. The inspector should verify that the
spacing of the guide rail posts in the transition zone meets current NJDOT
standards.
Item 36B = 1 due to Structural tube blockouts.
SF-23
This shows a rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing with a single ornamental
for Bridges and Structures. As such, it meets NJDOT standards for low level, short
span bridges over shallow streams or drainage areas. The inspector should check the
height of the bridge railing to verify that it is 2'-8". The leading traffic end of the
bridge railing is exposed to vehicle impacts. The inspector should check to verify if
this location is within the clear zone. If so, the design would be substandard. In this
particular case, the end of the bridge railing is 18' from the edge of the traffic lane
which is outside the clear zone.
Element=333 (Combination)
SF-24
This shows an older two pipe metal bridge railing with steel w-beam approach guide
rail. Just about everything is substandard. The bridge railing would fail both in
strength and geometry. The approach guide rail transition lacks adequate post
spacing, spacer blocks, double rail w-beam and attachment to the bridge railing. The
approach guide rail lacks spacer blocks, adequate post spacing and adequate length.
Finally, there is no end terminal.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item 36C=0; Item 36D=0, Item AG=18; Pontis
Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-25
TRANSITION
bridge railing at the leading traffic end. The inspector should verify that the
standards.
SF-26
TRANSITION
This shows the transition of the approach guide rail to a bridge railing retrofitted with
a supplemental w-beam guide rail at the leading traffic end. This detail is not shown
in the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. The inspector should check that the
guide rail is a double element and that the post spacing meets standards in the
transition zone. Also, due to the presence of a curb, a rub rail must be present to meet
standards. This type transition is acceptable for use at all leading traffic end
installations.
Item 36B=1
SF-27
TRANSITION
railing at the leading traffic end. The attachment to the bridge railing, rub rail, spacer
blocks and pipe spacer meet standards, the post spacing in the transition and single
element w-beam do not.
Item 36B=0
SF-28
TRANSITION
The pictured transition does not meet NJDOT standards because it is not properly
attached to the end pylon and it lacks adequate post spacing and double rail w-beam
in the transition zone.
Item 36B=0
SF-29
TRANSITION
This shows a substandard transition to a reinforced concrete balustrade type bridge

railing where the guide rail has been installed as a supplement to the original bridge
railing. This installation is substandard because there is no double-element w-beam in
the transition zone. Also, the post spacing in the transition zone is substandard.
Finally, the pipe spacer at the end pylon of the balustrade is lacking. The standard
detail for this installation is shown on Sheet 67 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction
Details, CD-609-10.1.
Item 36B=0
SF-30
TRANSITION
This shows the guide rail transition zones at the end of a bridge carrying two way
traffic without a median barrier. The transition at the right is a typical design for the
leading traffic end of a bridge railing. The transition on the left is a different matter
since the inspector must determine whether the guide rail warrant (end of bridge
railing) is within the clear zone for traffic traveling in the right hand lane. Since
the curb-to-curb width is 30' and the sidewalk width is 6', the end of the bridge
railing is 21' from the centerline of the roadway. This means that the end of the
bridge railing is outside the clear zone for speeds of up to 50mph. If the speed
limit on this road is less than or equal to 50mph, the end of the bridge railing
requires a transition for the trailing traffic end condition rather than the leading
traffic end condition. For posted speeds of over 50mph, the end of the bridge railing
is a warrant within the clear zone and requires a transition for the leading traffic
end condition similar to what is on the right.
SF-31
TRANSITION, GUIDE RAIL AND END TERMINAL
This shows the trailing traffic end of a bridge railing in the median of an interstate
highway. The end of the bridge railing is not exposed to impacts by traffic carried by the
bridge. It is also outside the clear zone for traffic carried by the twin bridge. Therefore,
there is no warrant for guide rail at this location.
Item 36B=1; Item 36C=1; Item 36D=1
SF-32
END TERMINAL
This is the NJDOTs standard Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT-350). This end terminal is
acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all installations. It is typically used
where room to flare the guide rail exists. Where inadequate space exists to flare, the
Extruder Terminal (ET-2000) would be used for most installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-33
END TERMINAL
This is the NJDOTs standard Extruder Terminal (ET-2000). This detail is shown
on Sheet of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-5.2. This end
terminal is acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all installations. It is
typically used where room to flare the guide rail does not exist. Where adequate
room exists to flare, the Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT-350) would be used for most
installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-34
END TERMINAL
This shows the end of the guide rail buried at the leading traffic end in a
cut slope. This type of detail requires an in line anchorage to meet
NJDOT standards as shown on Sheet 65 of the NJDOT Roadway
Construction Details, CD-609-8.4. This type of end terminal would be
preferable and acceptable for all leading traffic end installations if the in
line anchorage was present. In-line anchorage may be eliminated by
constructing at least 7 posts at 6-3 spacing beyond length of need
(L.O.N.). The inspector should verify that the spacing of the posts
meets current NJDOT standards.
Item 36D = 1 (if meets standards) otherwise Item 36D = 0.
SF-35
END TERMINAL
This shows the end of a Controlled Release Terminal (CRT). The CRT is the entire
curved treatment rather than just the end as shown in the photo. This detail is shown on
Sheet 63 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-6.2. This type end
terminal is rarely found on bridge installations. However, it is occasionally found where
low volume roads intersect arterial highways and there is a need to terminate the guide rail
to provide pedestrian access. This end terminal is acceptable and meets current NJDOT
standards for leading traffic end installations on low volume roads or driveways.
Item 36D=1
SF-36
END TERMINAL
This shows the trailing traffic end guide rail end anchorage. This detail is shown on
Sheet 61 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-4. This end terminal
is acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all trailing traffic end
installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-37
END TERMINAL
This shows a Breakaway Cable Terminal (BCT) with collision damage at the leading
traffic end. The BCT saw widespread use throughout New Jersey. However, it failed
crash testing, no longer meets NJDOT standards and is not shown in the NJDOT
Roadway Construction Details. It is always evaluated as substandard on NJDOT
infrastructure. It may be acceptable for bridge owners in New Jersey for highways not
on the NHS.
Item 36D=0
NOTE: The presence of the collision damage would not affect the evaluation of the
safety features. In fact, the end terminal could be completely destroyed by impact
damage and the design could still meet standards.
SF-38
END TERMINAL
This shows an Eccentric Loader Terminal (ELT). This type end terminal no longer meets
NJDOT standards. It is always evaluated as substandard on NJDOT infrastructure.
Item 36D=0
SF-39
END TERMINAL
This shows a guide rail that has been flared and buried at the end terminal in a fill
slope. This detail does not meet current NJDOT standards. The end of a guide rail
can be buried at the end in cut slopes only. This installation is substandard for all
situations.
Item 36D=0
SF-40
END TERMINAL
This shows a typical telescoping guide rail end terminal of the telescoping type. This detail is
shown on Sheet 64 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-7.3. This type end
terminal is rarely used on bridges. However, it is commonly used on highway underpass
structures when a pier is located in the median. However, the adequacy of such installations is
not evaluated when determining the coding for Item 36.
SF-41
END TERMINAL
This shows a Median Breakaway Cable Terminal (MBCT). The replacement for this type end
terminal is either the CAT or BREAKMASTER. This type end terminal is rarely used on
bridges. However, it is commonly used on highway underpass structures when a pier is located
in the median as shown above. However, the adequacy of such installations is not evaluated
when determining the coding for Item 36.
SF-42
ITEM DJ - MINIMUM VERTICAL UNDERCLEARANCE

INCLUDING SHOULDERS (XX.XX feet)
DIGITS 4
Record and code a four-digit number to represent in feet, minimum vertical clearance from the
roadway (including shoulders) beneath the structure to the underside of the superstructure. Code
zeros for structures over any other feature.
In addition to coding this Item on sheet 1, it should also be coded on sheets 2 and A thru Z.
Sheet 2 would be coded the same as sheet 1, but sheets A thru Z would be coded for the
individual features intersected.
When sheets A thru Z are coded, sheet 1 should always be coded for the absolute minimum of all
features beneath the structure.
ITEM FA - FHWA SCOUR REPORTING CATEGORIES
DIGITS 2
Code the current FHWA Reporting Category for the bridge based upon the information and
results obtained during the Bridge Scour Evaluation program:
LOW RISK BRIDGE - STAGE 2 NOT REQUIRED and STAGE 2 DONE
Code
Reporting Category
Comments
01
11
02
03
Assessed (old bridge)

Assessed
(new/old
bridge
with
Scour
Countermeasures )
Screened
Culvert
Pre HEC-18 Design - Stage 1 not performed

Foundations designed in accordance with HEC-18
or Scour Countermeasures designed in accordance
with HEC-23
Stage 1 performed
SCOUR SUSCEPTIBLE BRIDGE - STAGE 2 REQUIRED

Code
Reporting Category
Comments
04
05
06
Screened
Unknown Foundations
Tidal Waterway
Known foundation details and non-tidal waterway

Foundation details known
OTHER CATEGORIES
Code
Reporting Category
Comments
07
08
Scour Critical
Analyzed for Scour
As determined by Stage 2 analysis

Stage 2 Complete
S-41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
I.
Introduction
II.
General Coding Instructions
1
2 to 3
III.
IV.
Federal Recording and Coding Guide for the Structure

Inventory and Appraisal of the Nations Bridges
(December 1995)
F1 to F78
Table of Contents
A. Appendix A - Metric Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet
B. Appendix B - Sufficiency Rating Formula and Example
C. Appendix C - National Bridge Inspection Standards
D. Appendix D - Commentary
iii
FA-1 to FA1
FB-1 to FB-13
FC-1 to FC-4
FD-1 to FD-9
Recording and Coding Guide for the Structure Inventory

and Appraisal of New Jersey Bridges (September 2001)
S-1 to S-53
Table of Contents
A. Appendix A - Additional Coding Instructions for Selected
for Selected Federal Items
B. Appendix B - Item 100 STRAHNET Highway Designation
C. Appendix C - Coast Guard Jurisdiction
D. Appendix D - Section 101 to 105 of 1978 Federal Highway Act
E. Appendix E - 2000 Census of Population and Housing
Geographic Identification Code Scheme
F. Appendix F - Commentary on Item 36 (Safety Features)
G. Appendix G - Items GD-GO Paint Condition Ratings
Weathering Steel
a
SA-1 to SA-5
III. Railroad Bridge Coding Instructions

Table of Contents
SB-1 to SB-10
SC-1 to SC-40
SD-1 to SD-7
SE-1 to SE-14
SF-1 to SF-42
SG-1 to SG-2
B
R-1 to R11
INTRODUCTION
This Manual has been prepared for use by the State of New Jersey Bridge owners in recording
and coding the data elements that form the bridge inventory database. Recent legislation and
anticipated Congressional inquiries render it mandatory that a thorough bridge inventory be
maintained by the States. It is only through having a complete and thorough inventory that an
accurate report can be made to the Congress, of the number and condition state of the Nations
bridges arranged in a manner that would best suit the needs for future legislation.
The coded items in this Manual are primarily a course for the N.J. Bridge owners needs. Input
items are to be coded and submitted according to the definitions and classifications contained in this
Manual. Computer print outs will then be developed and a computerized database maintained for
ready access.
The AASHTO Manual for Condition Evaluation of Bridges (called AASHTO Bridge Manual in
this Manual) discusses the various items of information that to be recorded as part of the original
bridge reports. That Manual and the Bridge Inspectors Training Manual discuss inspection
procedures and the preparation of detailed reports about the structures components. These reports
will be the basis for recording values for many of the data elements shown in the Guide, particularly
those having to do with the condition or appraisal ratings.
Two or more sets of Structure Inventory and Appraisal (SI&A) Sheets must be coded for any one
structure when the route (multiple routes) below the structure is (are) either a Federal-aid highway or
a Non-Federal aid highway. The route under which the structure will be listed (index) in the
computer printout must be the route on which the structure is listed in the NJDOT Bridge Book.
This route number (Item AA) must be the same on both/all sets of Structure Inventory and Appraisal
(SI&A) Sheets. It is required that the inventory route (Item 5) on the first sheet be the route that the
structure carries in all cases and that the computer records contain all of the items for the structure in
association with the route it carries. The inventory route (Item 5) on the second set or A-Z SI&A
sheets must be the route below the structure, but the records on the second set of input forms need
contain only those items which are specified in Item 5.
GENERAL CODING INSTRUCTIONS

Computer input screens are used for all input to the Bridge Inventory Master File. The file contains
all information required by the FHWA (refer to the Federal Recording and Coding Guide portion of
this Manual), as well as information maintained by the New Jersey Department of Transportation for
it own use. Throughout these instructions, when it is necessary to distinguish between them, the
terms Federal or State will be used.
On the input screens and throughout this Manual, all Federal items are labeled with number
(numeric) codes, identical to those used on the Federal SI&A sheets. State Items are labeled with
letter (alpha) codes.
GENERAL RULES
1)
Print corrections/changes clearly using a pen or sharpened medium hard pencil on the print
outs of the appropriate input screens. The corrections have to be read by people who need to
input the data and the changes should be easy to read.
2)
Information in most Federal fields cannot be erased so the coding should be done carefully.
However, Items 6B, 75, 92 thru 99, 103, 109, 111 and 116 can have existing data replaced
with blank spaces by coding xs in the appropriate fields. The State items can be replaced
with blank spaces by coding the entire item with xs.
Note:
Verify that there is existing data in the inventory for the items in
question before coding the entire item with xs.
3)
All data corrections/changes will be input by personnel from the Structural Evaluation Unit.
The computer output sheets will be returned to the appropriate consultants upon completion
of all inputs.
4)
There will be instances where the coding of certain items may not be finalized at the time of
the initial data input. When this occurs, the partially corrected SI&A outputs sheets will be
returned to the consultant requesting clarification. Upon receipt of the clarifications, a
finalized SI&A output will be generated and returned to the consultant for inclusion in the
final report.
5)
Fatal Errors are no longer possible. If a attempted data input action violates the rules, an
error message will be generated and the action will not be accepted into the database.
6)
If for any reason, an existing record is to be deleted, a memorandum should be prepared to

the Bridge Management System Section specifying the reason for the record deletion. Only
the Bridge Management System Section has the capability of deleting a bridge record. For
consultants or other bridge owners requesting the deletion of a record, a letter should be
prepared and sent to the Structural Evaluation Unit specifying the reason for the deletion.
7)
For an update to a particular item the complete FIELD should be filled in, instead of just
filling the change.
Example:
Item 28 - Lanes on and under the structure
previously Coded as 0102. If the lanes on
top have to be corrected to 02 Code 0202 and
not 02bb.
8)
When updating Structural Inventory and Appraisal sheets check the existing information for
correctness and completeness, possible previous key punch errors and outstanding Federal
errors.
9)
WHEN CODING FOR RAILROAD CARRYING STRUCTURES, PLEASE REFER TO

THE RAILROAD BRIDGE CODING INSTRUCTIONS, which are included in this
Manual.
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
SI&A INPUT SCREEN
FOREWORD
The Recording and Coding Guide for the Structure Inventory and Appraisal of the Nation's
Bridges (Guide) has been revised several times in the past. This latest edition revises the Guide
to convert all of the units of measurement to the International System of Units. This revised
Guide represents several years of effort by the Federal Highway Administration with the States'
cooperation and comments, both individually and through the AASHTO Subcommittee on
Bridges and Structures.
Initial distribution of the Guide is being made directly to each FHWA field office for distribution
to the States. Additional copies are available from the Bridge Management Branch (HNG-33) of
the FHWA Bridge Division.
William A. Weseman, Director

Office of Engineering
NOTE:
This Coding Guide has been converted to English Units

for use in New Jersey
Under the Paper Work Reduction Act and CFR 1320 the
Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet reporting
requirements have been cleared by OMB under 2125-0501.

FOR THE STRUCTURE INVENTORY AND APPRAISAL OF THE NATION'S
BRIDGES
_________________________________________________________________
Report No. FHWA-PD-96-001
Prepared by
Office of Engineering
Bridge Division
Bridge Management Branch
Washington, D.C. 20590
December 1995
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
DEFINITION OF TERMS
PAGE
vii
ix
DATA ITEMS
1 State Code
2 Highway Agency District
3 County (Parish) Code
4 Place Code
5 Inventory Route
6 Features Intersected
7 Facility Carried by Structure
8 Structure Number
9 Location
10 Inventory Route, Minimum Vertical Clearance
11 Mile Point
12 Base Highway Network
13 LRS Inventory Route, Subroute Number
14 (Reserved)
15 (Reserved)
16 Latitude
17 Longitude
18 (Reserved)
19 Bypass, Detour Length
20 Toll
21 Maintenance Responsibility
22 Owner
23 (Reserved)
24 (Reserved)
25 (Reserved)
26 Functional Classification of Inventory Route
27 Year Built
28 Lanes On and Under the Structure
29 Average Daily Traffic
30 Year of Average Daily Traffic
31 Design Load
32 Approach Roadway Width
33 Bridge Median
34 Skew
iii
F1
F1
F2
F2
F2
F5
F6
F6
F7
F7
F8
F8
F9
F9
F9
F10
F10
F11
F11
F13
F14
F15
F15
F15
F15
F15
F16
F16
F17
F18
F18
F19
F20
F21
DATA ITEMS
35 Structure Flared
36 Traffic Safety Features
37 Historical Significance
38 Navigation Control
39 Navigation Vertical Clearance
40 Navigation Horizontal Clearance
41 Structure Open, Posted, or Closed to Traffic
42 Type of Service
43 Structure Type, Main
44 Structure Type, Approach Spans
45 Number of Spans in Main Unit
46 Number of Approach Spans
47 Inventory Route, Total Horizontal Clearance
48 Length of Maximum Span
49 Structure Length
50 Curb or Sidewalk Widths
51 Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb
52 Deck Width, Out-to-Out
53 Minimum Vertical Clearance Over Bridge Roadway
54 Minimum Vertical Underclearance
55 Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Right
56 Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left
57 (Reserved)
-- Condition Ratings
58 Deck
59 Superstructure
60 Substructure
61 Channel and Channel Protection
62 Culverts
63 Method Used to Determine Operating Rating
64 Operating Rating
65 Method Used to Determine Inventory Rating
66 Inventory Rating
-- Appraisal Ratings
67 Structural Evaluation
68 Deck Geometry
69 Underclearances, Vertical and Horizontal
70 Bridge Posting
71 Waterway Adequacy
72 Approach Roadway Alignment
73 (Reserved)
iv
PAGE
F21
F21
F23
F24
F25
F25
F26
F26
F28
F29
F30
F30
F30
F32
F32
F35
F37
F38
F38
F38
F40
F42
F42
F42
F43
F44
F44
F45
F46
F47
F47
F49
F49
F49
F50
F52
F56
F59
F60
F61
F62
DATA ITEMS
74 (Reserved)
75 Type of Work
76 Length of Structure Improvement
77 (Reserved)
78 (Reserved)
79 (Reserved)
80 (Reserved)
81 (Reserved)
82 (Reserved)
83 (Reserved)
84 (Reserved)
85 (Reserved)
86 (Reserved)
87 (Reserved)
88 (Reserved)
89 (Reserved)
90 Inspection Date
91 Designated Inspection Frequency
92 Critical Feature Inspection
93 Critical Feature Inspection Date
94 Bridge Improvement Cost
95 Roadway Improvement Cost
96 Total Project Cost
97 Year of Improvement Cost Estimate
98 Border Bridge
99 Border Bridge Structure Number
100 STRAHNET Highway Designation
101 Parallel Structure Designation
102 Direction of Traffic
103 Temporary Structure Designation
104 Highway System of the Inventory Route
105 Federal Lands Highways
106 Year Reconstructed
107 Deck Structure Type
108 Wearing Surface/Protective System
109 Average Daily Truck Traffic
110 Designated National Network
111 Pier or Abutment Protection (for Navigation)
112 NBIS Bridge Length
113 Scour Critical Bridges
PAGE
F62
F62
F64
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F66
F67
F68
F68
F69
F69
F70
F70
F71
F71
F72
F72
F73
F74
F74
F74
F75
F75
F77
F77
F77
F78
F80
DATA ITEMS
114 Future Average Daily Traffic
115 Year of Future Average Daily Traffic
116 Minimum Navigation Vertical Clearance
Vertical Lift Bridge
PAGE
F83
F83
F83
GENERAL
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D
F84
FA-1
FB-1 to FB13
FC-1 to FC-4
FD-1 to FD-9
Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet

Sufficiency Rating Formula and Example
National Bridge Inspection Standards
Commentary
vi
INTRODUCTION
The Recording and Coding Guide for the Structure Inventory and Appraisal of the Nation's
Bridges, hereafter referred to as the Guide, has been revised several times in the past. It also
provides more thorough and detailed guidance in evaluating and coding specific bridge data.
New items have been added to include the reporting of Federal Lands Highway Systems, each
State's existing linear referencing system (LRS), and the method used to determine the load
ratings. Some items in the Guide have also been expanded to provide more definitive and
explicit explanations and instructions for coding. Further, more basic definitions applicable to
the instructions in the Guide are provided. The changes are based on comments received on the
previous Guide and the metric version (January 1994) draft Guide. This revised Guide should be
thoroughly reviewed by each individual involved with the National Bridge Inspection Program.
This Guide has been prepared for use by the States, Federal and other agencies in recording and
coding the data elements that will comprise the National Bridge Inventory data base. By having
a complete and thorough inventory, an accurate report can be made to the Congress on the
number and state of the Nation's bridges. The Guide also provides the data necessary for the
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) and the Military Traffic Management Command to
identify and classify the Strategic Highway Corridor Network and it's connectors for defense
purposes.
The coded items in this Guide are considered to be an integral part of the data base that can be
used to meet several Federal reporting requirements, as well as part of the States' needs. These
requirements are set forth in the National Bridge Inspection Standards (23 CFR 650.3) which are
included as Appendix C. A complete, thorough, accurate, and compatible data base is the
foundation of an effective bridge management system. Reports submitted in connection with the
Highway Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program and the National Bridge Inspection
Program also are related to this Guide.
The AASHTO Manual for Condition Evaluation of Bridges discusses the various items of
information that are to be recorded as part of original bridge reports. That manual and the Bridge
Inspector's Training Manual/90, with supplements, discuss inspection procedures and the
preparation of detailed reports about the structure components. These reports will be the basis
for recording values for many of the data elements shown in the Guide, particularly those having
to do with the condition or the appraisal ratings.
vii
Some bridge owners are collecting bridge condition ratings for items included in this Guide
(Items 58-Deck, 59-Superstructure, 60-Substructure, and 62-Culvere) using the American
Association of Highway and Transportation Officials' (AASHTO) Guide for Commonly
Recognized (CoRe) Structural Elements. CoRe element inspection ratings provide detailed
condition assessments that can serve as input into a comprehensive bridge management system
(BMS). The FHWA has provided bridge owners with a computer program for translating bridge
condition data in the CoRe element format to National Bridge Inventory (NBI) condition ratings
for the purpose of NBI data submittal to FHWA. The purpose of the program is to permit bridge
inspectors to record condition information in a format that satisfies both BMS and NBI data
collection requirements.
The Structure Inventory and Appraisal (SI&A) Sheet and the sufficiency rating formula, with
examples, are included as Appendices A and B, respectively. The SI&A sheet is intended to be a
tabulation of the pertinent elements of information about an individual structure. Its use is
optional, subject to the statements in the preceding paragraph of this Introduction. It is important
to note that the SI&A Sheet is not an inspection form but merely a summary sheet of bridge data
required by the FHWA to effectively monitor and manage a National bridge program.
States, Federal and other agencies are encouraged to use the codes and instructions in this Guide.
However, its direct use is optional; each agency may use its own code scheme provided that the
data are directly translatable into the Guide format. When data are requested by FHWA, the
format will be based on the codes and instructions in this Guide. An agency choosing to use its
own codes shall provide for translation or conversion of its own codes into those used in the
Guide. In other words, agencies are responsible for having the capability to obtain, store, and
report certain information about bridges whether or not this Guide or the SI&A Sheet is used.
Any requests by the FHWA for submittals of these data will be based on the definitions,
explanations, and codes supplied in the Guide, the AASHTO Manual for Condition Evaluation
of Bridges and the Bridge Inspector's Training Manual/90 plus supplements.
The values provided in the tables or otherwise listed in this Guide are for rating purposes only.
Current design standards must be used for structure design or rehabilitation. All possible
combinations of actual site characteristics are not provided in this Guide. If a special situation
not listed in the Guide is encountered, the evaluation criteria closest to the actual site situation
should be used.
The implementation of this Guide may require some restructuring of an agency's data base and
support software. If so, it is suggested that the agency consider the additional enhancements that
would be necessary to support a bridge management system.
Appendix D is a Commentary that compares, item by item, the 1988 Guide to this Guide. The
Commentary will provide a ready reference for item changes.
NOTE:
This Coding Guide has been converted to English Units where

possible for use in New Jersey. All revisions to the Guide due to
this conversion are shown in italics.
viii
DEFINITION OF TERMS
The definitions of terms used in the Guide are provided below.
(a)
Bridge. The National Bridge Inspection Standards published in the Code of Federal
Regulations (23 CFR 650.3) give the following definition:
A structure including supports erected over a depression or an obstruction, such as water,

highway, or railway, and having a track or passageway for carrying traffic or other
moving loads, and having an opening measured along the center of the roadway of more
than 20 feet* between undercopings of abutments or spring lines of arches, or extreme
ends of openings for multiple boxes; it may also include multiple pipes, where the clear
distance between openings is less than half of the smaller contiguous opening.
* (6.1 meters)
(b)
Culvert. A structure designed hydraulically to take advantage of submergence to increase

hydraulic capacity. Culverts, as distinguished from bridges, are usually covered with
embankment and are composed of structural material around the entire perimeter,
although some are supported on spread footings with the streambed serving as the bottom
of the culvert. Culverts may qualify to be considered "bridge" length.
(c)
Inventory Route. The route for which the applicable inventory data is to be recorded.
The inventory route may be on the structure or under the structure. Generally inventories
along a route are made from west to east and south to north.
(d)
National Bridge Inventory (NBI). The aggregation of structure inventory and appraisal
data collected to fulfill the requirements of the National Bridge Inspection Standards.
Each State shall prepare and maintain an inventory of all bridges subject to the NBIS.
(e)
National Bridge Inventory (NBI) Record. Data which has been coded according to the
Guide for each structure carrying highway traffic or each inventory route which goes
under a structure. These data are furnished and stored in a compact alphanumeric format
on magnetic tapes or disks suitable for electronic data processing.
(f)
National Bridge Inspection Standards (NBIS).

Federal regulations establishing
requirements for inspection procedures, frequency of inspections, qualifications of
personnel, inspection reports, and preparation and maintenance of a State bridge
inventory. The NBIS apply to all structures defined as bridges located on all public
roads.
(g)
Public Road. Any road under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public authority and
open to public travel.
ix
(h)
Structure Inventory and Appraisal (SI&A) Sheet. The graphic representation of the data
recorded and stored for each NBI record in accordance with this Guide.
(i)
Strategic Highway Corridor Network (STRAHNET). A system of highways which are

strategically important to the defense of the United States. It includes the Interstate
Highways and 15,669 miles of other non-interstate highways. The Military Traffic
Management Command Report SE 89-4b-27, Strategic Highway Corridor Network,
January 1991, contains additional information on STRAHNET.
(j)
STRAHNET Connectors are roads that connect military installations and ports of
embarkation to the STRAHNET. The connector routes represent about 1,890 miles of
roads that complement STRAHNET.
(k)
Indian Reservation Road (IRR). A public road that is located within or provides access to
an Indian reservation as described in Title 23, U.S.C., Sect.101. The terminus of a road
providing access to an Indian reservation or other Indian land is defined as the point at
which the road intersects with a road functionally classified as a collector or higher
classification (outside the reservation boundary) in both urban and rural areas. In the
case of access from an Interstate Highway, the terminus is the first interchange outside
the reservation.
(l)
Land Management Highway System (LMHS). Consists of adjoining state and local
public roads that provide major public access to Bureau of Land Management
administered public lands, resources, and facilities.
(m)
Forest Highway (FH). A road, under the jurisdiction of, and maintained by, a public
authority and open to public travel; wholly or partly within, or adjacent to, and serving
the National Forest System (NFS) and which is necessary for the protection,
administration, and utilization of the NFS and the use and development of its resources.
(23 CFR 660).
(n)
Forest Service Development Road. A forest road wholly under the jurisdiction of the
Forest Service, which may be "open to public travel". Bridges on Forest Service
Development Roads which are "open to public travel" are subject to the NBIS.
(o)
Base Highway Network. The Base Highway Network includes the through lane
(mainline) portions of the NHS, rural/urban principal arterial system and rural minor
arterial system. Ramps, frontage roads and other roadways are not included in the Base
Network.
(p)
Highway Performance Monitoring System. The Highway Performance Monitoring

System (HPMS) is a database of universe and sample data that describes the nation's
public road mileage. The data are annually updated and submitted to FHWA by the State
Highway Agencies, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia. The universe data
provides some basic characteristics of all public road mileage while the sample of the
arterial and collector systems allows for assessment of the condition, performance, usage
and additional characteristics of the nation's major highway systems.
(q)
Conversion of Numerical Data. Throughout this Guide the following conversion factors
are used:
Convert
- foot to meter multiply by 0.3048
- mile to kilometer multiply by 1.609
- english ton to metric ton multiply by .9
(r)
Rounding and Truncating of Numerical Data. All numeral values in this Guide, except as
specifically noted, will follow standard rounding criteria, that is, 5 and above will be
rounded up to the next higher unit and 4 and below will be rounded down to the next
lower unit. This is applicable to all decimal roundings. In certain items where
rounding may cause a safety hazard for clearance, the numeric measurements will
be truncated at the appropriate decimal place. This means that a fractional portion less
than a whole unit will be dropped to the lower whole number, for example 2.88 would be
truncated to 2.8 when using tenth of a foot accuracy. All decimal points are assumed in
the locations as specified in the Guide.
(s)
Commonly Recognized (CoRe) Structural Elements). A group of structural elements

endorsed by AASHTO as a means of providing a uniform basis for data collection for
any bridge management system, to enable the sharing of data between States, and to
allow for a uniform translation of data to NBI Items 58, 59, 60 and 62.
(t)
Bridge Management System (BMS). A system designed to optimize the use of available
resources for the inspection, maintenance, rehabilitation and replacement of bridges.
xi
DATA ITEMS
ITEM 1 - STATE CODE
3 DIGITS
The first 2 digits are the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) code for States, and
the third digit is the FHWA region code. (New Jersey and New York will retain an FHWA
region code of 2.)
Code
State
Code
State
014
020
049
056
069
088
091
103
113
124
134
159
160
175
185
197
207
214
226
231
243
251
265
275
284
297
Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Hawaii
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
308
317
329
331
342
356
362
374
388
395
406
410
423
441
454
468
474
486
498
501
513
530
543
555
568
721
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming
Puerto Rico
ITEM 2 - HIGHWAY AGENCY DISTRICT
2 DIGITS
The highway agency district (State or Federal) in which the bridge is located shall be represented
by a 2-digit code. Existing district numbers shall be used where districts are identified by
number. Where districts are identified by name, a code number shall be assigned based on an
alphabetical or organizational listing of the districts.
NOTE: Refer to page SA-1 of this Guide for additional information.
F1
ITEM 3 - COUNTY (PARISH) CODE
3 DIGITS
Counties shall be identified using the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) codes
given in the current version of the Census of Population and Housing - Geographic Identification
Code Scheme.
ITEM 4 - PLACE CODE
5 DIGITS
Cities, towns, townships, villages, and other census-designated places shall be identified using
the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) codes given in the current version of the
Census of Population and Housing - Geographic Identification Code Scheme. If there is no FIPS
place code, then code all zeros.
ITEM 5 - INVENTORY ROUTE
9 DIGITS
The inventory route is a 9-digit code composed of 5 segments.

Segment
Description
Length
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
Record Type
Route Signing Prefix
Designated Level of Service
Route Number
Directional Suffix
1 digit
1 digit
1 digit
5 digits
1 digit
ITEM 5A - RECORD TYPE
1 DIGIT
There are two types of National Bridge Inventory records: "on" and "under". Code the first digit
(leftmost) using one of the following codes:
Code
Description
1
2
A through Z
Route carried "on" the structure

Single route goes "under" the structure
Multiple routes go "under" the structure
A signifies the first of multiple routes under the structure.

B signifies the second of multiple routes under the structure.
Z signifies 26 routes under the structure.
F2
ITEM 5A - RECORD TYPE (CONTINUED)
"On" signifies that the inventory route is carried "on" the structure. Each bridge structure
carrying highway traffic must have a record identified with a type code = 1 (numeric). All of the
NBI data items must be coded, unless specifically excepted, with respect to the structure and the
inventory route "on" it.
"Under" signifies that the inventory route goes "under" the structure. If an inventory route
beneath the structure is a Federal-aid highway, is a STRAHNET route or connector or is
otherwise important, a record must be coded to identify it. The type code must be 2 or an
alphabetic letter A through Z. Code 2 for a single route under the structure. If 2 or more routes
go under a structure on separate roadways, the code of 2 shall not be used. Code A, B, C, D, etc.
consecutively for multiple routes on separate roadways under the same structure. STRAHNET
routes shall be listed first. When this item is coded 2 or A through Z, only the following items
must be coded: Items 1, 3-13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 26-30, 42, 43, 47-49, 100-104, 109 and 110. All
other items may remain blank.
It cannot be overemphasized that all route-oriented data must agree with the coding as to whether
the inventory route is "on" or "under" the structure.
Tunnels shall be coded only as an "under" record; that is, they shall not be coded as a structure
carrying highway traffic.
There are situations of a route "under" a structure, where the structure does not carry a highway,
but may carry a railroad*, pedestrian traffic, or even a building. These are coded the same as any
other "under" record and no "on" record shall be coded.
*For State owned railroad carrying bridges, code Item 5A = 1 on Sheet 1 (see Railroad Bridge
Coding Instructions)
ITEM 5B - ROUTE SIGNING PREFIX
1 DIGIT
In the second position, identify the route signing prefix for the inventory route using one of the
following codes:
Code
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Interstate highway
U.S. numbered highway
State highway
County highway
City street
Federal lands road
State lands road
Other (include toll roads not otherwise indicated or identified above)
When 2 or more routes are concurrent, the highest class of route will be used. The hierarchy is
in the order listed above.
F3
ITEM 5C - DESIGNATED LEVEL OF SERVICE
1 DIGIT
In the third position, identify the designated level of service for the inventory route using one of
the following codes:
Code
Description
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
None of the below

Mainline
Alternate
Bypass
Spur
Business
Ramp, Wye, Connector, etc.
Service and/or unclassified frontage road
ITEM 5D - ROUTE NUMBER
5 DIGITS
Code the route number of the inventory route in the next 5 positions. This value shall be right
justified in the field with leading zeros filled in. (See examples below.)
If concurrent routes are of the same hierarchy level, denoted by the route signing prefix, the
lowest numbered route shall be coded. Code 00000 for bridges on roads without route numbers.
ITEM 5E - DIRECTIONAL SUFFIX
1 DIGIT
In the last position, code the directional suffix to the route number of the inventory route when it
is part of the route number, using one of the following codes:
Code
Description
0
1
2
3
4
Not applicable
North
East
South
West
F4
ITEM 5E - DIRECTIONAL SUFFIX (CONTINUED)
In some cases, letters may be used with route numbers and as part of the route numbers and not
to indicate direction. In such cases, the letter should be included in the 5-position route number
field.
Examples:
Record
Code
Interstate 95, on
Interstate 70S, under
1 1 1 00095 0
2 1 1 00070 3
111000950
211000703
State Highway 104, Spur, under
2 3 4 00104 0
234001040
U.S. 30E Bypass, on
1 2 3 00030 2
123000302
City street, on
Ramp from I-81, under
1 5 0 00000 0
2 1 7 00081 0
150000000
217000810
County Highway 173 on

Interstate 84 under
1 4 1 00173 0
2 1 1 00084 0
141001730
211000840
Interstate 495 on
State Hwy 120 (STRAHNET Rte) under
Alternate State Hwy 130 under
1 1 1 00495 0
A 3 1 00120 0
B 3 2 00130 0
111004950
A31001200
B32001300
Tunnel on Interstate 70
2 1 1 00070 0
211000700
ITEM 6 - FEATURES INTERSECTED
25 DIGITS
This item contains a description of the features intersected by the structure. When Item 5A
indicates an "under" record, this item describes the inventory route and/or features under the
structure. There are 25 digits divided into 2 segments.
Segment
6A
6B
Description
Length
Features Intersected
No Longer Coded (Blank)
24 digits
1 digit
F5
ITEM 6 - FEATURES INTERSECTED
The information to be recorded for this item in the first 24 digits shall be the name or names of
the features intersected by the structure. When one of the features intersected is another
highway, the signed number or name of the highway shall appear first (leftmost) in the field.
The names of any other features shall follow, separated by a semicolon or a comma. Parentheses
shall be used to provide a second identification of the same feature (see third example).
Abbreviations may be used where necessary, but an effort shall be made to keep them
meaningful. The data in this segment shall be left justified in the first 24 positions without
trailing zeros.
Examples:
I 81, US 51, MILL ROAD
MISSISSIPPI RIVER
SR 42 (POND ROAD)
ITEM 7 - FACILITY CARRIED BY STRUCTURE
18 DIGITS
The facility being carried by the structure shall be recorded and coded. In all situations this item
describes the use "on" the structure. This item shall be left justified without trailing zeros.
Examples:
US 66
MAIN STREET
COUNTY ROAD 450
C & O RAILROAD (appropriate for "under" record only)
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE (appropriate for "under" record only)
ITEM 8 - STRUCTURE NUMBER
15 DIGITS
It is required that the official structure number be recorded. It is not necessary to code this
number according to an arbitrary national standard. Each agency should code the structure
number according to its own internal processing procedures. When recording and coding for this
item and following items, any structure or structures with a closed median should be considered
as one structure, not two. Closed medians may have either mountable or non-mountable curbs or
barriers.
F6
ITEM 8 - STRUCTURE NUMBER (CONTINUED)

The structure number must be unique for each bridge within the State, and once established
should preferably never change for the life of the bridge. If it is essential that structure
number(s) must be changed, all 15 digits are to be filled. For any structure number changes, a
complete cross reference of corresponding "old" and "new" numbers must be provided to the
FHWA Bridge Division. The cross reference shall include both a computer tape or diskette and
a printed listing in the FHWA required format.
The identical structure number must appear on the "on" and all "under" records associated with a
particular structure. (Refer to Item 5 - Inventory Route).
NOTE: In New Jersey, a seven (7) digit Structure Number is used. Refer to page SA-2 of
this Guide for additional information.
ITEM 9 - LOCATION
25 DIGITS
This item contains a narrative description of the bridge location. It is recommended that the
location be keyed to a distinguishable feature on an official highway department map such as
road junctions and topographical features. This item shall be left justified without trailing zeros.
Examples:
6 miles SW. OF RICHMOND
3.5 miles S. OF JCT. SR 69
ITEM 10 - INVENTORY ROUTE, MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE
(XX.XX feet)
4 DIGITS
Code the minimum vertical clearance over the inventory route identified in Item 5, whether the
route is "on" the structure or "under" the structure. The minimum clearance for a 10-foot width
of the pavement or traveled part of the roadway where the clearance is the greatest shall be
recorded and coded in decimal feet. For structures having multiple openings, clearance for each
opening shall be recorded, but only the greatest of the "minimum clearances" for the two or more
openings shall be coded regardless of the direction of travel. This would be the practical
maximum clearance. When no restriction exists or when the restriction is 99 feet or greater,
code 9999.
F7
ITEM 11 - MILEPOINT (XXXX.XXX)
7 DIGITS
The linear referencing system (LRS) milepoint is used to establish the location of the bridge on
the Base Highway Network (see Item 12). It must be from the same LRS Inventory Route and
milepoint system as reported in the Highway Performance Monitoring System (HPMS). The
milepoint coded in this item directly relates to Item 13 - LRS Inventory Route, Subroute
Number.
This item must be coded for all structures located on or overpassing the Base Highway Network.
Code a 7-digit number to represent the LRS mile-point distance in miles to the nearest
thousandth (with an assumed decimal point). For structures carrying the LRS Inventory Route,
code the milepoint at the beginning of the structure (i.e. the lowest mile-point on the bridge).
When the LRS Inventory Route goes under the structure (Item 5A coded 2 or A-Z), then code the
milepoint on the underpassing route where the structure is first encountered.
Code all zeros in this field for all records where milepoints are not provided. Milepoints may be
coded for bridges that are not located on the Base Highway Network, however Item 12 - Base
Highway Network shall be coded 0 for these records.
The milepoint is coded aligned to the assumed decimal point and zero filled where needed to fill
the 7 digits.
Examples:
Code
Milepoint is 130.34
0130340
Milepoint is 9.60
0009600
ITEM 12 - BASE HIGHWAY NETWORK
1 DIGIT
This item is to be coded for all records in the inventory. The Base Highway Network includes
the through lane (mainline) portions of the NHS, rural/urban principal arterial system and rural
minor arterial system. Ramps, frontage roads and other roadways are not included in the Base
Network. For the inventory route identified in Item 5 - Inventory Route, indicate whether the
inventory route is on the Base Highway Network or not on that network. Use one of the
following codes:
Code
Description
Inventory Route is not on the

Base Network
Inventory Route is on the Base
Network
F8
ITEM 13 - LRS INVENTORY ROUTE, SUBROUTE NUMBER
12 DIGITS
If Item 12 - Base Highway Network has been coded 1, the information to be recorded for this
item is inventory route for the State's linear referencing system (LRS). If Item 12 has been
coded 0, this entire item should be left blank. This item is a 12-digit code composed of 2
segments.
Segment
Description
Length
13A
13B
LRS Inventory Route

Subroute Number
10 digits
2 digits
The LRS inventory route and subroute numbers to be reported in this item must correspond to
the LRS inventory route and subroute numbers reported by the State for the HPMS. The LRS
inventory route number is coded in the ten positions of segment 13A, left justified and
underscore filled. The subroute number, if it exists, is coded in the two positions of segment
13B, left justified and zero filled (not used in New Jersey).
The LRS inventory route number can be alphanumeric, but must not contain blanks. The LRS
inventory route number is not necessarily the same as that posted along the roadway, but is a
number used to uniquely identify a route within at least a county and perhaps throughout the
State.
The subroute number is a number that uniquely identifies portions of an inventory route sections
where duplicate milepoints occur. These subroute numbers, if they exist, are identified in the
State's HPMS-LRS records. If there is no subroute number, code 00 in this segment.
NOTE: The coding for the LRS is available from the Straight Line Diagram listed as a ten (10)
digit number under SRI at the bottom of each diagram. The last two (2) digits are typically
underbars.
Example:
Route 1
US Route 1B
NJ Rt. 27 SB
Essex County Rt. 630 A
Code: 00000001_ _00

Code: 00000001B_00
Code: 00000027_S00
Code: 07000630A_00
ITEM 14 AND ITEM 15

(Reserved)
F9
ITEM 16 - LATITUDE (XX degrees XX minutes XX.XX seconds)
8 DIGITS
For bridges on STRAHNET and STRAHNET Connector highways and on the NHS, record and
code the latitude of each in degrees, minutes and seconds to the nearest hundredth of a second
(with an assumed decimal point). The point of the coordinate may be the beginning of the bridge
in the direction of the inventory or any other consistent point of reference on the bridge which is
compatible with the LRS. If the bridge is not on a STRAHNET highway or the NHS, a code of
all zeros is acceptable, but it is preferable to code the latitude if available.
NOTE: Always code the Latitude for bridges in New Jersey.
Example:
Latitude is 3527.3' (current precision)
(acceptable coding)
Code
35271800
35270000
35271855
ITEM 17 - LONGITUDE (XXX degrees XX minutes XX.XX seconds)
9 DIGITS
For bridges on STRAHNET and STRAHNET Connector highways and on the NHS, record and
code the longitude of each in degrees, minutes and seconds to the nearest hundredth of a second
(with an assumed decimal point). A leading zero shall be coded where needed. The point of the
coordinate may be the beginning of the bridge in the direction of the inventory or any other
consistent point of reference on the bridge which is compatible with the LRS. If the bridge is not
on a STRAHNET highway or the NHS, a code of all zeros is acceptable, but it is preferable to
code the longitude if available.
NOTE: Always code the Longitude for bridges in New Jersey.
F10
ITEM 17 - LONGITUDE (CONTINUED)

Example:
Longitude is 815.8' (current precision)
(acceptable coding)
Code
081054800
081060000
081055065
ITEM 18
(reserved)
2 DIGITS
Indicate the actual length to the nearest mile of the detour length. The detour length should
represent the total additional travel for a vehicle which would result from closing of the bridge.
The factor to consider when determining if a bypass is available at the site is the potential for
moving vehicles, including military vehicles, around the structure. This is particularly true when
the structure is in an interchange. For instance, a bypass likely would be available in the case of
diamond interchanges, interchanges where there are service roads available, or other
interchanges where the positioning and layout of the ramps is such that they could be used
without difficulty to get around the structure. If a ground level bypass is available at the
structure site for the inventory route, record and code the detour length as 00.
If the bridge is one of twin bridges and is not at an interchange, code 01 where the other twin
bridge can be used as a temporary bypass with a reasonable amount of crossover grading. The
detour route will be established following allowable criteria determined by the governing
authority. (Some authorities will not allow a designated detour over a road or bridge of lesser
"quality.") Code 99 for 99 miles or more.
F11

Examples:
Code
Diamond interchange, structure bypassable

Cloverleaf, not bypassable; 18-mile detour
Structure over river; 121-mile detour
Structure over highway, no interchange,
bypassable at ground level
Structure on dead end road
00
18
99
00
99
Bypass, Detour Length A to B = 4 miles
Bypass, Detour Length A to B = 0 miles
F12
ITEM 20 - TOLL
1 DIGIT
The toll status of the structure is indicated by this item. Interstate toll segments under Secretarial
Agreement (Title 23 - United States Code - Highways Section 129 as amended by 1991 ISTEA
and prior legislation) shall be identified separately. Use one of the following codes:
Code
Description
Toll bridge. Tolls are paid specifically to use

the structure.
On toll road. The structure carries a toll road,

that is, tolls are paid to use the facility, which
includes both the highway and the structure.
On free road. The structure is toll-free and

carries a toll-free highway.
On Interstate toll segment under Secretarial

Agreement. Structure functions as a part of the
toll segment.
Toll bridge is a segment under Secretarial

Agreement. Structure is separate agreement from
highway segment.
F13
ITEM 21 - MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY
2 DIGITS
The actual name(s) of the agency(s) responsible for the maintenance of the structure shall be
recorded on the inspection form. The codes below shall be used to represent the type of agency
that has primary responsibility for maintaining the structure. If more than one agency has equal
maintenance responsibility, code one agency in the hierarchy of State, Federal, county, city, railroad, and
other private.
Code
Description
01
02
03
04
11
12
21
25
26
27
31
32
60
61
62
63
64
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
80
State Highway Agency

County Highway Agency
Town or Township Highway Agency
City or Municipal Highway Agency
State Park, Forest, or Reservation Agency
Local Park, Forest, or Reservation Agency
Other State Agencies
Other Local Agencies
Private (other than railroad)
Railroad
State Toll Authority
Local Toll Authority
Other Federal Agencies (not listed below)
Indian Tribal Government
Bureau of Indian Affairs
Bureau of Fish and Wildlife
U.S. Forest Service
National Park Service
Tennessee Valley Authority
Bureau of Land Management
Bureau of Reclamation
Corps of Engineers (Civil)
Corps of Engineers (Military)
Air Force
Navy/Marines
Army
NASA
Metropolitan Washington Airports Service
Unknown
F14
ITEM 22 - OWNER
2 DIGITS
The actual name(s) of the owner(s) of the bridge shall be recorded on the inspection form. The
codes used in Item 21 - Maintenance Responsibility shall be used to represent the type of agency
that is the primary owner of the structure. If more than one agency has equal ownership, code
one agency in the hierarchy of State, Federal, county, city, railroad, and other private.
ITEM 23 THROUGH ITEM 25
(Reserved)
ITEM 26 - FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF INVENTORY ROUTE 2 DIGITS

For the inventory route, code the functional classification using one of the following codes:
Code
Description
Rural
01
02
06
07
08
09
Principal Arterial - Interstate

Principal Arterial - Other
Minor Arterial
Major Collector
Minor Collector
Local
Urban
11
12
14
16
17
19
Principal Arterial - Interstate

Principal Arterial - Other
Freeways or Expressways
Other Principal Arterial
Minor Arterial
Collector
Local
The bridge shall be coded rural if not inside a designated urban area. The urban or rural
designation shall be determined by the bridge location and not the character of the roadway.
F15
ITEM 27 - YEAR BUILT
4 DIGITS
Record and code the year of construction of the structure. Code all 4 digits of the year in which
construction of the structure was completed. If the year built is unknown, provide a best
estimate. See also Item 106 - Year Reconstructed.
Examples:
Code
Construction completed 1956
1892
1956
1892
ITEM 28 - LANES ON AND UNDER THE STRUCTURE
4 DIGITS
Record and code the number of lanes being carried by the structure and being crossed over by
the structure as a 4-digit number composed of 2 segments. The number of lanes should be right
justified in each segment with leading zero(s) coded as required.
Segment
28A
28B
Description
Length
Lanes on the structure

Lanes under the structure
2 digits
2 digits
Include all lanes carrying highway traffic (i.e., cars, trucks, buses) which are striped or otherwise
operated as a full width traffic lane for the entire length of the structure or under the structure by
the owning/maintaining authority. This shall include any full width merge lanes and ramp lanes,
and shall be independent of directionality of usage (i.e., a 1-lane bridge carrying 2-directional
traffic is still considered to carry only one lane on the structure). It should be noted here that for
the purpose of evaluating the Deck Geometry - Item 68, any "1-lane" bridge, not coded as a ramp
(Item 5C = 7), which has a Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb - Item 51 coded 16 feet or
greater shall be evaluated as 2 lanes.
When the inventory route is "on" the bridge (the first digit of Item 5 - Inventory Route is coded
1), the sum of the total number of lanes on all inventoried routes under the bridge shall be coded.
When the inventory route is "under" the bridge (the first digit of Item 5 - Inventory Route is
coded 2 or A through Z), only the number of lanes being identified by that "under" record shall
be coded in Item 28B.
When the inventory route is "under" the structure, the obstruction over the inventory route may
be other than a highway bridge (railroad, pedestrian, pipeline, etc.). Code 00 for these cases if
there are no highway lanes on the obstructing structure.
F16
ITEM 28 - LANES ON AND UNDER THE STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
Double deck bridges may be coded as 1 or 2 structures as noted in the examples on the next
page. Either method is acceptable, however, all related data must be compatible with the method
selected.
Examples*:
Code
1 lane on, 0 lanes under
3 lanes on, 1 lane under
8 lanes on 2-way, 12 lanes under **
5 lanes on double deck each direction, 2 lanes under
5 lanes on double deck each direction, 2 lanes under
Railroad and pedestrian on, 4 lanes under
*
For the inventory route on the bridge, the first digit of Item 5 Inventory Route is coded 1.
**
This example has 3 inventory routes under the bridge of 6, 4, and

2 lanes of 2-way traffic respectively. When coding an "under"
record for each of these inventory routes, the first digit of Item 5
- Inventory Route is coded A, B, and C, and Item 28 is coded
0806, 0804, and 0802 respectively for the 3 required records.
***
Acceptable if coded as 1 bridge. However, other data such as

ADT, curb- to-curb width, etc., must be for both decks (preferred
method).
****
Acceptable if coded as 2 separate bridges. However, other data

such as ADT, curb-to-curb width, etc., must be for a single deck.
0100
0301
0812
1002***
0502****
0004
6 DIGITS
ITEM 29 - AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC
Code a 6-digit number that shows the average daily traffic volume for the inventory route
identified in Item 5. Make certain the unit's position is coded even if estimates of ADT are
determined to tens or hundreds of vehicles; that is, appropriate trailing zeros shall be coded. The
ADT coded should be the most recent ADT counts available. Included in this item are the trucks
referred to in Item 109 - Average Daily Truck Traffic. If the bridge is closed, code the actual
ADT from before the closure occurred.
F17
ITEM 29 - AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC (CONTINUED)
The ADT must be compatible with the other items coded for the bridge. For example, parallel
bridges with an open median are coded as follows: if Item 28 - Lanes On and Under the
Structure and Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb are coded for each bridge
separately, then the ADT must be coded for each bridge separately (not the total ADT for the
route).
Examples:
Code
Average Daily Traffic
540
15,600
24,000
000540
015600
024000
ITEM 30 - YEAR OF AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC
4 DIGITS
Record the year represented by the ADT in Item 29. Code all four digits of the year so recorded.
Examples:
Code
Year of ADT is 1994
1994
ITEM 31 - DESIGN LOAD
1 DIGIT
Use the codes below to indicate the live load for which the structure was designed. The
numerical value of the railroad loading should be recorded on the form. Classify any other
loading, when feasible, using the nearest equivalent of the loadings given below.
Code
Metric
Description
English
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
M9
or
M 13.5
MS 13.5
M 18
MS 18
MS 18+Mod
Pedestrian
Railroad
MS 22.5
Other or Unknown (describe on
inspection reporting form)
H 10
H 15
HS 15
H 20
HS 20
HS 20+Mod
Pedestrian
Railroad
HS 25
NOTE: Code English Description in New Jersey.
F18
ITEM 32 - APPROACH ROADWAY WIDTH (XXX feet)
3 DIGITS
Code a 3-digit number to represent the normal width of usable roadway approaching the
structure measured to the nearest foot. Usable roadway width will include the width of traffic
lanes and the widths of shoulders where shoulders are defined as follows:
Shoulders must be constructed and normally maintained flush with the adjacent
traffic lane, and must be structurally adequate for all weather and traffic conditions
consistent with the facility carried.
Unstabilized grass or dirt, with no base course, flush with and beside the traffic lane is not to be
considered a shoulder for this item.
For structures with medians of any type and double-decked structures, this item should be coded
as the sum of the usable roadway widths for the approach roadways (i.e., all median widths
which do not qualify as shoulders should not be included in this dimension). When there is a
variation between the approaches at either end of the structure, record and code the most
restrictive of the approach conditions.
Examples:
Left
Shoulder
Left
Roadway
Median
Shoulders
Right
Roadway
Right
Shoulder
Code
4.0
6.0
12.0
10.0
48
24
30
16
16
36
48
36
6.0
12.0
12.0
10.0
026
054
150
096
The last example above represents the coding method for a structure in which the most
restrictive approach has the cross-section shown below:
Regardless of whether the median is open or closed, the data coded must be compatible with the
other related route and bridge data (i.e., if Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb is for
traffic in one direction only, then Items 28, 29, 32, etc. must be for traffic in one direction only).
F19
ITEM 32 - APPROACH ROADWAY WIDTH (CONTINUED)
If a ramp is adjacent to the through lanes approaching the structure, it shall be included in the
approach roadway width. The total approach roadway width for the example below is 94 feet (a
code of 094).
ITEM 33 - BRIDGE MEDIAN
1 DIGIT
Indicate with a 1-digit code if the median is non-existent, open or closed. The median is closed
when the area between the 2 roadways at the structure is bridged over and is capable of
supporting traffic. All bridges that carry either 1-way traffic or 2-way traffic separated only by a
centerline will be coded 0 for no median.
Code
Description
0
1
2
3
No median
Open median
Closed median (no barrier)
Closed median with non-mountable barriers
F20
ITEM 34 - SKEW (XX degrees)
2 DIGITS
The skew angle is the angle between the centerline of a pier and a line normal to the roadway
centerline. When plans are available, the skew angle can be taken directly from the plans. If no
plans are available, the angle is to be field measured if possible. Record the skew angle to the
nearest degree. If the skew angle is 0, it should be so coded. When the structure is on a curve or
if the skew varies for some other reason, the average skew should be recorded, if reasonable.
Otherwise, record 99 to indicate a major variation in skews of substructure units. A 2-digit
number should be coded.
Examples:
Code
Skew angle
0
10
8
29
00
10
08
29
ITEM 35 - STRUCTURE FLARED
1 DIGIT
Code this item to indicate if the structure is flared (i.e., the width of the structure varies).
Generally, such variance will result from ramps converging with or diverging from the through
lanes on the structure, but there may be other causes. Minor flares at ends of structures should be
ignored.
Code
Description
0
1
No flare
Yes, flared
ITEM 36 - TRAFFIC SAFETY FEATURES
4 DIGITS
Bridge inspection shall include the recording of information on the following traffic safety
features so that the evaluation of their adequacy can be made.
(A) Bridge railings: Some factors that affect the proper functioning of bridge railing are height,
material, strength, and geometric features. Railings must be capable of smoothly
redirecting an impacting vehicle. Bridge railings should be evaluated using the current
AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, which calls for railings to meet
specific geometric criteria and to resist specified s tatic loads without exceeding the
F21
ITEM 36 - TRAFFIC SAFETY FEATURES (CONTINUED)
allowable stresses in their elements. Bridge railing should be crash tested per FHWA
policy. Railings that meet these criteria and loading conditions are considered acceptable.
Other railings that have been successfully crash tested are considered acceptable even
though they may not meet the static loading analysis and geometric requirements.
Acceptable guidelines for bridge railing design and testing are also found in the AASHTO
Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings 1989. Additional guidance for testing is found in
National Cooperative Highway Research Program - Report 350 Recommended Procedures
for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features 1993.
(B) Transitions: The transition from approach guardrail to bridge railing requires that the
approach guardrail be firmly attached to the bridge railing. It also requires that the
approach guardrail be gradually stiffened as it comes closer to the bridge railing. The ends
of curbs and safety walks need to be gradually tapered out or shielded.
(C) Approach guardrail: The structural adequacy and compatibility of approach guardrail with
transition designs should be determined. Rarely does the need for a barrier stop at the end
of a bridge. Thus, an approach guardrail with adequate length and structural qualities to
shield motorists from the hazards at the bridge site needs to be installed. In addition to
being capable of safely redirecting an impacting vehicle, the approach guardrail must also
facilitate a transition to the bridge railing that will not cause snagging or pocketing of an
impacting vehicle. Acceptable guardrail design suggestions are contained in the AASHTO
Roadside Design Guide and subsequent FHWA or AASHTO guidelines.
(D) Approach guardrail ends: As with guardrail ends in general, the ends of approach
guardrails to bridges should be flared, buried, made breakaway, or shielded. Design
treatment of guardrail ends is given in the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide.
The data collected shall apply only to the route on the bridge. Collision damage or deterioration
of the elements are not considered when coding this item. Traffic safety features is a 4-digit
code composed of 4 segments.
Segment
36A
36B
36C
36D
Description
Length
Bridge railings
Transitions
Approach guardrail
Approach guardrail ends
1 digit
1 digit
1 digit
1 digit
F22
ITEM 36 - TRAFFIC SAFETY FEATURES (CONTINUED)
The reporting of these features shall be as follows:
Code
Description
Inspected feature does not meet currently acceptable

standards or a safety feature is required and none is
provided.*
Inspected feature meets currently acceptable standards.*
Not applicable or a safety feature is not required.*
For structures on the NHS, national standards are set by regulation. For those not on the
NHS, it shall be the responsibility of the highway agency (state, county, local or federal) to
set standards.
NOTE: For clarifications on the coding of this Item, please refer to Appendix F,
Commentary on Item 36 (Safety Features) in the State Coding Guide portion of
this Manual.
Example:
Code
All features meet currently acceptable

standards except transition
1011
ITEM 37 - HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE
1 DIGIT
The historical significance of a bridge involves a variety of characteristics: the bridge may be a
particularly unique example of the history of engineering; the crossing itself might be significant;
the bridge might be associated with a historical property or area; or historical significance could
be derived from the fact the bridge was associated with significant events or circumstances. Use
one of the following codes:
Code
Description
Bridge is on the National Register of Historic Places.
Bridge is eligible for the National Register of

Historic Places.
Bridge is possibly eligible for the National Register of Historic

Places (requires further investigation before determination can
be made) or bridge is on a State or local historic register.
F23
ITEM 37 - HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE (CONTINUED)
Code
Description
Historical significance is not determinable at this

time.
Bridge is not eligible for the National Register of

Historic places.
ITEM 38 - NAVIGATION CONTROL
1 DIGIT
Indicate for this item whether or not navigation control (a bridge permit for navigation) is
required. Use one of the following codes:
Code
Description
Not applicable, no waterway.
No navigation control on waterway (bridge

permit not required).
Navigation control on waterway (bridge

permit required).
NOTE: Please refer to page SA-2 of this Guide for additional instructions.
F24
ITEM 39 - NAVIGATION VERTICAL CLEARANCE (XXX feet)
3 DIGITS
If Item 38 - Navigation Control has been coded 1, record the minimum vertical clearance
imposed at the site as measured above a datum that is specified on a navigation permit issued by
a control agency. The measurement shall be coded as a 3-digit number rounded down to the
nearest foot. This measurement will show the clearance that is allowable for navigational
purposes. In the case of a swing or bascule bridge, the vertical clearance shall be measured with
the bridge in the closed position (i.e., open to vehicular traffic). The vertical clearance of a
vertical lift bridge shall be measured with the bridge in the raised or open position. Also, Item
116 - Minimum Navigation Vertical Clearance Vertical Lift Bridge shall be coded to provide
clearance in a closed position. If Item 38 - Navigation Control has been coded 0 or N, code 000
to indicate not applicable.
Examples:
Code
Measured Vertical Clearance
150 feet
20.6 feet
24.2 feet
150
020
024
ITEM 40 - NAVIGATION HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE (XXXX feet)
4 DIGITS
If Item 38 - Navigation Control has been coded 1, record the horizontal clearance measurement
imposed at the site that is shown on the navigation permit. This may be less than the structure
geometry allows. If a navigation permit is required but not available, use the minimum
horizontal clearance between fenders, if any, or the clear distance between piers or bents. Code
the clearance as a 4-digit number rounded down to the nearest foot. If Item 38 - Navigation
Control has been coded 0 or N, code 0000 to indicate not applicable.
Examples:
Code
Horizontal Clearance
95 feet
538 feet
1,200 feet
F25
0095
0538
1200
ITEM 41 - STRUCTURE OPEN, POSTED, OR CLOSED TO TRAFFIC 1 DIGIT

This item provides information about the actual operational status of a structure. The field
review could show that a structure is posted, but Item 70 - Bridge Posting may indicate that
posting is not required. This is possible and acceptable coding since Item 70 is based on the
operating stress level and the governing agency's posting procedures may specify posting at
some stress level less than the operating rating. One of the following codes shall be used:
Code
Description
Open, no restriction
Open, posting recommended but not legally implemented (all

signs not in place or not correctly implemented)
Open, would be posted or closed except for temporary shoring,

etc. to allow for unrestricted traffic
Open, temporary structure in place to carry legal loads while

original structure is closed and awaiting replacement or
rehabilitation
New structure not yet open to traffic
Bridge closed to all traffic
Posted for load (may include other restrictions such as temporary

bridges which are load posted)
Posted for other load-capacity restriction (speed, number of

vehicles on bridge, etc.)
ITEM 42 - TYPE OF SERVICE
2 DIGITS
The type of service on the bridge and under the bridge is indicated by a 2-digit code composed of
2 segments.
Segment
Description
Length
42A
42B
Type of service on bridge

Type of service under bridge
1 digit
1 digit
F26
ITEM 42 - TYPE OF SERVICE (CONTINUED)

The first digit indicates the type of service "on" the bridge and shall be coded using one of the
following codes:
Code
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
Highway
Railroad
Pedestrian-bicycle
Highway-railroad
Highway-pedestrian
Overpass structure at an interchange or
second level of a multilevel interchange
Third level (Interchange)
Fourth level (Interchange)
Building or plaza
Other
7
8
9
0
The second digit indicates the type of service "under" the bridge and shall be coded using one of
the following codes:
Code
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Highway, with or without pedestrian

Railroad
Pedestrian-bicycle
Highway-railroad
Waterway
Highway-waterway
Railroad-waterway
Highway-waterway-railroad
Relief for waterway
Other
F27
ITEM 43 - STRUCTURE TYPE, MAIN
3 DIGITS
Record the description on the inspection form and indicate the type of structure for the main
span(s) with a 3-digit code composed of 2 segments.
Segment
Description
Length
43A
43B
Kind of material and/or design

Type of design and/or construction
1 digit
2 digits
The first digit indicates the kind of material and/or design and shall be coded using one of the
following codes:
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
*
Description
Concrete
Concrete continuous
Steel
Steel continuous
Prestressed concrete *
Prestressed concrete continuous *
Wood or Timber
Masonry
Aluminum, Wrought Iron, or Cast Iron
Other
Post-tensioned concrete should be coded as prestressed concrete.
The second and third digits indicate the predominant type of design and/or type of construction
and shall be coded using one of the following codes:
Code
Description
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Slab
Stringer/Multi-beam or Girder
Girder and Floorbeam System
Tee Beam
Box Beam or Girders - Multiple
Box Beam or Girders - Single or Spread
Frame (except frame culverts)
Orthotropic
F28
ITEM 43 - STRUCTURE TYPE, MAIN (CONTINUED)
Code
Description
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 *
21
22
00
Truss - Deck
Truss - Thru
Arch - Deck
Arch - Thru
Suspension
Stayed Girder
Movable - Lift
Movable - Bascule
Movable - Swing
Tunnel
Culvert (includes frame culverts)
Mixed types
Segmental Box Girder
Channel Beam
Other
Applicable only to approach spans - Item 44
Examples:
Wood or Timber Through Truss
Masonry Culvert
Steel Suspension
Continuous Concrete Multiple Box Girders
Simple Span Concrete Slab
Tunnel in Rock
Code
710
819
313
205
101
018
ITEM 44 - STRUCTURE TYPE, APPROACH SPANS
3 DIGITS
Indicate with a 3-digit code composed of 2 segments, the type of structure for the approach spans
to a major bridge or for the spans where the structural material is different. The codes are the
same as for Item 43 preceding. However, code 000 if this item is not applicable. Use code 20
(Item 44B) when no one type of design and/or construction is predominate for the approach
units. If the kind of material (Item 44A) is varied, code the most predominant.
F29
ITEM 44 - STRUCTURE TYPE, APPROACH SPANS (CONTINUED)

Segment
Description
Length
44A
44B
Kind of material and/or design

Type of design and/or construction
1 digit
2 digits
Examples:
Code
Simple prestressed concrete I-beam
Continuous concrete T-beam
Continuous steel deck truss
502
204
409
ITEM 45 - NUMBER OF SPANS IN MAIN UNIT
3 DIGITS
Record the number and indicate with a 3-digit number the number of spans in the main or major
unit. This item will include all spans of most bridges, the major unit only of a sizable structure,
or a unit of material or design different from that of the approach spans.
ITEM 46 - NUMBER OF APPROACH SPANS
4 DIGITS
Record the number and indicate with a 4-digit number the number of spans in the approach spans
to the major bridge, or the number of spans of material different from that of the major bridge.
ITEM 47 - INVENTORY ROUTE, TOTAL HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE 3 DIGITS

(XX.X feet)
The total horizontal clearance for the inventory route identified in Item 5 should be measured
and recorded. The clearance should be the available clearance measured between the restrictive
features -- curbs, rails, walls, piers or other structural features limiting the roadway (surface and
shoulders). The measurement should be recorded and coded as a 3-digit number truncated to the
nearest tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). When the restriction is 100 feet or
greater, code 999.
F30
ITEM 47 - INVENTORY ROUTE, TOTAL HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE

(CONTINUED)
The purpose of this item is to give the largest available clearance for the movement of wide
loads. Flush and mountable medians are not considered to be restrictions. This clearance is
defined in 2 ways; use the most applicable:
1.
Clear distance between restrictions of the inventory route either "on" or "under" the
structure.
2.
Roadway surface and shoulders - when there are no restrictions.
For a divided facility with a raised or non-mountable median, or an "under" route divided by
piers, record the greater of the restricted widths in either direction, not both directions.
Examples:
F31
ITEM 48 - LENGTH OF MAXIMUM SPAN (XXXX feet)
4 DIGITS
The length of the maximum span shall be recorded. It shall be noted whether the measurement is
center to center of bearing points or clear open distance between piers, bents, or abutments. The
measurement shall be along the centerline of the bridge. For this item, code a 4-digit number to
represent the measurement to the nearest foot.
Examples:
Length of Maximum Span
Code
50 feet
117 feet
1,050 feet
0050
0117
1050
ITEM 49 - STRUCTURE LENGTH (XXXXXX feet)
6 DIGITS
Record and code a 6-digit number to represent the length of the structure to the nearest foot.
This shall be the length of roadway which is supported on the bridge structure. The length
should be measured back to back of backs walls of abutments or from paving notch to paving
notch.
Culvert lengths should be measured along the center line of roadway regardless of their depth
below grade. Measurement should be made between inside faces of exterior walls. Tunnel
length should be measured along the centerline of roadway. Be sure to code Item 5A = 2 for all
tunnels.
Examples:
Structure Length
Code
50 feet
5,421 feet
333 feet
101,235 feet
F32
000050
005421
000333
101235
ITEM 49 - STRUCTURE LENGTH (CONTINUED)

Examples:
(1) Item 49 - Structure Length
F33
ITEM 49 - STRUCTURE LENGTH (CONTINUED)
Code
(1) Item 49 - Structure Length = 18 =o 20.78
cos 30
F34
000021
ITEM 50 - CURB OR SIDEWALK WIDTHS (XX.X FEET, XX.X FEET)
6 DIGITS
Record and code two contiguous 3-digit numbers to represent the widths of the left and right
curbs or sidewalks to nearest tenth of a foot (with assumed decimal points). This is a 6-digit
number composed of 2 segments, with the leftmost 3 digits representing the left curb or sidewalk
and the rightmost 3 digits representing the right curb or sidewalk. "Left" and "Right" should be
determined on the basis of direction of the inventory.
Segment
50A
50B
Examples:
Curb or sidewalk
Description
Length
Left curb or sidewalk width

Right curb or sidewalk width
3 digits
3 digits
Left Side
Right Side
Code
None
10.0 feet
8.3 feet
12.1 feet
None
0.6 feet
8.3 feet
4.1 feet
None
11.5 feet
None
1.5 feet
000083
100041
083000
121115
000000
006015
(1) Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb

(2) Item 52 - Deck Width, Out-to-Out
(3) Item 50 - Curb or Sidewalk Width
F35
ITEM 50 - CURB OR SIDEWALK WIDTHS (CONTINUED)

Examples:
(1) Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb

(2) Item 52 - Deck Width, Out-to-Out
(3) Item 50 - Curb or Sidewalk Width
F36
ITEM 51 - BRIDGE ROADWAY WIDTH, CURB-TO-CURB (XXX.X feet) 4 DIGITS

The information to be recorded is the most restrictive minimum distance between curbs or rails
on the structure roadway. For structures with closed medians and usually for double decked
structures, coded data will be the sum of the most restrictive minimum distances for all roadways
carried by the structure*. The data recorded for this item must be compatible with other related
route and bridge data (i.e., Items 28, 29, 32, etc.). The measurement should be exclusive of
flared areas for ramps. A 4-digit number should be used to represent the distance to the nearest
tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). See examples on pages F35 and F36.
Where traffic runs directly on the top slab (or wearing surface) of a culvert- type structure, e.g.
an R/C box without fill, code the actual roadway width (curb-to-curb or rail-to-rail). This will
also apply where the fill is minimal and headwalls or parapets affect the flow of traffic.
Where the roadway is on fill carried across a structure and the headwalls or parapets do not
affect the flow of traffic, code 0000. This is considered proper inasmuch as a filled section
simply maintains the roadway cross-section. However, for sidehill viaduct structures code the
actual full curb-to-curb roadway width. See figure in the Commentary Appendix D.
*
Raised or non-mountable medians, open medians, and barrier widths are to be excluded
from the summation along with barrier-protected bicycle and equestrian lanes.
Examples:
Code
36.00 feet wide
66.37 feet wide
110.13 feet wide
0360
0664
1101
The last example above would be the coded value for the deck section shown below.
F37
ITEM 52 - DECK WIDTH, OUT-TO-OUT (XXX.X FEET)
4 DIGITS
Record and code a 4-digit number to show the out-to-out width to the nearest tenth of a foot
(with an assumed decimal point). If the structure is a through structure, the number to be coded
will represent the lateral clearance between superstructure members. The measurement should
be exclusive of flared areas for ramps. See examples on pages F35 and F36.
Where traffic runs directly on the top slab (or wearing surface) of the culvert (e.g., an R/C box
without fill) code the actual width (out-to-out). This will also apply where the fill is minimal and
the culvert headwalls affect the flow of traffic. However, for sidehill viaduct structures code the
actual out-to-out structure width. See figure in the Commentary Appendix D.
Where the roadway is on a fill carried across a pipe or box culvert and the culvert headwalls do
not affect the flow of traffic, code 0000. This is considered proper inasmuch as a filled section
over a culvert simply maintains the roadway cross-section.
ITEM 53 - MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OVER BRIDGE
ROADWAY (XX.XX feet)
4 DIGITS
The information to be recorded for this item is the actual minimum vertical clearance over the
bridge roadway, including shoulders, to any superstructure restriction, rounded down to the
nearest hundredth of a foot. For double decked structures code the minimum, regardless whether
it is pertaining to the top or bottom deck. When no superstructure restriction exists above the
bridge roadway, code 9999. A 4-digit number should be coded to represent the clearance in feet.
Examples:
Code
Minimum Vertical Clearance

No restriction
17-3
75-11
115-6
ITEM 54 - MINIMUM VERTICAL UNDERCLEARANCE
(X code, XX.XX feet)
9999
1725
7591
9999
5 DIGITS
Using a 1-digit code and a 4-digit number, record and code the minimum vertical clearance from
the roadway (travel lanes only) or railroad track beneath the structure to the underside of the
superstructure. (When both a railroad and highway are under the structure, code the most critical
dimension.)
Segment
Description
Length
54A
54B
Reference feature
Minimum Vertical Underclearance
1 digit
4 digits
F38
ITEM 54 - MINIMUM VERTICAL UNDERCLEARANCE (CONTINUED)

Using one of the codes below, code in the first position, the reference feature from which the
clearance measurement is taken:
Code
H
R
N
Description
Highway beneath structure
Railroad beneath structure
Feature not a highway or railroad
In the next 4 positions, code a 4-digit number to represent the minimum vertical clearance from
that feature to the structure. When a restriction is 100 feet or greater, code 9999. If the feature is
not a highway or railroad, code the minimum vertical clearance 0000.
Examples:
River beneath structure
Code
N0000
Railroad 31-3 beneath structure
R3125
Highway 34-4 beneath structure
H3433
F39
ITEM 55 - MINIMUM LATERAL UNDERCLEARANCE ON RIGHT

(X code, XX.X feet)
4 DIGITS
Using a 1-digit code and a 3-digit number, record and code the minimum lateral underclearance
on the right to the nearest tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). When both a railroad
and highway are under the structure, code the most critical dimension (Refer to Item 69 Underclearances, Horizontal - Table 3B).
Segment
55A
55B
Description
Length
Reference feature
Minimum Lateral Underclearance
1 digit
3 digits
Using one of the codes below, code in the first position the reference feature from which the
clearance measurement is taken:
Code
H
R
N
Description
Highway beneath structure
Railroad beneath structure
Feature not a highway or railroad
In the next 3 positions, code a 3-digit number to represent the minimum lateral underclearance
on the right. The lateral clearance should be measured from the right edge of the roadway
(excluding shoulders) or from the centerline (between rails) of the right-hand track of a railroad
to the nearest substructure unit (pier, abutment, etc.), to a rigid barrier (concrete bridge rail, etc.),
or to the toe of slope steeper than 1 to 3, e.g. 1 to 1 or 2 to 1. The clearance measurements to be
recorded will be the minimum after measuring the clearance in both directions of travel. In the
case of a dual highway this would mean the outside clearances of both roadways should be
measured and the smaller distance recorded and coded.
If two related features are below the bridge, measure both and record the lesser of the 2. An
explanation should be written on the inspection form as to what was recorded. When the
clearance is 100 feet or greater, code 999.
If the feature beneath the structure is not a railroad or highway, code N000 to indicate not
applicable.
The presence of ramps and acceleration or turning lanes is not considered in this item; therefore,
the minimum lateral clearance on the right should be measured from the right edge of the
through roadway.
Examples:
Code
Railroad 20.4 feet centerline to pier

Highway 20.2 feet edge of pavement to pier
Creek beneath structure
F40
R204
H202
N000
ITEM 55 MINIMUM LATERAL UNDERCLEARANCE ON RIGHT(CONTINUED)

Examples:
F41
ITEM 56 - MINIMUM LATERAL UNDERCLEARANCE ON LEFT

(XX.X feet) (code only for divided highways, 1-way
streets, and ramps; not applicable to railroads)
3 DIGITS
Using a 3-digit number, record and code the minimum lateral underclearance on the left (median
side for divided highways) to the nearest tenth of a foot (with an assumed decimal point). The
lateral clearance should be measured from the left edge of the roadway (excluding shoulders) to the
nearest substructure unit, to a rigid barrier, or to the toe of slope steeper than 1 to 3. Refer to
examples on page F41 under Item 55 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Right.
In the case of a dual highway, the median side clearances of both roadways should be measured and
the smaller distance recorded and coded. If there is no obstruction in the median area, a notation of
"open" should be recorded and 999 should be coded. For clearances greater than 100 feet, code 998.
Code 000 to indicate not applicable.
ITEM 57
(Reserved)
ITEMS 58 THROUGH 62 - INDICATE THE CONDITION RATINGS
In order to promote uniformity between bridge inspectors, these guidelines will be used to rate and
code Items 58, 59, 60, 61, and 62. The use of the AASHTO Guide for Commonly Recognized
(CoRe) Structural Elements is an acceptable alternative to using these rating guidelines for Items
58, 59, 60, and 62, provided the FHWA translator computer program is used to convert the
inspection data to NBI condition ratings for NBI data submittal.
Condition ratings are used to describe the existing, in-place bridge as compared to the as-built
condition. Evaluation is for the materials related, physical condition of the deck, superstructure,
and substructure components of a bridge. The condition evaluation of channels and channel
protection and culverts is also included. Condition codes are properly used when they provide an
overall characterization of the general condition of the entire component being rated. Conversely,
they are improperly used if they attempt to describe localized or nominally occurring instances of
deterioration or disrepair. Correct assignment of a condition code must, therefore, consider both
the severity of the deterioration or disrepair and the extent to which it is widespread throughout the
component being rated.
The load-carrying capacity will not be used in evaluating condition items. The fact that a bridge
was designed for less than current legal loads and may be posted shall have no influence upon
condition ratings.
Portions of bridges that are being supported or strengthened by temporary members will be rated
based on their actual condition; that is, the temporary members are not considered in the rating of
the
item. (See Item 103 - Temporary Structure Designation for the definition of a temporary bridge.)
Completed bridges not yet opened to traffic, if rated, shall be coded as if open to traffic.
F42
CONDITION RATINGS (CONTINUED)

The following general condition ratings shall be used as a guide in evaluating Items 58, 59, and
60:
Code
N
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Description
NOT APPLICABLE
EXCELLENT CONDITION
VERY GOOD CONDITION - no problems noted.
GOOD CONDITION - some minor problems.
SATISFACTORY CONDITION - structural elements show some minor deterioration.
FAIR CONDITION - all primary structural elements are sound but may have minor
section loss, cracking, spalling or scour.
POOR CONDITION - advanced section loss, deterioration, spalling or scour.
SERIOUS CONDITION - loss of section, deterioration, spalling or scour have
seriously affected primary structural components. Local failures are possible. Fatigue
cracks in steel or shear cracks in concrete may be present.
CRITICAL CONDITION - advanced deterioration of primary structural elements.
Fatigue cracks in steel or shear cracks in concrete may be present or scour may have
removed substructure support. Unless closely monitored it may be necessary to close
the bridge until corrective action is taken.
"IMMINENT" FAILURE CONDITION - major deterioration or section loss present in
critical structural components or obvious vertical or horizontal movement affecting
structure stability. Bridge is closed to traffic but corrective action may put back in
light service.
FAILED CONDITION - out of service - beyond corrective action.
ITEM 58 - DECK
1 DIGIT
This item describes the overall condition rating of the deck. Rate and code the condition in
accordance with the above general condition ratings. Code N for culverts and other structures
without decks e.g., filled arch bridge.
Concrete decks should be inspected for cracking, scaling, spalling, leaching, chloride
contamination, potholing, delamination, and full or partial depth failures. Steel grid decks
should be inspected for broken welds, broken grids, section loss, and growth of filled grids from
corrosion. Timber decks should be inspected for splitting, crushing, fastener failure, and
deterioration from rot.
The condition of the wearing surface/protective system, joints, expansion devices, curbs,
sidewalks, parapets, fascias, bridge rail, and scuppers shall not be considered in the overall deck
evaluation. However, their condition should be noted on the inspection form.
Decks integral with the superstructure will be rated as a deck only and not how they may
influence the superstructure rating (for example, rigid frame, slab, deck girder or T-beam, voided
slab, box girder, etc.). Similarly, the superstructure of an integral deck-type bridge will not
influence the deck rating.
F43
ITEM 59 - SUPERSTRUCTURE
1 DIGIT
This item describes the physical condition of all structural members. Rate and code the
condition in accordance with the previously described general condition ratings. Code N for all
culverts.
The structural members should be inspected for signs of distress which may include cracking,
deterioration, section loss, and malfunction and misalignment of bearings.
The condition of bearings, joints, paint system, etc. shall not be included in this rating, except in
extreme situations, but should be noted on the inspection form.
On bridges where the deck is integral with the superstructure, the superstructure condition rating
may be affected by the deck condition. The resultant superstructure condition rating may be
lower than the deck condition rating where the girders have deteriorated or been damaged.
Fracture critical components should receive careful attention because failure could lead to
collapse of a span or the bridge.
ITEM 60 - SUBSTRUCTURE
1 DIGIT
This item describes the physical condition of piers, abutments, piles, fenders, footings, or other
components. Rate and code the condition in accordance with the previously described general
condition ratings. Code N for all culverts.
All substructure elements should be inspected for visible signs of distress including evidence of
cracking, section loss, settlement, misalignment, scour, collision damage, and corrosion. The
rating given to Item 60 should be consistent with the one given to Item 113 whenever a rating
factor of 2 or below is determined for Item 113-Scour Critical Bridges.
The substructure condition rating shall be made independent of the deck and superstructure.
Integral-abutment wingwalls to the first construction or expansion joint shall be included in the
evaluation. For non-integral superstructure and substructure units, the substructure shall be
considered as the portion below the bearings. For structures where the substructure and
superstructure are integral, the substructure shall be considered as the portion below the
superstructure.
F44
ITEM 61 - CHANNEL AND CHANNEL PROTECTION
1 DIGIT
This item describes the physical conditions associated with the flow of water through the bridge
such as stream stability and the condition of the channel, riprap, slope protection, or stream control
devices including spur dikes. The inspector should be particularly concerned with visible signs of
excessive water velocity which may affect undermining of slope protection, erosion of banks, and
realignment of the stream which may result in immediate or potential problems. Accumulation of
drift and debris on the superstructure and substructure should be noted on the inspection form but
not included in the condition rating.
Rate and code the condition in accordance with the previously described general condition ratings
and the following descriptive codes:
Code
Description
Not applicable. Use when bridge is not over a waterway (channel).
There are no noticeable or noteworthy deficiencies which affect the condition of the
channel.
Banks are protected or well vegetated. River control devices such as spur dikes and
embankment protection are not required or are in a stable condition.
Bank protection is in need of minor repairs. River control devices and embankment
protection have a little minor damage. Banks and/or channel have minor amounts of
drift.
Bank is beginning to slump. River control devices and embankment protection have
widespread minor damage. There is minor stream bed movement evident. Debris is
restricting the channel slightly.
Bank protection is being eroded. River control devices and/or embankment have
major damage. Trees and brush restrict the channel.
Bank and embankment protection is severely undermined. River control devices

have severe damage. Large deposits of debris are in the channel.
Bank protection has failed. River control devices have been destroyed. Stream bed
aggradation, degradation or lateral movement has changed the channel to now
threaten the bridge and/or approach roadway.
The channel has changed to the extent the bridge is near a state of collapse.
Bridge closed because of channel failure. Corrective action may put back in light
service.
Bridge closed because of channel failure. Replacement necessary.
F45
ITEM 62 - CULVERTS
1 DIGIT
This item evaluates the alignment, settlement, joints, structural condition, scour, and other items
associated with culverts. The rating code is intended to be an overall condition evaluation of the
culvert. Integral wingwalls to the first construction or expansion joint shall be included in the
evaluation. For a detailed discussion regarding the inspection and rating of culverts, consult
Report No. FHWA-IP-86-2, Culvert Inspection Manual, July 1986.
Item 58 - Deck, Item 59 - Superstructure, and Item 60 - Substructure shall be coded N for all
culverts.
Rate and code the condition in accordance with the previously described general condition
ratings and the following descriptive codes:
Code
Description
Not applicable. Use if structure is not a culvert.
No deficiencies.
No noticeable or noteworthy deficiencies which affect the condition of the culvert.

Insignificant scrape marks caused by drift.
Shrinkage cracks, light scaling, and insignificant spalling which does not expose
reinforcing steel. Insignificant damage caused by drift with no misalignment and not
requiring corrective action. Some minor scouring has occurred near curtain walls,
wingwalls, or pipes. Metal culverts have a smooth symmetrical curvature with
superficial corrosion and no pitting.
Deterioration or initial disintegration, minor chloride contamination, cracking with some

leaching, or spalls on concrete or masonry walls and slabs. Local minor scouring at
curtain walls, wingwalls, or pipes. Metal culverts have a smooth curvature, nonsymmetrical shape, significant corrosion or moderate pitting.
Moderate to major deterioration or disintegration, extensive cracking and leaching, or

spalls on concrete or masonry walls and slabs. Minor settlement or misalignment.
Noticeable scouring or erosion at curtain walls, wingwalls, or pipes. Metal culverts have
significant distortion and deflection in one section, significant corrosion or deep pitting.
Large spalls, heavy scaling, wide cracks, considerable efflorescence, or opened

construction joint permitting loss of backfill. Considerable settlement or misalignment.
Considerable scouring or erosion at curtain walls, wingwalls or pipes. Metal culverts
have significant distortion and deflection throughout, extensive corrosion or deep
pitting.
(codes continued on the next page)
F46
ITEM 62 - CULVERTS (CONTINUED)

Code
Description
Any condition described in Code 4 but which is excessive in scope. Severe movement
or differential settlement of the segments, or loss of fill. Holes may exist in walls or
slabs. Integral wingwalls nearly severed from culvert. Severe scour or erosion at
curtain walls, wingwalls or pipes. Metal culverts have extreme distortion and deflection
in one section, extensive corrosion, or deep pitting with scattered perforations.
Integral wingwalls collapsed, severe settlement of roadway due to loss of fill. Section
of culvert may have failed and can no longer support embankment. Complete
undermining at curtain walls and pipes. Corrective action required to maintain traffic.
Metal culverts have extreme distortion and deflection throughout with extensive
perforations due to corrosion.
Bridge closed. Corrective action may put back in light service.
Bridge closed. Replacement necessary.
ITEM 63 - METHOD USED TO DETERMINE OPERATING RATING
1 DIGIT
Use one of the codes below to indicate which load rating method was used to determine the
Operating Rating coded in Item 64 for this structure.
Code
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Load Factor (LF)
Allowable Stress (AS)
Load and Resistance Factor (LRFR)
Load Testing
No rating analysis performed
ITEM 64 - OPERATING RATING (XX.X english tons)
3 DIGITS
This capacity rating, referred to as the operating rating, will result in the absolute maximum
permissible load level to which the structure may be subjected for the vehicle type used in the
rating. Code the operating rating as a 3-digit number to represent the total mass in english tons
of the entire vehicle measured to the nearest tenth of a english ton (with an assumed decimal
point).
It should be emphasized that only HS loading shall be used to determine the operating rating.
The total mass in tons of the entire vehicle should be coded; that is, HS18 which has a mass of
32.4 english tons shall be coded '324', and likewise, a HS13.5 shall be coded '135'.
F47
ITEM 64 - OPERATING RATING (CONTINUED)

The AASHTO Manual for Condition Evaluation of Bridges provides a choice of load rating
methods, such as the new load and resistance factor (LRFR) rating method, in addition to the
traditional allowable stress (AS) and load factor (LF) methods. Of the three rating methods, the
LF method is the most suitable for use as a national standard, therefore the FHWA has chosen
the LF method as the standard for computing inventory and operating ratings reported to the
NBI. The highway agencies may, however, elect to use LF, AS or LRFD to establish load limits
for purposes of load posting.
If the bridge will not carry a minimum of 3 english tons of live load, the operating rating shall be
coded '000'; and consistent with the direction of the AASHTO Manual, it shall be closed.
The use or presence of a temporary bridge requires special consideration in coding. In such
cases, since there is no permanent bridge, Items 64 and 66 should be coded as 000 even though
the temporary structure is rated for as much as full legal load.
A bridge shored up or repaired on a temporary basis is considered a temporary bridge and the
inventory and operating rating shall be coded as if the temporary shoring were not in place. See
Item 103 - Temporary Structure Designation for definition of a temporary bridge.
Code 999 for a structure under sufficient fill such that, according to AASHTO design, the live
load is insignificant in the structure load capacity.
Examples:
Code
HS27
Temporary bridge
Shored-up bridge
Structure under fill (not affected by live load)
* load capacity without shoring.
F48
486
000
030*
999
ITEM 65 - METHOD USED TO DETERMINE INVENTORY RATING
1 DIGIT
Use one of the codes below to indicate which load rating method was used to determine the
Inventory Rating coded in Item 66 for this structure.
Code
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Load Factor (LF)
Allowable Stress (AS)
Load and Resistance Factor (LRFR)
Load Testing
No rating analysis performed
ITEM 66 - INVENTORY RATING (XX.X english tons)
3 DIGITS
This capacity rating, referred to as the inventory rating, will result in a load level which can
safely utilize an existing structure for an indefinite period of time. Only the HS loading shall be
used to determine the inventory rating. Code the Inventory Rating as a 3-digit number to
represent the total mass in english tons of the entire vehicle measured to the nearest tenth of a
english ton (with an assumed decimal point). The statements in Item 64 - Operating Rating
apply to this item also.
Code 999 for a structure under sufficient fill such that, according to AASHTO design, the live
load is insignificant in the structure load capacity.
ITEMS 67, 68, 69, 71, AND 72 - INDICATE THE APPRAISAL RATINGS
The items in the Appraisal Section are used to evaluate a bridge in relation to the level of service
which it provides on the highway system of which it is a part. The structure will be compared to
a new one which is built to current standards for that particular type of road as further defined in
this section except for Item 72 - Approach Roadway Alignment. See Item 72 for special criteria
for rating that item.
Items 67, 68, 69, 71, and 72 will be coded with a 1-digit code that indicates the appraisal rating
for the item. The ratings and codes are as follows:
Code
Description
N
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Not applicable
Superior to present desirable criteria
Equal to present desirable criteria
Better than present minimum criteria
Equal to present minimum criteria
Somewhat better than minimum adequacy to tolerate being left in place as is
Meets minimum tolerable limits to be left in place as is
Basically intolerable requiring high priority of corrective action
Basically intolerable requiring high priority of replacement
This value of rating code not used
Bridge closed
F49
ITEMS 67, 68, 69, 71, AND 72 - INDICATE THE APPRAISAL RATINGS
The FHWA Edit/Update computer program calculates values for Items 67, 68 and 69 according
to the tables provided in this manual. These tables and the table for Item 71 shall be used by all
evaluators to rate these items. They have been developed to closely match the descriptions for
the appraisal evaluation codes of 0 to 9. The tables shall be used in all instances to evaluate the
item based on the designated data in the inventory, even if a table value does not appear to match
the descriptive codes. For unusual cases where the site data does not exactly agree with the table
criteria, use the most appropriate table to evaluate the item. The code of N is not valid for use
with Items 67 and 72.
Completed bridges not yet opened to traffic, if rated, shall be appraised as if open to traffic.
Design values, for example ADT, shall be used for the evaluation. The data provided will
include a code of G for Item 41 - Structure Open, Posted, or Closed to Traffic.
ITEM 67 - STRUCTURAL EVALUATION
1 DIGIT
This item is calculated by the Edit/Update Program based on Table 1, and need not be coded by
the bridge inspector. The following specifications are used by the Edit/Update Program:
!
For structures other than culverts, the lowest of the codes obtained from Item 59 Superstructure, Item 60 - Substructure, or Table 1 is used.
For culverts, the lowest of the codes obtained from Item 62 - Culverts, or Table 1 is used.
If Item 59, Item 60 or Item 62 is coded 1, then Item 67 is equal to zero (0), regardless of
whether the structure is actually closed. However, if the structure is closed, it does not
mean that this value is zero (0) unless the overall condition and appraisal ratings indicate
that a code of 0 is appropriate.
Table 1 Notes:
1.
2.
Inventory Ratings are shown in english tons with decimal point.
3.
To use Table 1, the Inventory Rating must be the coded HS rating or its equivalent. If the
comparable HS equivalent is not calculated for the controlling rating, using a factor to
determine the HS equivalent is acceptable even though converting other rating loads to an
HS equivalent is not a constant.
4.
All bridges with Item 26 - Functional Class coded Interstate, Freeway or Expressway shall
be evaluated using the ADT column of >5000 regardless of the actual ADT on the bridge.
F50
ITEM 67 - STRUCTURAL EVALUATION (CONTINUED)

Table 1. Rating by Comparison of ADT - Item 29
and Inventory Rating - Item 66
Structural
Evaluation
Rating
Code
Inventory Rating
Average Daily Traffic (ADT)
0-500
501-5000
>5000
>36
(HS20)*
>36
(HS20)
>36
(HS20)
=36
(HS20)
=36
(HS20)
=36
(HS20)
>31
(HS17)
>31
(HS17)
>31
(HS17)
>23
(HS13)
>25
(HS14)
>27
(HS15)
>18
(HS10)
>20
(HS11)
>22
(HS12)
>12
(HS7)
>14
(HS8)
>18
(HS10)
Inventory rating less than value in rating

code of 4 and requiring corrective action.
Inventory rating less than value in rating

code of 4 and requiring replacement.
Bridge closed due to structural condition.
*HS Designation (typical)
F51
ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY
1 DIGIT
This item is calculated by the Edit/Update Program and need not be coded by the bridge
inspector.
The overall rating for deck geometry includes two evaluations: (a) the curb-to-curb or face-toface of rail bridge width using Table 2A, B, C or D and (b) the minimum vertical clearance over
the bridge roadway using Table 2E. The lower of the codes obtained from these tables is used by
the Edit/Update Program. When an individual table lists several deck geometry rating codes for
the same roadway width under a specific ADT, the lower code is used. (For example, Table 2A
lists deck geometry rating codes of 6, 7 and 8 for a 44 foot roadway width and an ADT of >5000.
Use the code of 6.) For values between those listed in the tables, the lower code is used.
The curb-to-curb or face-to-face of rail dimension shall be taken from Item 51 - Bridge Roadway
Width, Curb-to-curb. Item 53 - Minimum Vertical Clearance Over Bridge Roadway is used to
evaluate the vertical clearance.
For culverts which have Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width coded 0000, the Deck Geometry code
will be equal to N.
The values provided in the tables are for rating purposes only. Current design standards must be
used for structure design or rehabilitation.
F52
ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY (CONT'D)

Table 2A & 2B. Rating by Comparison of ADT - Item 29 and
Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb - Item 51
TABLE 2A
Bridge Roadway
Width
1 Lane; 2-Way
Traffic

2 Lanes; 2 Way Traffic
Deck
Geometry
Rating
Code
TABLE 2B
ADT (Both
Directions)
ADT (Both Directions)

0-100
101400
4011000
10012000
20015000
>5000
0-100
>100
>32
>36
>40
>44
>44
>44
=32
=36
=40
=44
=44
=44
<15.91
>28
>32
>36
>40
=44
=44
>15
>24
>28
>30
>34
>40
=44
>14
>20
>24
>26
>28
>34
>38
>13
>18
>20
>22
>24
>28
>32
(28)*
>12
>16
>18
>20
>22
>26
>30
(26)*
>11
<15.91
Any width less than required for a rating code of 3 and structure
is open.
Bridge Closed
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
For 1 lane of one-way traffic Table 2A is used.
For 3 or more undivided lanes of 2-way traffic, use Table 2C, Other Multilane Divided Facilities.
Do not use Table 2B for code 9 and for codes 8 through 4 inclusive when the ADT >100. Single
lane bridges less than 16 feet wide carrying 2-way traffic are always appraised at 3 or below if
they carry more than an ADT of 100.
One-lane bridges 16 feet and greater in roadway width, which are not ramps, are evaluated as a 2lane bridge using Table 2A.
F53
ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY (CONTINUED)

Table 2C & 2D. Rating by Comparison of Number of Lanes - Item 28 and Bridge
Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb - Item 51
TABLE 2C
Deck
Geometry
Rating
Code
TABLE 2D
1-Way Traffic

2 or More Lanes
Interstate and Other
Divided Freeways
Other Multilane
Divided Facilities
2 Lanes
1-way
2 Lanes
1-way
3 or more
Lanes
Ramps Only
(Item 5C = 7)
3 or more
Lanes
1 Lane
2 or more
Lanes
>42
>12N+24
>42
>12N+18
>26
>12N+12
=42
=12N+24
=42
=12N+18
=26
=12N+12
>40
>12N+20
>38
>12N+15
>24
>12N+10
>38
>12N+16
>36
>12N+12
>22
>12N+8
>36
>12N+14
>33
>11N+10
>20
>12N+6
4
4
>34
>(29)*
>11N+12
>(11N+7)*
>30
>30
>11N+6
>11N+6
>18
>18
>12N+4
>12N+4
3
3
>33
>(28)*
>11N+11
>(11N+6)*
>27
>27
>11N+5
>11N+5
>16
>16
>12N+2
>12N+2
Any width less than required for a rating code of 3 and

structure is open.
Bridge Closed
*
N = Total number of lanes of traffic on the structure.
Notes
1.
2.
3.
Use the lower rating code for values between those listed in the tables.
Use Table 2C, Other Multilane Divided Facilities, for 3 or more undivided lanes of 2-way
traffic.
F54

Table 2E. Rating by Comparison of Minimum Vertical Clearance over
Bridge Roadway - Item 53 and Functional Classification - Item 26
Deck
Geometry
Rating
Code
Minimum Vertical Clearance

Functional Class
Interstate
and Other
Freeway
Other
Principal
and Minor
Arterial
Major and
Minor
Collectors
and Locals
>17.00
>16.50
>16.50
=17.00
=16.50
=16.50
>16.75
>15.50
>15.50
>16.50
>14.50
>14.50
>15.75
>14.25
>14.25
>15.00
>14.00
>14.00
Vertical clearance less than value in rating

code of 4 and requiring corrective action.
Vertical clearance less than value in rating

code of 4 and requiring replacement.
Bridge Closed.
Notes
1. Use the lower rating code for values between those listed in the table.
2. Dimensions are in feet.
F55
ITEM 69 - UNDERCLEARANCES, VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
1 DIGIT
This item is calculated by the Edit/Update Program and need not be coded by the bridge
inspector.
Vertical and horizontal underclearances are measured from the through roadway to the
superstructure or substructure units, respectively. Code "N" is used unless the bridge is over a
highway or railroad.
The vertical underclearance is evaluated using Table 3A. The horizontal underclearance is
evaluated using Table 3B. The lower of the codes obtained from Table 3A and Table 3B is used
by the Edit/Update Program.
Bridges seldom are closed due to deficient underclearances, however, these bridges may be good
candidates for rehabilitation or replacement.
Item 54 - Minimum Vertical Underclearance, Item 55 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on
Right, and Item 56 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left are used to evaluate this item.
The functional classification used in the table is for the underpassing route. Therefore, the
functional classification is obtained from the record for the route "under" the bridge (see Item 5 Inventory Route).
If the underpassing route is not on a Federal-aid system, is not a defense route, or is not
otherwise important, an "under" record may not be available. If no "under" record exits, it is
assumed that the route under the bridge is a major or minor collector or a local road for the
purpose of using Tables 3A and 3B.
NOTE: New Jersey always requires an under record to be coded for highways.
F56
ITEM 69 - UNDERCLEARANCES, VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL (CONT'D)

Table 3A. Rating by Comparison of Minimum Vertical Underclearance Item 54 and Functional Classification of Underpassing Route - Item 26
Underclearance
Rating
Code
Minimum Vertical Underclearance

Railroad
Functional Class
Interstate
and Other
Freeway
Other
Principal
and Minor
Arterial
Major and
minor
Collectors
and Locals
>17-0
>16.50
>16.50
>23.00
=17.00
=16.50
=16.50
=23.00
>16.75
>15.50
>15.50
>22.50
>16.50
>14.50
>14.50
>22.00
>15.75
>14.25
>14.25
>21.00
>15.00
>14.00
>14.00
>20.00
Underclearance less than value in rating code of 4

and requiring corrective action.

and requiring replacement.
Bridge closed.
Notes
1. Use the lower rating code for values between those listed in the tables.
3. The functional classification of the underpassing route shall be used in the evaluation. If an
"under" record is not coded, the underpassing route shall be considered a major or minor
collector or a local road.
F57
ITEM 69 - UNDERCLEARANCES, VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL (CONTINUED)

Table 3B. Rating by Comparison of Minimum Lateral
Underclearances Right & Left - Items 55 & 56 and
Functional Classification of Underpassing Route - Item 26
Minimum Lateral Underclearance
Underclearance
Rating
Code
Functional Class
1-Way Traffic
2-Way Traffic
Principal ArterialInterstate, Freeways

or Expressways
Main Line
Ramp
Other
Principal
and Minor
Arterial
Major and
Minor
Collector
s
and
Locals
Railroad
Left
Right
Left
Right
>30
>30
>4
>10
>30
>12
>20
30
30
10
30
12
20
18
21
21
11
17
12
12
10
14
11
10
11
10

and requiring corrective action.

and requiring replacement.
Bridge closed.
Notes:
1. Use the lower rating code for values between those listed in the tables.
3. When acceleration or deceleration lanes or ramps are provided under 2-way traffic, use the
value from the right ramp column to determine code.
4. The functional classification of the underpassing route shall be used in the evaluation. If an
"under" record is not coded, the underpassing route shall be considered a major or minor
collector or a local road.
F58
ITEM 70 - BRIDGE POSTING
1 DIGIT
The National Bridge Inspection Standards require the posting of load limits only if the maximum
legal load configurations in the State exceeds the load permitted under the operating rating. If
the load capacity at the operating rating is such that posting is required, this item shall be coded 4
or less. If no posting is required at the operating rating, this item shall be coded 5.
This item evaluates the load capacity of a bridge in comparison to the State legal load. It differs
from Item 67 - Structural Evaluation in that Item 67 uses Item 66 - Inventory Rating, while the
bridge posting requirement is based on Item 64 - Operating Rating.
Although posting a bridge for load-carrying capacity is required only when the maximum legal
load exceeds the operating rating, highway agencies may choose to post at a lower level. This
posting practice may appear to produce conflicting coding when Item 41 - Structure Open,
Posted or Closed to Traffic is coded to show the bridge as actually posted at the site and Item 70
- Bridge Posting is coded as bridge posting is not required. Since different criteria are used for
coding these 2 items, this coding is acceptable and correct when the highway agency elects to
post at less than the operating rating. Item 70 shall be coded 4 or less only if the legal load of the
State exceeds that permitted under the operating rating.
The use or presence of a temporary bridge affects the coding. The actual operating rating of the
temporary bridge should be used to determine this item. However the highway agency may
choose to post at a lower level. This also applies to bridges shored up or repaired on a temporary
basis.
Code
Description
4 or less
5
Posting required
No posting required
The degree that the operating rating is less than the maximum legal load level may be used to
differentiate between codes. As a guide and for coding purposes only, the following values may
be used to code this item:
Code
Relationship of Operating Rating

to Maximum Legal Load
5
4
3
2
1
0
Equal to or above legal loads

0.1 - 9.9% below
10.0 - 19.9% below
20.0 - 29.9% below
30.0 - 39.9% below
> 39.9% below
NOTE: Refer to page SA-3 of the Guide for Relationship calculation example.
F59
ITEM 71 - WATERWAY ADEQUACY
1 DIGIT
This item appraises the waterway opening with respect to passage of flow through the bridge.
The following codes shall be used in evaluating waterway adequacy (interpolate where
appropriate). Site conditions may warrant somewhat higher or lower ratings than indicated by
the table (e.g., flooding of an urban area due to a restricted bridge opening).
Where overtopping frequency information is available, the descriptions given in the table for
chance of overtopping mean the following:
Remote
Slight
Occasional
Frequent
greater than 100 years

11 to 100 years
3 to 10 years
less than 3 years
Adjectives describing traffic delays mean the following:

Insignificant - Minor inconvenience. Highway passable in a matter of hours.
Significant - Traffic delays of up to several days.
Severe
- Long term delays to traffic with resulting hardship.
Minor
Collectors
Locals
Other
Principal
and Minor
Arterials
and Major
Collectors
CODE
N
Bridge not over a waterway.
Bridge deck and roadway approaches above

flood water elevations (high water). Chance of
overtopping is remote.
Bridge deck above roadway approaches. Slight

chance of overtopping roadway approaches.
Slight chance of overtopping bridge deck and

roadway approaches.

Occasional overtopping of roadway approaches
with insignificant traffic delays.
Principal
Arterials Interstates,
Freeways, or
Expressways
Description
F60
ITEM 71 - WATERWAY ADEQUACY (CONTINUED)

Other
Principal
Principal
Arterials and Minor
Interstates,
Arterials
Freeways, or
and Major
Collectors
Expressways
CODE
4
3
Description
Minor
Collectors
Locals
5

Occasional
overtopping
of
roadway
approaches with significant traffic delays.
Occasional overtopping of bridge deck and

delays.
Frequent overtopping of bridge deck and

delays.
Occasional or frequent overtopping of bridge

deck and roadway approaches with severe
traffic delays.
Bridge closed.
ITEM 72 - APPROACH ROADWAY ALIGNMENT
1 DIGIT
Code the rating based on the adequacy of the approach roadway alignment. This item identifies
those bridges which do not function properly or adequately due to the alignment of the approaches.
It is not intended that the approach roadway alignment be compared to current standards but rather
to the existing highway alignment. This concept differs from other appraisal evaluations. The
establishment of set criteria to be used at all bridge sites is not appropriate for this item. The basic
criteria is how the alignment of the roadway approaches to the bridge relate to the general highway
alignment for the section of highway the bridge is on.
The individual structure shall be rated in accordance with the general appraisal rating guide
described on page F49 in lieu of specific design values. The approach roadway alignment will be
rated intolerable (a code of 3 or less) only if the horizontal or vertical curvature requires a
substantial reduction in the vehicle operating speed from that on the highway section. A very minor
speed reduction will be rated a 6, and when a speed reduction is not required, the appraisal code will
be an 8. Additional codes may be selected between these general values.
F61
ITEM 72 - APPROACH ROADWAY ALIGNMENT (CONT'D)

For example, if the highway section requires a substantial speed reduction due to vertical or
horizontal alignment, and the roadway approach to the bridge requires only a very minor
additional speed reduction at the bridge, the appropriate code would be a 6. This concept shall
be used at each bridge site.
Speed reductions necessary because of structure width and not alignment shall not be considered
in evaluating this item.
ITEM 73 AND ITEM 74
(Reserved)
ITEM 75 - TYPE OF WORK
3 DIGITS
The information to be recorded for this item will be the type of work proposed to be
accomplished on the structure to improve it to the point that it will provide the type of service
needed and whether the proposed work is to be done by contract or force account. Code a 3-digit
number composed of 2 segments.
Segment
75A
75B
Description
Length
Type of Work Proposed

Work Done by
2 digits
1 digit
This item must be coded for bridges eligible for the Highway Bridge Replacement and
Rehabilitation Program. To be eligible, a bridge must carry highway traffic, be deficient and
have a sufficiency rating of 80.0 or less. This item may be coded for other bridges at the option
of the highway agency. Use one of the following codes to represent the proposed work type,
otherwise leave blank:
Code
Description
31
Replacement of bridge or other structure because of

substandard load carrying capacity or substandard bridge
roadway geometry.
32
Replacement of bridge or other structure because of relocation

of road.
33
Widening of existing bridge or other major structure without

deck rehabilitation or replacement; includes culvert
lengthening.
34
Widening of existing bridge with deck rehabilitation or

replacement.
F62
ITEM 75 - TYPE OF WORK (CONTINUED)

Code
Description
35
Bridge rehabilitation because of general structure

deterioration or inadequate strength.
36
Bridge deck rehabilitation with only incidental widening.
37
Bridge deck replacement with only incidental widening.
38
Other structural work, including hydraulic replacements.
If segment A is blank, leave segment B blank. Otherwise, the third digit shall be coded using
one of the following codes to indicate whether the proposed work is to be done by contract or by
force account:
Code
1
2
Description
Work to be done by contract
Work to be done by owner's forces
Examples:
Code
A bridge is to be replaced by contract because it has deteriorated to the point
that it can no longer carry legal loads. The same code should be used if the
bridge is replaced because it is now too narrow or the original design was too
light to accommodate today's legal loads.
311
A bridge is to be replaced because the roadway must be straightened to

eliminate a dangerous curve. The work will be done by contract.
321
A bridge is to be widened to increase shoulder width or the number of traffic

lanes. The existing deck is in good condition and will be incorporated as is
into the new structure. The work is to be done by contract.
331
A culvert is to be extended by contract to accommodate additional roadway

width as part of a reconstruction contract to improve the safety of the
adjacent slopes.
331
A deck is to be rehabilitated and the bridge widened to provide a full 12 foot

shoulder. The existing shoulder is only 8 inches wide and an extra line of
girders with appropriate substructure widening must be added. The work
will be done by contract.
341
A bridge superstructure and substructure are to be rehabilitated by State

forces to increase the bridge's load capacity.
352
F63
ITEM 75 - TYPE OF WORK (CONTINUED)

Examples:
Code
A bridge deck is to be rehabilitated by contract and a safety curb to be
removed which results in incidental widening of 2 feet.
361
A bridge deck is to be replaced by contract and the deck cantilever overhang

extended 2 feet, which is the maximum that can be done without adding
another line of stringers or girders to the superstructure.
371
A bridge which is no longer needed is to be demolished and an at-grade

crossing built by State forces. (This code could also be used to designate
incidental safety work on a bridge such as bridge-rail upgrading or
replacement.)
382
ITEM 76 - LENGTH OF STRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT

(XXXXXX FEET)
6 DIGITS
Code a 6-digit number that represents the length of the proposed bridge improvement to the
nearest foot. For replacement or rehabilitation of the entire bridge, the length should be back to
back of backwalls of abutments or from pavement notch to pavement notch. For replacement or
rehabilitation of only part of the structure, use the length of the portion to be improved.
Rehabilitation Program. It may be coded for other bridges at the option of the highway agency.
For culvert improvements, use the proposed length measured along the centerline of the barrel
regardless of the depth below grade. The measurement should be made between the inside faces
of the top parapet or edge-stiffening beam of the top slab.
Examples:
Code
Length of Structure Improvement
250 feet
1200 feet
12,345 feet
000250
012000
123450
For substructure or channel work only, code the length of superstructure over, or supported by,
the substructure or channel.
Typically, a replacement bridge is longer than the existing bridge. Nationwide averages for the
increase in bridge length with replacement as a function of the existing length are given in the
following figures. The length-expansion factors represent data for the years 1981 to 1985.
Where site-specific data is lacking, these factors are suggested for estimating the length of
replacement bridges. For exceedingly long bridges (i.e., 1000 feet or more) the length-expansion
factor approaches 1.0.
F64
ITEM 76 - LENGTH OF STRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT (CONTINUED)

INCREASED LENGTH OF REPLACEMENT BRIDGES
X = EXISTING BRIDGE LENGTH
Y = LENGTH EXPANSION FACTOR
REPLACEMENT BRIDGE LENGTH = EXISTING BRIDGE LENGTH

EXPANSION FACTOR
F65
LENGTH
ITEM 77 THROUGH ITEM 89

(Reserved)
4 DIGITS
ITEM 90 - INSPECTION DATE
Record the month and year that the last routine inspection of the structure was performed. This
inspection date may be different from those recorded in Item 93 - Critical Feature Inspection
Date. Code a 4-digit number to represent the month and year. The number of the month should
be coded in the first 2 digits with a leading zero as required and the last 2 digits of the year coded
as the third and fourth digits of the field.
Examples:
Code
Inspection date November 1992

March 1994
1192
0394
ITEM 91 - DESIGNATED INSPECTION FREQUENCY
2 DIGITS
Code 2 digits to represent the number of months between designated inspections of the structure.
A leading zero shall be coded as required. This interval is usually determined by the individual
in charge of the inspection program. For posted, understrength bridges, this interval should be
substantially less than the 24-month standard. The designated inspection interval could vary
from inspection to inspection depending on the condition of the bridge at the time of inspection.
EXAMPLES:
Code
Posted bridge with heavy truck traffic
and questionable structural details
which is designated to be inspected
each month
01
Bridge is scheduled to be inspected

every 24 months
24
It should be noted that bridges will also require special non-scheduled inspections after unusual
physical traumas such as floods, earthquakes, fires or collisions. These special inspections may
range from a very brief visual examination to a detailed in-depth evaluation depending upon the
nature of the trauma. For example, when a substructure pier or abutment is struck by an errant
vehicle, in most cases only a visual examination of the bridge is necessary. After major
collisions or earthquakes, in-depth inspections may be warranted as directed by the engineer in
overall charge of the program. After and during severe floods, the stability of the substructure of
bridges may have to be determined by probing, underwater sensors or other appropriate
measures. Underwater inspection by divers may be required for some scour critical bridges
immediately after floods. See Item 113 - Scour Critical Bridges.
F66
ITEM 92 - CRITICAL FEATURE INSPECTION
9 DIGITS
Using a series of 3-digit code segments, denote critical features that need special inspections or
special emphasis during inspections and the designated inspection interval in months as
determined by the individual in charge of the inspection program. The designated inspection
interval could vary from inspection to inspection depending on the condition of the bridge at the
time of inspection.
Segment
92A
92B
92C
Description
Length
Fracture Critical Details

Underwater Inspection
Other Special Inspection
3 digits
3 digits
3 digits
For each segment of Item 92A, B, and C, code the first digit Y for special inspection or emphasis
needed and code N for not needed. The first digit of Item 92A, B, and C must be coded for all
structures to designate either a yes or no answer. Those bridges coded with a Y in Item 92A or B
should be the same bridges contained in the Master Lists of fracture critical and special
underwater inspection bridges. In the second and third digits of each segment, code a 2-digit
number to indicate the number of months between inspections only if the first digit is coded Y.
If the first digit is coded N, the second and third digits are left blank.
Current guidelines for the maximum allowable interval between inspections can be summarized
as follows:
Other Special Inspections
24 months
60 months
60 months
Examples:
Item
Code
A 2-girder system structure which is being inspected yearly

and no other special inspections are required.
92A
92B
92C
Y12
N_
N_
A structure where both fracture critical and underwater

inspection are being performed on a 1-year interval. Other
special inspections are not required.
92A
92B
92C
Y12
Y12
N_
A structure has been temporarily shored and is being

inspected on a 6-month interval. Other special inspections
are not required.
92A
92B
92C
N_
N_
Y06
NOTE: In New Jersey, the Other Special Inspection field is used to indicate the need for
Interim Inspections.
2000
F67
ITEM 93 - CRITICAL FEATURE INSPECTION DATE
12 DIGITS
Code only if the first digit of Item 92A, B, or C is coded Y for yes. Record as a series of 4-digit
code segments, the month and year that the last inspection of the denoted critical feature was
performed.
Segment
93A
93B
93C
Description
Length

Other Special Inspection
4 digits
4 digits
4 digits
For each segment of this item, when applicable, code a 4-digit number to represent the month
and year. The number of the month should be coded in the first 2 digits with a leading zero as
required and the last 2 digits of the year coded as the third and fourth digits of the field. If the
first digit of any part of Item 92 is coded N, then the corresponding part of this item shall be
blank.
Examples:
Item
Code
A structure has fracture critical members which were

last inspected in March 1986. It does not
require underwater or other special feature
inspections.
93A
93B
93C
0386
(blank)
(blank)
A structure has no fracture critical details, but requires

underwater inspection and has other special features
(for example, a temporary support) for which the
State requires special inspection. The last underwater
inspection was done in April 1986 and the last special
feature inspection was done in November 1985.
93A
93B
93C
(blank)
0486
1185
ITEM 94 - BRIDGE IMPROVEMENT COST
6 DIGITS
Code a 6-digit number to represent the estimated cost of the proposed bridge or major structure
improvements in thousands of dollars. This cost shall include only bridge construction costs,
excluding roadway, right of way, detour, demolition, preliminary engineering, etc. Code the
base year for the cost in Item 97 - Year of Improvement Cost Estimate. Do not use this item for
estimating maintenance costs.
Examples:
Bridge Improvement Cost
Code
$ 55,850
$ 250,000
$7,451,233
F68
00056
000250
007451
ITEM 94 - BRIDGE IMPROVEMENT COST (CONTINUED)

Nationally, the deck area of replaced bridges is averaging 2.2 times the deck area before
replacement. The deck area of rehabilitated bridges is averaging 1.5 times the deck area before
rehabilitation. Widening square meter costs are typically 1.8 times the square meter cost of new
bridges with similar spans. For example, if the average cost of a new bridge is $50 per square
foot, the average cost of the widened area would be $90 per square foot.
Each highway agency is encouraged to use its best available information and established
procedures to determine bridge improvement costs. In the absence of these procedures, the
highway agency may wish to use the following procedure as a guide in preparing bridge
improvement cost estimates.
Apply a construction unit cost to the proposed bridge area developed by using (1) current State
deck geometry design standards and (2) proposed bridge length from Item 76 - Length of
Structure Improvement.
ITEM 95 - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENT COST
6 DIGITS
Code a 6-digit number to represent the cost of the proposed roadway improvement in thousands
of dollars. This shall include only roadway construction costs, excluding bridge, right-of-way,
detour, extensive roadway realignment costs, preliminary engineering, etc. Code the base year
for the cost in Item 97 - Year of Improvement Cost Estimate. Do not use this item for estimating
maintenance costs.
In the absence of a procedure for estimating roadway improvement costs, a guide of 10 percent
of the bridge costs is suggested.
ITEM 96 - TOTAL PROJECT COST
6 DIGITS
Code a 6-digit number to represent the total project cost in thousands of dollars, including
incidental costs not included in Items 94 and 95. This item should include all costs normally
associated with the proposed bridge improvement project. The Total Project Cost will therefore
usually be greater than the sum of Items 94 and 95. Code the base year for the cost in Item 97 Year of Improvement Cost Estimate. Do not use this item for coding maintenance costs.
In the absence of a procedure for estimating the total project cost, a guide of 150 percent of the
bridge cost is suggested.
F69
ITEM 97 - YEAR OF IMPROVEMENT COST ESTIMATE
4 DIGITS
Record and code the year that the costs of work estimated in Item 94 - Bridge Improvement Cost,
Item 95 - Roadway Improvement Cost, and Item 96 - Total Project Cost were based upon. This
date and the data provided for Item 94 through Item 96 must be current; that is, Item 97 shall be
no more than 8 years old.
Examples:
Code
Year of Cost Estimate
1994 costs
2000 costs
1994
2000
ITEM 98 - BORDER BRIDGE
5 DIGITS
Use this item to indicate structures crossing borders of States. Code a 5-digit number composed
of 2 segments specifying the percent responsibility for improvements to the existing structure
when it is on a border with a neighboring State. Code the first 3 digits with the neighboring State
code using State codes listed in Item 1 - State Code. Code the fourth and fifth digits with the
percentage of total deck area of the existing bridge that the neighboring State is responsible for
funding.
Segment
Description
Length
98A
98B
Neighboring State Code

Percent Responsibility
3 digits
2 digits
If a neighboring State codes the structure and accepts 100% of the responsibility, but your State
still codes a record for the structure, then Item 98B in your State's record should be coded 99 to
represent that your State has no responsibility for the structure.
For the special case of a structure on the border with Canada or Mexico, code the State code
value = CAN or MEX respectively. If structure is not on a border, leave blank.
Examples:
Code
A structure connects your State with New Jersey and New
Jersey is responsible for funding 45 percent of future
improvement costs.
34245
A structure connects your State with Mexico and Mexico is

not responsible for any funding of future improvement
costs.
MEX00
F70
ITEM 99 - BORDER BRIDGE STRUCTURE NUMBER
15 DIGITS
Code the neighboring State's 15-digit National Bridge Inventory structure number for any
structure noted in Item 98 - Border Bridge. This number must match exactly the neighboring
State's submitted NBI structure number. The entire 15-digit field must be accounted for
including zeros and blank spaces whether they are leading, trailing, or embedded in the 15-digit
field. If Item 98 is blank, this item is blank.
In the above example where Mexico (or a neighboring State) has 00% responsibility, and, if
there is no NBI Structure Number in that State's inventory file, then the entire 15-digit field shall
be coded zeroes.
ITEM 100 - STRAHNET HIGHWAY DESIGNATION
1 DIGIT
This item shall be coded for all records in the inventory. For the purposes of this item, the
STRAHNET Connectors are considered included in the term STRAHNET. For the inventory
route identified in Item 5, indicate STRAHNET highway conditions using one of the following
codes:
Code
Description
The inventory route is not a STRAHNET route.
The inventory route is on a Interstate STRAHNET route.
The inventory route is on a Non-Interstate STRAHNET route.
The inventory route is on a STRAHNET connector route.
NOTE: Refer to page SB-1 of this Guide for additional information.
F71
ITEM 101 - PARALLEL STRUCTURE DESIGNATION
1 DIGIT
Code this item to indicate situations where separate structures carry the inventory route in
opposite directions of travel over the same feature. The lateral distance between structures has
no bearing on the coding of this item. One of the following codes shall be used:
Code
Description
The right structure of parallel bridges carrying the

roadway in the direction of the inventory. (For a
STRAHNET highway, this is west to east and south to
north.)
The left structure of parallel bridges. This structure

carries traffic in the opposite direction.
No parallel structure exists.
Example:
Code
Structure #1
Structure #2
R
L
ITEM 102 - DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
1 DIGIT
Code the direction of traffic of the inventory route identified in Item 5 as a 1-digit number using
one of the codes below. This item must be compatible with other traffic-related items such as
Item 28A Lanes on the Structure, Item 29 - Average Daily Traffic, Item 47 - Total Horizontal
Clearance and Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb.
Code
0
1
2
3
Description
Highway traffic not carried
1-way traffic
2-way traffic
One lane bridge for 2-way traffic
F72
ITEM 103 - TEMPORARY STRUCTURE DESIGNATION
1 DIGIT
Code this item to indicate situations where temporary structures or conditions exist. This item
should be blank if not applicable.
Code
Description
Temporary structure(s) or conditions exist.
Temporary structure(s) or conditions are those which are required to facilitate traffic flow. This
may occur either before or during the modification or replacement of a structure found to be
deficient. Such conditions include the following:
!
!
!
!
Bridges shored up, including additional temporary supports.

Temporary repairs made to keep a bridge open.
Temporary structures, temporary runarounds or bypasses.
Other temporary measures, such as barricaded traffic lanes to keep the bridge open.
Any repaired structure or replacement structure which is expected to remain in place without
further project activity, other than maintenance, for a significant period of time shall not be
considered temporary. Under such conditions, that structure, regardless of its type, shall be
considered the minimum adequate to remain in place and evaluated accordingly.
If this item is coded T, then all data recorded for the structure shall be for the condition of the
structure without temporary measures, except for the following items which shall be for the
temporary structure:
Item
10 - Inventory Route, Minimum Vertical Clearance

41 - Structure Open, Posted, or Closed to Traffic
47 - Inventory Route, Total Horizontal Clearance
53 - Minimum Vertical Clearance Over Bridge Roadway
54 - Minimum Vertical Underclearance
55 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Right
56 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left
70 - Bridge Posting
F73
ITEM 104 - HIGHWAY SYSTEM OF THE INVENTORY ROUTE
1 DIGIT
This item is to be coded for all records in the inventory. For the inventory route identified in
Item 5, indicate whether the inventory route is on the National Highway System (NHS) or not on
that system. Initially, this code shall reflect an inventory route on the NHS "Interim System"
description in Section 1006(a) of the 1991 ISTEA. Upon approval of the NHS by Congress, the
coding is to reflect the approved NHS. Use one of the following codes:
Code
0
1
Description
Inventory Route is not on the NHS
Inventory Route is on the NHS
ITEM 105 - FEDERAL LANDS HIGHWAYS
1 DIGIT
Structures owned by State and local jurisdictions on roads which lead to and traverse through
federal lands sometimes require special coded unique identification because they are eligible to
receive funding from the Federal Lands Highway Program. One of the following codes shall be
used:
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Description
Not applicable
Indian Reservation Road (IRR)
Forest Highway (FH)
Land Management Highway System (LMHS)
Both IRR and FH
Both IRR and LMHS
Both FH and LMHS
Combined IRR, FH and LMHS
ITEM 106 - YEAR RECONSTRUCTED
4 DIGITS
Record and code the year of most recent reconstruction of the structure. Code all 4 digits of the
latest year in which reconstruction of the structure was completed. If there has been no
reconstruction code 0000.
For a bridge to be defined as reconstructed, the type of work performed, whether or not it meets
current minimum standards, must have been eligible for funding under any of the Federal-aid
funding categories. The eligibility criteria would apply to the work performed regardless of
whether all State or local funds or Federal-aid funds were used.
Some types of eligible work not to be considered as reconstruction are listed:
-
Safety feature replacement or upgrading (for example, bridge rail, approach guardrail
or impact attenuators).
Painting of structural steel.
F74
ITEM 106 - YEAR RECONSTRUCTED (CONTINUED)

-
Overlay of bridge deck as part of a larger highway surfacing project (for example,
overlay carried across bridge deck for surface uniformity without additional bridge
work).
Utility work.
Emergency repair to restore structural integrity to the previous status following an

accident.
Retrofitting to correct a deficiency which does not substantially alter physical

geometry or increase the load-carrying capacity.
Work performed to keep a bridge operational while plans for complete rehabilitation
or replacement are under preparation (for example, adding a substructure element or
extra girder).
Example:
Code
Reconstruction completed 1970
1970
ITEM 107 - DECK STRUCTURE TYPE
1 DIGIT
Record the type of deck system on the bridge. If more than one type of deck system is on the
bridge, code the most predominant. Code N for a filled culvert or arch with the approach
roadway section carried across the structure. Use one of the following codes:
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
N
Description
Concrete Cast-in-Place
Concrete Precast Panels
Open Grating
Closed Grating
Steel plate (includes orthotropic)
Corrugated Steel
Aluminum
Wood or Timber
Other
Not applicable
ITEM 108 - WEARING SURFACE/PROTECTIVE SYSTEM
3 DIGITS
Information on the wearing surface and protective system of the bridge deck shall be coded using
a 3-digit code composed of 3 segments.
Segment
108A
108B
108C
Description
Length
Type of Wearing Surface

Type of Membrane
Deck Protection
1 digit
1 digit
1 digit
F75
ITEM 108 - WEARING SURFACE/PROTECTIVE SYSTEM (CONT'D)

1st Digit - Type of Wearing Surface (Item 108A):
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
N
Description
Monolithic Concrete (concurrently placed with structural deck)
Integral Concrete (separate non-modified layer of concrete added to
structural deck)
Latex Concrete or similar additive
Low Slump Concrete
Epoxy Overlay
Bituminous
Wood or Timber
Gravel
Other
None (no additional concrete thickness or wearing surface is included
in the bridge deck)
Not Applicable (applies only to structures with no deck)
2nd Digit - Type of Membrane (Item 108B):

Code
1
2
3
8
9
0
N
Description
Built-up
Preformed Fabric
Epoxy
Unknown
Other
None
3rd Digit - Deck Protection (Item 108C):

Code
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
0
N
Description
Epoxy Coated Reinforcing
Galvanized Reinforcing
Other Coated Reinforcing
Cathodic Protection
Polymer Impregnated
Internally Sealed
Unknown
Other
None
F76
ITEM 109 - AVERAGE DAILY TRUCK TRAFFIC (XX PERCENT)
2 DIGITS
Code a 2-digit percentage that shows the percentage of Item 29 - Average Daily Traffic that is
truck traffic. Do not include vans, pickup trucks and other light delivery trucks in this
percentage.
If this information is not available, an estimate which represents the average percentage for the
category of road carried by the bridge may be used. May be left blank if Item 29 - Average
Daily Traffic is not greater than 100.
Examples:
Code
Average Daily Traffic
7% trucks
12% trucks
07
12

ITEM 110 - DESIGNATED NATIONAL NETWORK
1 DIGIT
The national network for trucks includes most of the Interstate System and those portions of
Federal-Aid highways identified in the Code of Federal Regulations (23 CFR 658). The national
network for trucks is available for use by commercial motor vehicles of the dimensions and
configurations described in these regulations. For the inventory route identified in Item 5,
indicate conditions using one of the following codes:
Code
Description
The inventory route is not part of the national network for trucks.
The inventory route is part of the national network for trucks.

ITEM 111 - PIER OR ABUTMENT PROTECTION (FOR NAVIGATION)
1 DIGIT
If Item 38 - Navigation Control has been coded 1, use the codes below to indicate the presence
and adequacy of pier or abutment protection features such as fenders, dolphins, etc. The
condition of the protection devices may be a factor in the overall evaluation of Item 60 Substructure. If Item 38 - Navigation Control has been coded 0 or N, leave blank to indicate not
applicable.
Code
Description
1
2
3
4
5
Navigation protection not required

In place and functioning
In place but in a deteriorated condition
In place but reevaluation of design suggested
None present but reevaluation suggested
F77
ITEM 112 - NBIS BRIDGE LENGTH
1 DIGIT
Does this structure meet or exceed the minimum length specified to be designated as a bridge for
National Bridge Inspection Standards purposes? The following definition of a bridge is to be
used:
A structure including supports erected over a depression or an obstruction, such as water,
highway, or railway, and having a track or passageway for carrying traffic or other moving
loads, and having an opening measured along the center of the roadway of more than 20
feet* between undercopings of abutments or spring lines of arches, or extreme ends of
openings for multiple boxes; it may also include multiple pipes, where the clear distance
between openings is less than half of the smaller contiguous opening.
* (6.1 meters).
Code
Y
N
Description
Yes
No
Examples:
(1) Item 112 - NBIS Bridge Length
F78
ITEM 112 NBIS BRIDGE LENGTH (CONTINUED)

Examples:
Roadway
(1) Item 112 - NBIS Bridge Length
F79
ITEM 113 - SCOUR CRITICAL BRIDGES
1 DIGIT
Use a single-digit code as indicated below to identify the current status of the bridge regarding its
vulnerability to scour. Evaluations shall be made by hydraulic/geotechnical/structural engineers.
Guidance on conducting a scour evaluation is included in the FHWA Technical Advisory
T5140.23 titled, "Evaluating Scour at Bridges." Detailed engineering guidance is provided in the
Hydraulic Engineering Circular 18 titled Evaluating Scour at Bridges. Whenever a rating
factor of 2 or below is determined for this item, the rating factor for Item 60 - Substructure and
other affected items (i.e., load ratings, superstructure rating) should be revised to reflect the
severity of observed scour and resultant damage to the bridge. A plan of action should be
developed for each scour critical bridge (see FHWA Technical Advisory T5140.23, HEC 18 and
HEC 23). A scour critical bridge is one with abutment or pier foundations rated as unstable due
to (1) observed scour at the bridge site (rating factor of 2, 1 or 0) or (2) a scour potential as
determined from a scour evaluation study (rating factor of 3). It is assumed that the coding of
this Item has been based on engineering evaluation, which includes consultation of the NBIS
field inspection findings.
Code
Description
Bridge not over waterway.
Bridge with "unknown" foundation that has not been evaluated for scour. Until risk can
be determined, a plan of action should be developed and implemented to reduce the risk
to users from a bridge failure during and immediately after a flood event (see HEC 23).
Bridge over "tidal" waters that has not been evaluated for scour, but considered low
risk. Bridge will be monitored with regular inspection cycle and with appropriate
underwater inspections until an evaluation is performed. ("Unknown" foundations in
"tidal" waters should be coded U.)
Bridge foundations (including piles) on dry land well above flood water elevations.
Bridge foundations determined to be stable for the assessed or calculated scour

condition. Scour is determined to be above top of footing (Example A) by assessment
(i.e., bridge foundations are on rock formations that have been determined to resist
scour within the service life of the bridge 4), by calculation or by installation of
properly designed countermeasures (see HEC 23).
Countermeasures have been installed to mitigate an existing problem with scour and to
reduce the risk of bridge failure during a flood event. Instructions contained in a plan
of action have been implemented to reduce the risk to users from a bridge failure during
or immediately after a flood event. Bridge is no longer scour critical.
Scour calculation/evaluation has not been made. (Use only to describe case where
bridge has not yet been evaluated for scour potential.)
F80
ITEM 113 - SCOUR CRITICAL BRIDGES (CONTINUED)

Code
Description
Bridge foundations determined to be stable for assessed or calculated scour conditions.

Scour is determined to be within the limits of footing or piles (Example B) by
assessment (i.e., bridge foundations are on rock formations that have been determined
to resist scour within the service life of the bridge), by calculations or by installation of
properly designed countermeasures (see HEC 23).
Bridge foundations determined to be stable for assessed or calculated scour conditions.

field review indicates action is required to protect exposed foundations (see HEC 23).
Bridge is scour critical; bridge foundations determined to be unstable for assessed or

calculated scour conditions:
- Scour within limits of footing or piles. (Example B)
- Scour below spread-footing base or pile tips. (Example C)
Bridge is scour critical; field review indicates that extensive scour has occurred at
bridge foundations, which are determined to be unstable by:
-a comparison of calculated scour and observed scour during the bridge inspection, or
-an engineering evaluation of the observed scour conditions reported by the bridge
inspector.
Bridge is scour critical; field review indicates that failure of piers/abutments is

imminent. Failure is imminent based on:
-a comparison of calculated scour and observed scour during the bridge inspection, or
-an engineering evaluation of the observed scour conditions Reported by the bridge
inspector.
Bridge is scour critical. Bridge has failed and is closed to traffic.
References:
1-FHWA Technical Advisory T5140.23, Evaluating Scour at Bridges, dated October 28,1991.
2-HEC 18, Evaluating Scour at Bridges, Fourth Edition.
3-HEC 23, Bridge Scour and Stream Instability Countermeasures, Second Edition.
4-FHWA Memorandum Scourability of Rock Formations, dated July 19,1991.
F81
ITEM 113 - SCOUR CRITICAL BRIDGES (CONTINUED)

Examples:
CALCULATED SCOUR DEPTH
F82
ACTION NEEDED
ITEM 114 - FUTURE AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC
6 DIGITS
Code for all bridges the forecasted average daily traffic (ADT) for the inventory route identified
in Item 5. This shall be projected at least 17 years but no more than 22 years from the year of
inspection. The intent is to provide a basis for a 20-year forecast. This item may be updated
anytime, but must be updated when the forecast falls below the 17-year limit. If planning data is
not available, use the best estimate based on site familiarity.
The future ADT must be compatible with the other items coded for the bridge. For example,
parallel bridges with an open median are coded as follows: if Item 28 -Lanes On and Under the
Structure and Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb are coded for each bridge
separately, then the future ADT must be coded for each bridge separately (not the total for the
route).
Examples:
Code
Future ADT
540
15,600
240,000
000540
015600
240000
ITEM 115 - YEAR OF FUTURE AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC
4 DIGITS
Record and code the year represented by the future ADT in Item 114. The projected year of
future ADT shall be at least 17 years but no more than 22 years from the year of inspection.
Example:
Code
Year of Future ADT is
2014
2014
ITEM 116 - MINIMUM NAVIGATION VERTICAL CLEARANCE,

VERTICAL LIFT BRIDGE (XXX FEET)
3 DIGITS
Record and code as a 3-digit number in feet (rounded down), the minimum vertical clearance
imposed at the site as measured above a datum that is specified on a navigation permit issued by
a control agency. Code this item only for vertical lift bridges in the dropped or closed position,
otherwise leave blank.
Examples:
Code
Vertical Clearance
20.6 feet
24.2 feet
020
024
F83
GENERAL
Inspection reports should generally include the following:
1. A statement of action taken, if any, pursuant to findings of inspection.
2. Any special findings stemming from the inspection and evaluation of fracture critical
members, underwater inspections, and special feature inspection.
3. Any features which should be monitored closely during subsequent inspections as should any
specific descriptions, instructions, or concerns.
Measurements, sketches, diagrams, test results, or calculations should generally be included on
separate sheets.
F84
APPENDIX A
Metric Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet
NOTE: The English Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet is not shown.
Appendix A
OMB 2125-0501
Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet
FA-1
APPENDIX B
Appendix B
The sufficiency rating formula described herein is a method of evaluating highway bridge data
by calculating four separate factors to obtain a numeric value which is indicative of bridge
sufficiency to remain in service. The result of this method is a percentage in which 100 percent
would represent an entirely sufficient bridge and zero percent would represent an entirely
insufficient or deficient bridge.
An asterisk prefix is used to identify a sufficiency rating that was calculated even though some
essential data was missing or coded incorrectly. The Edit/Update Program will substitute a value
for the unusable data (which will not lower the rating) and calculate the sufficiency rating. The
asterisk is dropped when the unusable data is corrected. It is normal that all culverts with Bridge
Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb - Item 51 coded '0000' will have an asterisk prefixed sufficiency.
FB-1
Figure 1.
Summary of Sufficiency Rating Factors
FB-2
Sufficiency Rating Formula

1.
Structural Adequacy and Safety (55% maximum)

a.
Only the lowest rating code of Item 59, 60, or 62 applies.

If Item 59 (Superstructure Rating) or
Item 60 (Substructure Rating) is
< 2 then A = 55%

=3
A = 40%
=4
A = 25%
=5
A = 10%
If Item 59 and Item 60 = N and

Item 62 (Culvert Rating) is
< 2 then A = 55%

=3
A = 40%
=4
A = 25%
=5
A = 10%
b. Reduction for Load Capacity:

Calculate using the following formulas where
IR is the Inventory Rating (HS Loading) in tons
or use Figure 2:
B = (36 - IR)1.5 x 0.2778
or
If (36 - IR) < 0, then B = 0
"B" shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 55%.
S1 = 55 - (A + B)
S1 shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 55%.
FB-3
FIGURE 2. Reduction for Load Capacity
FB-4
2.
Serviceability and Functional Obsolescence (30% maximum)

a. Rating Reductions (13% maximum)
If #58 (Deck Condition) is
< 3 then A = 5%
=4
A = 3%
=5
A = 1%
If #67 (Structural Evaluation) is
< 3 then B = 4%
=4
B = 2%
=5
B = 1%
If #68 (Deck Geometry) is
< 3 then C = 4%
=4
C = 2%
=5
C = 1%
If #69 (Underclearances) is
< 3 then D = 4%
=4
D = 2%
=5
D = 1%
If #71 (Waterway Adequacy) is
< 3 then E = 4%
=4
E = 2%
=5
E = 1%
If #72 (Approach Road Alignment) is
< 3 then F = 4%
=4
F = 2%
=5
F = 1%
J = (A + B + C + D + E + F)
J shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 13%.
b. Width of Roadway Insufficiency (15% maximum)
Use the sections that apply:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
applies to all bridges;

applies to 1-lane bridges only;
applies to 2 or more lane bridges;
applies to all except 1-lane bridges.
Also determine X and Y:

X (ADT/Lane) =
Y (Width/Lane)*
Item 29 (ADT)
first 2 digits of #28 (Lanes)
= Item 51 (Bridge Rdwy. Width)

first 2 digits of #28 (Lanes)
*A value of 36 Feet will be substituted when item 51 is coded 0000 or not numeric.
FB-5
2000
(1)
Use when the last 2 digits of #43 (Structure Type) are

not equal to 19 (Culvert):
If(#51 + 2 feet) < #32 (Approach Roadway Width) G = 5%
(2)
For 1-lane bridges only, use Figure 3 or the following:

If the first 2 digits of #28 (Lanes) are equal to 01 and
Y < 14
(3)
then
H=
15%
18 Y
%
4
Y > 14 < 18
H = 15
Y > 18
H=
0%
For 2 or more lane bridges. If these limits apply,

do not continue on to (4) as no lane width reductions
are allowed.
If the first 2 digits of #28 = 02 and Y > 16, H = 0%
If the first 2 digits of #28 > 05 and Y > 12
(4)
H = 0%
For all except 1-lane bridges, use Figure 3 or the following:

If Y < 9 and X > 50
then H = 15%
Y < 9 and X < 50
H = 7.5%
Y > 9 and X < 50
H = 0%
If X > 50 but < 125 and

Y < 10
then
H = 15%
Y > 10 < 13
H = 15(13-Y)/3%
Y > 13
H = 0%
If X > 125 but < 375 and

Y < 11
then
H = 15%
Y > 11 < 14
H = 15(14-Y)/3%
Y > 14
H = 0%
FB-6
Figure 3. Width of Roadway Insufficiency
FB-7
If X > 125 but < 375 and

Y < 11
then
H = 15%
Y > 11 < 14
H = 15(14-Y)/3%
Y > 14
H = 0%
If X > 375 but < 1350 and

Y < 12
then
H = 15%
Y > 12 < 16
H = 15
Y > 16
H = 0%
16 Y
%
4
If X > 1350 and

Y < 15
then
H = 15%
Y > 15 < 16
H = 15(16-Y)/3%
Y > 16
H = 0%
G + H shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 15%.

c. Vertical Clearance Insufficiency - (2% maximum)
If #100 (STRAHNET Highway Designation) > 0 and
#53 (VC over Deck) > 16-00
then
#53 < 16-00
I = 0%
I = 2%
If #100 = O and
#53 > 14-00
then
#53 < 14-00
I = 0%
I = 2%
S2 = 30 - [ J + (G + H) + I ]
FB-8
3.
Essentiality for Public Use (15% maximum)

a. Determine:
S1 + S2
K = _________
85
b. Calculate:
A=
15
#29( ADT ) x #19( DetourLength
200, 000xK
"A" shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 15%.

c. STRAHNET Highway Designation:
If #100 is > 0
then B = 2%
If #100 = 0
then
B = 0%
S3 = 15 - (A + B)
4.
Special Reductions (Use only when S1 + S2 + S3 > 50)

a. Detour Length Reduction, use Figure 4 or the following:
A = (#19)4 x (5.205 x 10-8)
"A" shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 5%.
b. If the 2nd and 3rd digits of #43 (Structure Type, Main)
are equal to 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, or 17; then
B = 5%
c. If 2 digits of #36 (Traffic Safety Features) = 0 C = 1%
If 3 digits of #36
= 0 C = 2%
If 4 digits of #36
= 0 C = 3%
S4 = A + B + C

_________________________________________________________________
Sufficiency Rating = S1 + S2 + S3 - S4
The Rating shall not be less than 0% nor greater than 100%.
FB-9
Figure 4. Special Reduction for Detour Length
FB-10
EXAMPLE
Calculation of Sufficiency Rating
1.
Structural Adequacy and Safety

A = 10%
B = [36 - (22 english tons)]1.5 x 0.2778 = 14.6
S1 = 55 - (10 + 14.6) = 30.4
2.
Serviceability and Functional Obsolescence

A = 3%, B = 1%, C = 4%, D = NA, E = NA, F = NA
J = (3 + 1 + 4) = 8%
X = 18500 = 9250 Y = 26 ft = 13
2
2
(1) If (26 + 2) < 40 then G = 5
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Not Applicable
(4) If X = 9250 and Y = 13 then H = 15
G + H = 5 + 15 = 20 (however, maximum allowable = 15)
I=0
S2 = 30 - [ 8 + (15) + 0 ] = 7.0
3.
Essentiality For Public Use

K = 30.4 + 7.0 = 0.44
85
A=
18,500 x8
15
= 25.2 (however , max .allowable = 15)
200,000 x0.44
B=0
S3 = 15 - (15 + 0) = 0
FB-11
4.
Special Reductions
S1 + S2 + S3 = (30.4 + 7.0 + 0.0) = 37.4 < 50
S4 = NA
__________________________________________________________________
SUFFICIENCY RATING = 30.4 + 7.0 + 0.0 = 37.4
____________________________________________________________
FB-12
FB-13
APPENDIX C
National Bridge Inspection Standards
Section 650.311 - The January 1979 Coding Guide has been superseded by a December 1988
Guide, which is superseded by this metric version of the Coding Guide.
74436
imposes on the States. These

requirements include the development
of procedures for follow-up on critical
findings.
In the NPRM published on September
9, 2003, the FHWA proposed a burden
increase of 67,000 hours for the
number 21250501, and invited
interested parties to send comments
regarding any aspect of these
information collection requirements.
Such comments could include, but were
not limited to: (1) Whether the
collection of information will be
necessary for the performance of the
functions of the FHWA, including
whether the information will have
practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the
estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance
the quality, utility, and clarity of the
collection of information; and (4) ways
to minimize the collection burden
without reducing the quality of the
information collected. The FHWA did
not receive any comments in response
to the proposed burden hour increase of
67,000 hours. The revision to the
number 21250501, based on this final
rule will increase the burden hours by
only 2,080 hours, a much smaller
amount than that originally proposed in
the NPRM.
National Environmental Policy Act
The agency has analyzed this action
for the purpose of the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42
U.S.C. 4321) and has determined that
this action will not have any effect on
the quality of the environment.
Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects)
We have analyzed this rule under
Executive Order 13211, Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use. We have
determined that it is not a significant
energy action under that order, because
although it is a significant regulatory
action under Executive Order 12866 it is
not likely to have a significant adverse
effect on the supply, distribution, or use
of energy.
Regulation Identification Number
A regulation identification number
(RIN) is assigned to each regulatory
action listed in the Unified Agenda of
Federal Regulations. The Regulatory
Information Service Center publishes
the Unified Agenda in April and
October of each year. The RIN contained
in the heading of this document can be
used to cross-reference this action with
the Unified Agenda.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001

Bridges, Grant Programs
transportation, Highways and roads,
Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and record keeping requirements.
Issued on: December 9, 2004.
Mary E. Peters,
Federal Highway Administrator.
In consideration of the foregoing, the

FHWA is amending title 23, Code of
Federal Regulations, part 650, subpart C,
as follows:
PART 650BRIDGES, STRUCTURES,

AND HYDRAULICS
Authority: 23 U.S.C. 109 (a) and (h), 144,

151, 315, and 319; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491 et seq.,
511 et seq.; 23 CFR 1.32; 49 CFR 1.48(b), E.O.
11988 (3 CFR, 1977 Comp. p. 117);
Department of Transportation Order 5650.2
dated April 23, 1979 (44 FR 24678); sec. 161
of Public Law 97424, 96 Stat. 2097, 3135;
sec. 4(b) of Public Law 97134, 95 Stat. 1699;
and sec. 1057 of Public Law 102240, 105
Stat. 2002; and sec. 1311 of Pub. L. 105178,
as added by Pub. L. 105206, 112 Stat. 842
(1998).
2. Revise subpart C to read as follows:

Standards
Sec.
650.301 Purpose.
650.303 Applicability.
650.305 Definitions.
650.307 Bridge inspection organization.
650.309 Qualifications of personnel.
650.311 Inspection frequency.
650.313 Inspection procedures.
650.315 Inventory.
650.317 Reference manuals.

Standards
650.301
Purpose.
This subpart sets the national

standards for the proper safety
inspection and evaluation of all
highway bridges in accordance with 23
U.S.C. 151.
650.303
Applicability.
The National Bridge Inspection

Standards (NBIS) in this subpart apply
to all structures defined as highway
bridges located on all public roads.
650.305
Definitions.
Terms used in this subpart are

defined as follows:
American Association of State
Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO) Manual. Manual for
Condition Evaluation of Bridges,
second edition, published by the
and Transportation Officials
PO 00000
Frm 00032
FC-1
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
(incorporated by reference, see

650.317).
Bridge. A structure including supports
erected over a depression or an
obstruction, such as water, highway, or
railway, and having a track or
passageway for carrying traffic or other
moving loads, and having an opening
measured along the center of the
roadway of more than 20 feet between
undercopings of abutments or spring
lines of arches, or extreme ends of
openings for multiple boxes; it may also
include multiple pipes, where the clear
distance between openings is less than
half of the smaller contiguous opening.
Bridge inspection experience. Active
participation in bridge inspections in
accordance with the NBIS, in either a
field inspection, supervisory, or
management role. A combination of
bridge design, bridge maintenance,
bridge construction and bridge
inspection experience, with the
predominant amount in bridge
inspection, is acceptable.
Bridge inspection refresher training.
The National Highway Institute Bridge
Inspection Refresher Training Course 1
or other State, local, or federally
developed instruction aimed to improve
quality of inspections, introduce new
techniques, and maintain the
consistency of the inspection program.
(BIRM). A comprehensive FHWA
manual on programs, procedures and
techniques for inspecting and evaluating
a variety of in-service highway bridges.
This manual may be purchased from the
U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 and from
National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Virginia 22161, and is
available at the following URL: http://
www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/bripub.htm.
Complex bridge. Movable,
suspension, cable stayed, and other
bridges with unusual characteristics.
Comprehensive bridge inspection
of bridge inspection and enables
inspectors to relate conditions observed
on a bridge to established criteria (see
the Bridge Inspectors Reference Manual
for the recommended material to be
covered in a comprehensive training
course).
Critical finding. A structural or safety
related deficiency that requires
immediate follow-up inspection or
action.
Damage inspection. This is an
unscheduled inspection to assess
structural damage resulting from
environmental factors or human actions.
1 The National Highway Institute training may be
found at the following URL: http://
www.nhi.fhwa.dot.gov./
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
Fracture critical member (FCM). A
steel member in tension, or with a
tension element, whose failure would
probably cause a portion of or the entire
bridge to collapse.
Fracture critical member inspection.
A hands-on inspection of a fracture
critical member or member components
that may include visual and other
nondestructive evaluation.
Hands-on. Inspection within arms
length of the component. Inspection
uses visual techniques that may be
supplemented by nondestructive
testing.
Highway. The term highway is
defined in 23 U.S.C. 101(a)(11).
In-depth inspection. A close-up,
inspection of one or more members
above or below the water level to
identify any deficiencies not readily
detectable using routine inspection
procedures; hands-on inspection may be
necessary at some locations.
Initial inspection. The first inspection
of a bridge as it becomes a part of the
bridge file to provide all Structure
Inventory and Appraisal (SI&A) data
and other relevant data and to
determine baseline structural
conditions.
Legal load. The maximum legal load
for each vehicle configuration permitted
by law for the State in which the bridge
is located.
Load rating. The determination of the
live load carrying capacity of a bridge
using bridge plans and supplemented by
information gathered from a field
inspection.
National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies (NICET). The
NICET provides nationally applicable
voluntary certification programs
covering several broad engineering
technology fields and a number of
specialized subfields. For information
on the NICET program certification
contact: National Institute for
Technologies, 1420 King Street,
Alexandria, VA 223142794.
Operating rating. The maximum
permissible live load to which the
structure may be subjected for the load
configuration used in the rating.
Professional engineer (PE). An
individual, who has fulfilled education
and experience requirements and
passed rigorous exams that, under State
licensure laws, permits them to offer
engineering services directly to the
public. Engineering licensure laws vary
from State to State, but, in general, to
become a PE an individual must be a
graduate of an engineering program
accredited by the Accreditation Board
for Engineering and Technology, pass
the Fundamentals of Engineering exam,
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
gain four years of experience working

under a PE, and pass the Principles of
Practice of Engineering exam.
Program Manager. The individual in
charge of the program, that has been
assigned or delegated the duties and
responsibilities for bridge inspection,
reporting, and inventory. The program
manager provides overall leadership
and is available to inspection team
leaders to provide guidance.
Public road. The term public road
Quality assurance (QA). The use of
sampling and other measures to assure
the adequacy of quality control
procedures in order to verify or measure
the quality level of the entire bridge
inspection and load rating program.
Quality control (QC). Procedures that
are intended to maintain the quality of
a bridge inspection and load rating at or
above a specified level.
Routine inspection. Regularly
scheduled inspection consisting of
observations and/or measurements
needed to determine the physical and
functional condition of the bridge, to
identify any changes from initial or
previously recorded conditions, and to
ensure that the structure continues to
satisfy present service requirements.
Routine permit load. A live load,
which has a gross weight, axle weight or
distance between axles not conforming
with State statutes for legally configured
vehicles, authorized for unlimited trips
over an extended period of time to move
alongside other heavy vehicles on a
regular basis.
Scour. Erosion of streambed or bank
material due to flowing water; often
considered as being localized around
piers and abutments of bridges.
Scour critical bridge. A bridge with a
foundation element that has been
determined to be unstable for the
observed or evaluated scour condition.
Special inspection. An inspection
scheduled at the discretion of the bridge
owner, used to monitor a particular
known or suspected deficiency.
State transportation department. The
term State transportation department
Team leader. Individual in charge of
an inspection team responsible for
planning, preparing, and performing
field inspection of the bridge.
Underwater diver bridge inspection
of underwater bridge inspection and
enables inspectors to relate the
conditions of underwater bridge
elements to established criteria (see the
section on underwater inspection for the
recommended material to be covered in
PO 00000
Frm 00033
FC-2
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
74437
an underwater diver bridge inspection

training course).
Underwater inspection. Inspection of
the underwater portion of a bridge
substructure and the surrounding
channel, which cannot be inspected
visually at low water by wading or
probing, generally requiring diving or
other appropriate techniques.
650.307
Bridge inspection organization.
(a) Each State transportation

department must inspect, or cause to be
inspected, all highway bridges located
on public roads that are fully or
partially located within the States
boundaries, except for bridges that are
owned by Federal agencies.
(b) Federal agencies must inspect, or
cause to be inspected, all highway
bridges located on public roads that are
fully or partially located within the
respective agency responsibility or
jurisdiction.
(c) Each State transportation
department or Federal agency must
include a bridge inspection organization
that is responsible for the following:
(1) Statewide or Federal agencywide
bridge inspection policies and
procedures, quality assurance and
quality control, and preparation and
maintenance of a bridge inventory.
(2) Bridge inspections, reports, load
ratings and other requirements of these
standards.
(d) Functions identified in paragraphs
(c)(1) and (2) of this section may be
delegated, but such delegation does not
relieve the State transportation
department or Federal agency of any of
its responsibilities under this subpart.
(e) The State transportation
department or Federal agency bridge
inspection organization must have a
program manager with the qualifications
defined in 650.309(a), who has been
delegated responsibility for paragraphs
(c)(1) and (2) of this section.
650.309
Qualifications of personnel.
(a) A program manager must, at a

minimum:
(1) Be a registered professional
engineer, or have ten years bridge
inspection experience; and
(2) Successfully complete a Federal
Highway Administration (FHWA)
(b) There are five ways to qualify as
a team leader. A team leader must, at a
minimum:
(1) Have the qualifications specified
in paragraph (a) of this section; or
(2) Have five years bridge inspection
experience and have successfully
completed an FHWA approved
comprehensive bridge inspection
training course; or
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
74438
(3) Be certified as a Level III or IV

Bridge Safety Inspector under the
National Society of Professional
Engineers program for National
Technologies (NICET) and have
successfully completed an FHWA
(i) A bachelors degree in engineering
(ii) Successfully passed the National
Council of Examiners for Engineering
and Surveying Fundamentals of
Engineering examination;
(iii) Two years of bridge inspection
experience; and
(iv) Successfully completed an FHWA
(i) An associates degree in
engineering or engineering technology
(ii) Four years of bridge inspection
experience; and
(iii) Successfully completed an FHWA
(c) The individual charged with the
overall responsibility for load rating
bridges must be a registered professional
engineer.
(d) An underwater bridge inspection
diver must complete an FHWA
inspection training course or other
FHWA approved underwater diver
bridge inspection training course.
650.311
Inspection frequency.
(a) Routine inspections. (1) Inspect

each bridge at regular intervals not to
exceed twenty-four months.
(2) Certain bridges require inspection
at less than twenty-four-month
intervals. Establish criteria to determine
the level and frequency to which these
bridges are inspected considering such
factors as age, traffic characteristics, and
known deficiencies.
(3) Certain bridges may be inspected
at greater than twenty-four month
intervals, not to exceed forty-eightmonths, with written FHWA approval.
This may be appropriate when past
inspection findings and analysis
justifies the increased inspection
interval.
(b) Underwater inspections. (1)
Inspect underwater structural elements
at regular intervals not to exceed sixty
months.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001

elements require inspection at less than
sixty-month intervals. Establish criteria
to determine the level and frequency to
which these members are inspected
considering such factors as construction
material, environment, age, scour
characteristics, condition rating from
past inspections and known
deficiencies.
elements may be inspected at greater
than sixty-month intervals, not to
exceed seventy-two months, with
written FHWA approval. This may be
appropriate when past inspection
findings and analysis justifies the
increased inspection interval.
(c) Fracture critical member (FCM)
inspections. (1) Inspect FCMs at
intervals not to exceed twenty-four
months.
(2) Certain FCMs require inspection at
less than twenty-four-month intervals.
Establish criteria to determine the level
and frequency to which these members
are inspected considering such factors
as age, traffic characteristics, and known
deficiencies.
(d) Damage, in-depth, and special
inspections. Establish criteria to
determine the level and frequency of
these inspections.
650.313
Inspection procedures.
(a) Inspect each bridge in accordance

with the inspection procedures in the
reference, see 650.317).
(b) Provide at least one team leader,
who meets the minimum qualifications
stated in 650.309, at the bridge at all
times during each initial, routine, indepth, fracture critical member and
underwater inspection.
(c) Rate each bridge as to its safe loadcarrying capacity in accordance with the
reference, see 650.317). Post or restrict
the bridge in accordance with the
AASHTO Manual or in accordance with
State law, when the maximum
unrestricted legal loads or State routine
permit loads exceed that allowed under
the operating rating or equivalent rating
factor.
(d) Prepare bridge files as described in
the AASHTO Manual (incorporated by
reference, see 650.317). Maintain
reports on the results of bridge
inspections together with notations of
any action taken to address the findings
of such inspections. Maintain relevant
maintenance and inspection data to
allow assessment of current bridge
condition. Record the findings and
results of bridge inspections on standard
State or Federal agency forms.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
FC-3
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
(e) Identify bridges with FCMs,

bridges requiring underwater
inspection, and bridges that are scour
critical.
(1) Bridges with fracture critical
members. In the inspection records,
identify the location of FCMs and
describe the FCM inspection frequency
and procedures. Inspect FCMs
(2) Bridges requiring underwater
inspections. Identify the location of
underwater elements and include a
description of the underwater elements,
the inspection frequency and the
procedures in the inspection records for
each bridge requiring underwater
inspection. Inspect those elements
requiring underwater inspections
(3) Bridges that are scour critical.
Prepare a plan of action to monitor
known and potential deficiencies and to
address critical findings. Monitor
bridges that are scour critical in
accordance with the plan.
(f) Complex bridges. Identify
specialized inspection procedures, and
additional inspector training and
experience required to inspect complex
bridges. Inspect complex bridges
according to those procedures.
(g) Quality control and quality
assurance. Assure systematic quality
control (QC) and quality assurance (QA)
procedures are used to maintain a high
degree of accuracy and consistency in
the inspection program. Include
periodic field review of inspection
teams, periodic bridge inspection
refresher training for program managers
and team leaders, and independent
review of inspection reports and
computations.
(h) Follow-up on critical findings.
Establish a statewide or Federal agency
wide procedure to assure that critical
findings are addressed in a timely
manner. Periodically notify the FHWA
of the actions taken to resolve or
monitor critical findings.
650.315
Inventory.
(a) Each State or Federal agency must

prepare and maintain an inventory of all
bridges subject to the NBIS. Certain
Structure Inventory and Appraisal
(SI&A) data must be collected and
retained by the State or Federal agency
for collection by the FHWA as
requested. A tabulation of this data is
contained in the SI&A sheet distributed
by the FHWA as part of the Recording
and Coding Guide for the Structure
Inventory and Appraisal of the Nations
Bridges, (December 1995) together with
subsequent interim changes or the most
recent version. Report the data using
FHWA established procedures as
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
outlined in the Recording and Coding
Guide for the Structure Inventory and
Appraisal of the Nations Bridges.
(b) For routine, in-depth, fracture
critical member, underwater, damage
and special inspections enter the SI&A
data into the State or Federal agency
inventory within 90 days of the date of
inspection for State or Federal agency
bridges and within 180 days of the date
of inspection for all other bridges.
(c) For existing bridge modifications
that alter previously recorded data and
for new bridges, enter the SI&A data
into the State or Federal agency
inventory within 90 days after the
completion of the work for State or
Federal agency bridges and within 180
days after the completion of the work
for all other bridges.
(d) For changes in load restriction or
closure status, enter the SI&A data into
the State or Federal agency inventory
within 90 days after the change in status
of the structure for State or Federal
agency bridges and within 180 days
after the change in status of the
structure for all other bridges.
650.317
Reference manuals.
(a) The materials listed in this subpart

are incorporated by reference in the
corresponding sections noted. These
incorporations by reference were
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of the approval, and notice
of any change in these documents will
be published in the Federal Register.
The materials are available for purchase
at the address listed below, and are
available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration
(NARA). These materials may also be
reviewed at the Department of
Transportation Library, 400 Seventh
Street, SW., Washington, DC, in Room
2200. For information on the availability
of these materials at NARA call (202)
7416030, or go to the following URL:
http://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/
ibr_locations.html. In the event there is
a conflict between the standards in this
subpart and any of these materials, the
standards in this subpart will apply.
(b) The following materials are
available for purchase from the
and Transportation Officials, Suite 249,
444 N. Capitol Street, NW., Washington,
DC 20001. The materials may also be
ordered via the AASHTO bookstore
located at the following URL: http://
www.aashto.org/aashto/home.nsf/
FrontPage.
VerDate jul<14>2003
21:13 Dec 13, 2004
Jkt 205001
(1) The Manual for Condition

Evaluation of Bridges, 1994, second
edition, as amended by the 1995, 1996,
1998, and 2000 interim revisions,
AASHTO, incorporation by reference
approved for 650.305 and 650.313.
650.313.
650.313.
[FR Doc. 0427355 Filed 121304; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 491022P
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

31 CFR Part 103
Network; Interpretive Release 20041
Anti-Money Laundering Program
Requirements for Money Services
Businesses With Respect to Foreign
Agents or Foreign Counterparties
Network (FinCEN), Treasury.
ACTION: Final rule; interpretive release.
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: This Interpretive Release sets

forth an interpretation of the regulation
requiring Money Services Businesses
that are required to register with
FinCEN to establish and maintain antimoney laundering programs.
Specifically, this Interpretive Release
clarifies that the anti-money laundering
program regulation requires such Money
Services Businesses to establish
adequate and appropriate policies,
procedures and controls commensurate
with the risk of money laundering and
the financing of terrorism posed by their
relationship with foreign agents or
foreign counterparties of the Money
Services Business.
DATES: Effective June 13, 2005.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Office of Regulatory Policy and
Programs Division, 18008002877,
Office of Chief Counsel (703) 9053590
(not a toll free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Section
5318(h) of the Bank Secrecy Act, which
is codified in subchapter II of chapter 53
of title 31, United States Code, requires
every financial institution to establish
an anti-money laundering program. The
Bank Secrecy Act regulations define
financial institution to include money
service businesses. On April 29, 2002,
FinCEN issued interim final rules-31
PO 00000
Frm 00035
FC-4
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
74439
CFR 103.125-concerning the application

of the anti-money laundering program
requirement to money services
businesses. 67 FR 21114.
Authority delegations (government
agencies), bank, banking, currency,
investigations, reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Department of the Treasury
31 CFR Chapter I
Authority and Issuance
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, part 103 of title 31 of the Code
of Federal Regulations is amended as
follows:
PART 103FINANCIAL
RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
OF CURRENCY AND FOREIGN
TRANSACTIONS
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1829b and 19511959:

31 U.S.C 53115314 and 53165332; title III,
secs. 312, 313, 314, 319, 326, 352, Pub. L.
10756, 115 Stat. 307, 12 U.S.C. 1786(q).
2. Part 103 is amended by adding a

new appendix C to read as follows:
APPENDIX C TO PART 103

INTERPRETIVE RULES
Release No. 200401
This Interpretive Guidance sets forth our
interpretation of the regulation requiring
Money Services Businesses that are required
to register with FinCEN to establish and
maintain anti-money laundering programs.
See 31 CFR 103.125. Specifically, this
Interpretive Guidance clarifies that the antimoney laundering program regulation
requires Money Services Businesses to
establish adequate and appropriate policies,
procedures, and controls commensurate with
the risks of money laundering and the
financing of terrorism posed by their
relationship with foreign agents or foreign
counterparties of the Money Services
Business.1
Under existing Bank Secrecy Act
regulations, we have defined Money Services
Businesses to include five distinct types of
financial services providers and the U.S.
Postal Service: (1) Currency dealers or
exchangers; (2) check cashers; (3) issuers of
travelers checks, money orders, or stored
1 This Interpretive Guidance focuses on the need
to control risks arising out of the relationship
between a Money Service Business and its foreign
counterparty or agent. Under existing FinCEN
regulations, only Money Service Business
principals are required to register with FinCEN, and
only Money Service Business principals establish
the counterparty or agency relationships. 31 CFR
103.41. Accordingly, this Interpretive Guidance
only applies to those Money Service Businesses
required to register with FinCEN, that is, only those
Money Service Businesses that may have a
relationship with a foreign agent or counterparty.
E:\FR\FM\14DER1.SGM
14DER1
APPENDIX D
Commentary
The 22 page commentary contained in the 1988 Coding Guide has not been included in this
document. The following pages of commentary, however, show item by item changes caused by
this revision.
Appendix D
December 1994 Commentary
This commentary provides a ready reference for item by item changes between the 1988 Coding
Guide and this proposed revision. Items not specifically mentioned here are essentially
unchanged except.
Introduction
! Mentions new items and their use.
! References to Defense Bridges removed and STRAHNET added.
! Federal agencies specifically included in this Guide.
! Minor editorial changes and reference revisions have been made to bring the text up to date.
Definition of Terms
! The order of the definitions has changed and the following added or modified:
(a)
(b)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
Bridge length has been converted to metric.

The length of 20 feet has been changed to 6.1 meters.
Culvert.
Strategic Highway Corridor Network (STRAHNET). Replaces Defense
Items, which were dropped.
STRAHNET Connectors.
Indian Reservation Road definition has been added.
Land Management Highway System (LMHS)
Forest Highway (FH)
Forest Service Development Road.
Base Highway Network.
Highway Performance Monitoring System.
Conversion of Numerical Data
Rounding and Truncating of Numerical Data.
Item 2 - Highway Agency District

! Name of item changed to reflect inclusion of federal bridges.
Item 5A - Record Type
! Clarification has been made for the case of 2 or more routes passing under a structure.
! Items 30, and 109 have been added to the list of items required to be coded for "under"
records.
FD-1
Item 6 - Features Intersected

! Item coding requirements have been clarified for "under" records.
! References to defense highway and FHPM 6-10-2 have been eliminated.
! Critical facilities are now STRAHNET and STRAHNET Connectors.
Item 7 - Facility Carried by Structure
! Item coding requirements have been clarified for "under" records.
! Temporary use of this item for coding IRR has been changed to Item 105.
Item 8 - Structure Number
! Closed median has been described.
! Additional emphasis has been given to the need to have all 15 digits filled.
Item 11 - Mile Point
! Seven digits will be coded instead of six.
Item 12 - Base Highway Network
! New item added for use in identifying Linear Referencing System (LRS).
Item 13 - LRS Inventory Route, Subroute Number
! New item added for identifying LRS.
Item 16 - Latitude and Item 17 - Longitude
! Number of digits have been expanded to 8 and 9 digits, respectively.
! The format of the item allows an increased precision of measurement (not mandatory) to
accommodate the use of the Global Positioning System (GPS). Current measuring methods
and level of precision may continue to be used.
References to defense highways changed to STRAHNET.
! Location where measurement is taken must be compatible with the LRS.
Item 20 - Toll
! Reference to Secretarial Agreement updated.
Item 21 - Maintenance Responsibility and Item 22 - Owner
! Several federal agencies have been added.
FD-2
Item 26 - Functional Classification of Inventory Route

! This item is no longer compatible with Item 104 and appropriate revisions have been made.
Item 28 - Lanes On and Under the Structure
! Text clarified for "under" records.
! Text has been added advising that any "1-lane" bridge 16 feet or greater in curb-to curb width
is evaluated as 2 lanes or more in Item 68 -Deck Geometry.
Item 29 - Average Daily Traffic
! Text has been added explaining that if the bridge is closed, the coding is to be the actual
ADT from the period before the closure occurred.
Item 30 - Year of Average Daily Traffic
! Field expanded to four digits to allow coding of complete year.
Item 31 - Design Load
! Codes have been converted from the H and HS loadings to metric M and MS loadings.
Item 36 - Traffic Safety Features
! Add and update reference publications.
! Segment A has been updated to include the latest FHWA policy on crash testing and other
recommended barrier specifications.
! Note on national set of standards updated.
Item 38 - Navigation Control
Term bridge permit clarified.
Item 41 - Structure Open, Posted or Closed to Traffic
Code B has been clarified concerning signs not correctly implemented. An example of "not
correctly implemented" is existing posting signs not changed to indicate a lower load posting
calculated for more recent inspection conditions.
Code P expanded to include temporary bridges which are load posted.
Item 43 - Structure Type, Main
Segment A codes 5 and 6 have been noted to include post-tensioned concrete.
Segment B code 07 has been noted that frame culverts are excluded.
Code 19 has been noted that frame culverts are included.
FD-3
Item 47 - Inventory Route, Total Horizontal Clearance

FHPM reference has been eliminated.
In addition to editorial clarifications, the definition for clearance has been modified.
Item 48 - Length of Maximum Span
The units of measurement have been converted to metric and the number of digits expanded to 5
digits to accommodate the metric values.
Center to center measurements specified to be center of bearing points.
Item 49 - Structure Length
An explanation has been added concerning the measuring and coding of tunnels.
Item 50 - Curb or Sidewalk Widths
Example figure modified to accentuate the mountable median.
Item 51 - Bridge Roadway Width, Curb-to-Curb
A reference has been added for the case of sidehill viaducts. A sidehill viaduct has a portion of
its width on embankment and a portion on structure. The problem arises in calculating Item 68,
the sufficiency rating and the deck area of the bridge. Commentary Figure 1 illustrates the
coding of sidehill viaducts.
FD-4
Commentary Figure 1
FIGURE ILLUSTRATING CODING
OF SIDEHILL VIADUCTS
Associated Items:
Item 28A - Lanes On Structure
Item 29 - ADT = Total for entire structure
Item 32 - Approach Roadway Width
Item 102 - Direction of Traffic = 2 for 2-way
FD-5
Item 53 - Minimum Vertical Clearance Over Bridge Roadway

! Clarification has been added for recording the minimum vertical clearance for double decked
structures.
! No superstructure restriction now to be coded 9999.
Item 54 - Minimum Vertical Underclearance
! Instructions have been given to code restrictions of 100 feet or greater as code 9999.
However coding of actual clearances between 30 and 99.99 meters to an exact measurement
is optional.
Item 55 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Right
! Instructions have been given for the coding of restrictions 100 feet or greater. The numeric
value in segment B is to be coded 999 for restrictions of 100 feet or greater.
! If the feature beneath the structure is not a railroad or highway, the code 000 in the numeric
value for segment B is to indicate that the item is not applicable. This replaces the previous
code of 999 to indicate that the item is not applicable.
Item 56 - Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left.
! Care should be used in coding bridges with "open" medians, they should be coded 999.
Those with clearances greater than 100 feet may be coded 998. When indicating that the
item is not applicable code 000.
Item 58 - Deck
! Clarification has been added for "structures without decks".
Item 60 Substructure
! Clarification on coding for Scour Critical bridges provided.
Item 61 - Channel and Channel Protection
! The word channel is now consistently used in this item.
Item 63 - Method Used to Determine Operating Rating.
! New item added for use with Operating Rating.
Item 64 - Operating Rating
! Instructions have been given to code a 3 digit number representing the total weight in English
tons of the entire vehicle (maximum load).
! A description has been added indicating that the load factor (LF) method is to be used for
determining operating ratings and inventory ratings.
! A change has been made to advise that the codes 200 or 900 are not appropriate for
temporary bridges. Code 000 is to be used.
FD-6
! Instructions have been given to use code 999 for a structure under a fill where live load is
insignificant in the structure load capacity.
Item 65 - Method Used to Determine Inventory Rating
! New item added for use with Inventory Rating.
Item 66 - Inventory Rating
! See commentary for Item 64 - Operating Rating.
Items 67, 68, 69, 71, and 72 - Indicate the Appraisal Ratings
! Information has been provided advising that the Edit/Update computer calculates the codes
for Items 67, 68 and 69, based on the Coding Guide tables for these items. Values entered by
bridge owners or inspectors are not used.
! Because the level of service concept is no longer being considered, all reference to level of
service has been eliminated.
Item 67 - Structural Evaluation
! This item is calculated by the Edit/Update program and need not be coded in the field. The
reference to how the item was to be coded by bridge inspectors has been eliminated.
Editorial changes have also been made to indicate the specifications on which the
Edit/Update program is based.
! The load rating vehicle conversion factors have been eliminated as only HS ratings are to be
coded into the inventory rating item.
! The HS equivalent values have been included in the table.
Item 68 - Deck Geometry
! This item is calculated by the Edit/Update program and need not be coded in the field.
! A statement has been added to advise that culverts coded 0000 for roadway width will be
given the coding of N for this item.
! A note has been added to advise that one-lane bridges 16 feet and greater in deck width are
evaluated as a 2-lane bridge using Table 2A.
Item 69 - Underclearances, Vertical Horizontal
! This item is calculated by the Edit/Update program and need not be coded in the field.
FD-7
Item 75 - Type of Work

! Segment A code "38" has been expanded to include hydraulic replacements.
! Editorial additions have been made, such as that this item may be left blank if not required.
Item 76 - Length of Structure Improvement
! Formulae for graphs have been added.
Item 92 - Critical Feature Inspection
! Text has been added to give the current guidelines on maximum allowable inspection
intervals.
Item 97 - Year of Improvement Cost Estimate
!Field expanded to four digits to allow coding of complete year.
Item 99 - Border Bridge Structure Number
! Text has been added to clarify the coding.
Item 101 - Parallel Structure Designation
! Clarification of distance between structures coding.
Item 102 - Direction of Traffic
! Text has been added to clarify the coding.
Item 104 - Highway System of the Inventory Route
! With the passage of the 1991 ISTEA, the previous designation of highway systems has been
eliminated. This item has been changed to identify structures that are on inventory routes
that are on the National Highway System.
Item 105 - Federal Lands Highways
! New item used to indicate special federal lands highways.
Item 108 - Wearing Surface/Protective System
! Wearing surface type code 3 or latex concrete has been modified to include "similar" types of
additive enhanced concrete, i.e. silica fume.
! A note has been added to the code 0 description of Segment A to make it clear that code 0 is
to be used if no additional concrete thickness or thickness of a wearing surface is included in
the bridge deck.
FD-8
Item 110 - Designated National Network

! Consistent with the changes caused by the 1991 ISTEA, the reference to the Primary System
has been changed to Federal-aid highways.
Item 113 - Scour Critical Bridges
! Two new codes have been added. These are for bridges over "tidal" waters and bridges with
unknown foundations.
! Text has been added to update guidance and instructions on the scour critical coding of
bridges over waterways to be in line with an October 6, 1993 memorandum on the coding of
this item. The subject of the memorandum is "NBIS Clarification of Recording and Coding
Guide - Item 113." The memorandum advises that structures such as culverts which have a
low risk of scour damage and accordingly assessed as stable, are exempt from a scour
analysis. Culverts which are assessed as low risk may be coded 8, and this includes open
bottom culverts on competent rock or piles. Open bottom culverts with footings on soil
should be coded 6 until they have been analyzed. The memorandum further states that in
considering if a bridge is eligible for a code 8, the State shall have completed an analysis of a
similar bridge with comparable conditions. It is recommended that the memorandum be
reviewed for more detail.
Item 115 - Year of Future Average Daily Traffic
! Field expanded to four digits to allow coding of complete year.
! Editorial change made to clarify the coding instructions.
FD-9

FOR
STRUCTURE INVENTORY AND APPRAISAL
OF NEW JERSEY BRIDGES
Index for State Items

Item No.
A
B
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AP
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AV
AW
AX
AY
AZ
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BK
BL
BM
Page
Town
Deletion Code
Route
Name of Structure
Non-Inventory Feature
Administrative Jurisdiction Non-Inventory Feature
Alternate Agency
Alternate Structure Number
Type of Bridge Railing
Height of Bridge Railing
Speed Posting
Type of Slope Protection
Type of Abutment
Type of Pier
Depth of Fill over Structure
Plans Availability
Utility
Fender System
Chain Link Fence Height
Special Equipment
Special Testing
Special Material
Additional Structure Type
Widened Structure Type
Date of Mechanical - Electrical Inspection
Date of Deck Condition Survey
Date of Special Testing
Fatigue Detail Locations
Approach Roadway Condition
Orphan Bridge Designation
USRA Line Code
Railroad Tracks on and under the Structure
Railroad Milepost
Remarks on Item 58 (Deck)
Remarks on Item 59 (Superstructure)
Remarks on Item 60 (Substructure)
Remarks on Item 61 (Channel and Channel Protection)
Remarks on Item 62 (Culvert)
Percent Overstress
Discretionary Funds
Federal Job Number
S-1
S-10
S-10
S-13
S-14
S-14
S-15
S-15
S-15
S-16
S-17
S-17
S-17
S-18
S-19
S-19
S-19
S-20
S-20
S-20
S-21
S-21
S-22
S-23
S-23
S-24
S-24
S-24
S-26
S-26
S-27
S-27
S-27
S-28
S-29
S-30
S-31
S-31
S-32
S-32
S-32
Item No.
BN
BO
BP
BQ
BR
BS
BT
BU
BV
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CH
CI
CJ
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CP
CQ
CR
DA
DJ
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
FG
FH
FI
Page
State Job Number
State Maintenance Cost
Bridge Demolition
H Truck/LDI Inventory Rating
HS Truck/LD2 Inventory Rating
Type 3 Loading/LD 3 Inventory Rating
Type 3S2 Loading/LD4 Inventory Rating
Type 3-3 Loading/LD5 Inventory Rating
Military Loading/LD 6 Inventory Rating
H Truck/LD1 Operating Rating
HS Truck/LD2 Operating Rating
Type 3 Loading/LD3 Operating Rating
Type 3S2 Loading/LD4 Operating
Type 3-3 Loading/LD5 Operating
Military Loading/LD6 Operating
Posted Load
Miscellaneous Rating
Cycle No.
Type of Present Inspection
Inspection Crew
Date of Next Inspection
Consultant
Type and Date of Previous Inspection
Previous Consultant
Federal Report
Bridge List
Off-The-Route Bridge
Description of Proposed Improvements
Minimum Vertical Underclearance Including Shoulders
FHWA Scour Reporting Categories
Date of Stage I Scour Evaluation
Stage I Scour Evaluation Consultant
Stage I Scour Evaluation Prioritization Category
Stage I Scour Evaluation Sufficiency Rating
Date of Stage II Scour Evaluation
Stage II Scour Evaluation Consultant
Scour Critical Elements
Recommended Scour Countermeasures
ii
S-33
S-33
S-33
S-33
S-33
S-33
S-33
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-34
S-35
S-35
S-35
S-35
S-36
S-36
S-39
S-39
S-39
S-40
S-40
S-40
S-41
S-41
S-42
S-42
S-42
S-42
S-42
S-43
S-43
S-43
Item No.
FJ
FK
FL
FM
FN
FO
FP
FQ
FR
FS
FT
FV
FW
FX
GA
GB
GC
GD
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GV
GW
GX
GY
GZ
HA
Page
Scour Countermeasures Cost
Scour Countermeasures Installed/Type
Scour Monitoring Required/Type
Incidents Reported
Fencing Warranted
Pedestrian Traffic Fencing Status
Fencing Improvement Cost
Last In-Depth Fracture Critical/Pin-Hanger Inspection Date
In-Depth Fracture Critical/Pin-Hanger Consultant
In-Depth Fracture Critical Members Inspected
Combination In-Depth Fracture Critical Member/Pin Hanger
Inspection
Assigned Route Milepoint
Estimated Average Daily Traffic
Federal Error Cannot be Corrected
Is Painting Required
Environment
Date of Paint Inspection
GD Thru GO-Paint Condition Ratings
Paint Remarks 1
Paint Remarks 2
Date of Last Painting
Number of Overhead Sign Structures
Number of Cantilever Sign Structures
Number of Fascia Mounted Sign Structures
Temporary Bridge
Temporary Shoring
Temporary Repairs
Temporary Measures
Temporary Condition Description
Bridge Noise Barrier
iii
S-43
S-43
S-44
S-45
S-45
S-45
S-46
S-46
S-46
S-46
S-46
S-47
S-47
S-47
S-47
S-48
S-48
S-48
S-49
S-49
S-49
S-50
S-50
S-50
S-50
S-50
S-51
S-51
S-51
S-51
Item No.
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
Appendix A
Item No.
2
3
4
8
38
70
109
110
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Page
Project Programming, Bridge List ID
Project Programming, Selected Consultant
Project Programming, Two Cycle Inspection Contract
Project Programming, Notice to Proceed Dates
Project Programming, State Project Manager
S-52
S-52
S-53
S-53
S-53
Index of Federal Items
Page
Additional Coding Instructions for Selected Federal Items
SA-1
Highway District
County (Parish) Code
Place Code
Bridge Number
Navigation Control
Bridge Posting
Average DailyTruck Traffic (xx percent)
Designated National Network
SA-1
SA-1
SA-1
SA-2
SA-2
SA-3
SA-3
SA-5
STRAHNET Highway Designation

Coast Guard Jurisdiction
Section 101 to 105 of 1978 Federal Highway Act
2000 Census of Population and Housing
Geographic Identification Code Scheme
Commentary on Item 36 (Safety Features)
Paint Condition Ratings - Weathering Steel
SB-1
SC-1
SD-1
SE-1
iv
SF-1
SG-1
ITEM A - TOWN
DIGITS 4
Cities and towns shall be identified according to the instructions and listing set forth
below. Cities and towns shall be coded using the specified four digit numbers.
(001)
BERGEN COUNTY
(003)
BERGEN COUNTY
(003)
Absecon City
0101
Allendale Boro
0201
Montvale Boro
0236
Atlantic City
0102
Alpine Boro
0202
Moonachie Boro
0237
Brigantine City
0103
Bergenfield Boro
0203
New Milford Boro
0238
Buena Borough
0104
Bogota Boro
0204
North Arlington Boro
0239
Buena Vista Twp.
0105
Carlstadt Boro
0205
Northvale Boro
0240
Corbin City
0106
Cliffside Park Boro
0206
Norwood Boro
0241
Egg Harbor City
0107
Closter Boro
0207
Oakland Boro
0242
Egg Harbor Twp.
0108
Cresskill Boro
0208
Old Tappan Boro
0243
Estell Manor City
0109
Demarest Boro
0209
Oradell Boro
0244
Folsom Boro
0110
Dumont Boro
0210
Palisades Park Boro
0245
Galloway Twp.
0111
Elmwood Park Boro
0211
Paramus Boro
0246
Hamilton Twp.
0112
East Rutherford Boro
0212
Park Ridge Boro
0247
Hammonton Town
0113
Edgewater Boro
0213
Ramsey Boro
0248
Linwood City
0114
Emerson Boro
0214
Ridgefield Boro
0249
Longport Boro
0115
Englewood City
0215
Ridgefield Pk. Village
0250
Margate City
0116
Englewood Cliffs Boro
0216
Ridgewood Village
0251
ATLANTIC COUNTY
Mullica Twp.
0117
Fair Lawn Boro
0217
River Edge Boro
0252
Northfield City
0118
Fairview Boro
0218
River Vale Twp.
0253
Pleasantville City
0119
Fort Lee Boro
0219
Rochelle Park Twp.
0254
Port Republic City
0120
Franklin Lakes Boro
0220
Rockleigh Boro
0255
Somers Point City
0121
Garfield City
0221
Rutherford Boro
0256
Ventnor City
0122
Glen Rock Boro
0222
Saddle Brook Twp.
0257
Weymouth Twp.
0123
Hackensack City
0223
Saddle River Boro
0258
Harrington Park Boro
0224
South Hackensack Twp.
0259
Hasbrouck Heights
0225
Teaneck Twp.
0260
Haworth Boro
0226
Tenafly Boro
0261
Hillsdale Boro
0227
Teterboro Boro
0262
Hohokus Boro
0228
Upper Saddle River Boro
0263
Leonia Boro
0229
Waldwick Boro
0264
Little Ferry Boro
0230
Wallington Boro
0265
Lodi Boro
0231
Washington Twp.
0266
Lyndhurst Twp.
0232
Westwood Boro
0267
Mahwah Twp.
0233
Woodcliff Lake Boro
0268
Maywood Boro
0234
Wood-Ridge Boro
0269
Midland Park Boro
0235
Wyckoff Twp.
0270
S-1
DIGITS 4
BURLINGTON COUNTY
(005)
BURLINGTON COUNTY
(005)
CAMDEN COUNTY
(007)
Bass River Twp.
0301
Washington Twp.
0336
Audubon Boro
0401
Beverly City
0302
Westampton Twp.
0337
Audubon Park Boro
0402
Bordentown City
0303
Willingboro Twp.
0338
Barrington Boro
0403
Bordentown Twp.
0304
Woodland Twp.
0339
Bellmawr Boro
0404
Burlington City
0305
Wrightstown Boro
0340
Berlin Boro
0405
Burlington Twp.
0306
Berlin Twp.
0406
Chesterfield Twp.
0307
Brooklawn Boro
0407
Cinnaminson Twp.
0308
Camden City
0408
Delanco Twp.
0309
Cherry Hill Twp.
0409
Delran Twp.
0310
Chesilhurst Boro
0410
Eastampton Twp.
0311
Clementon Boro
0411
Edgewater Park Twp.
0312
Collingswood Boro
0412
Evesham Twp.
0313
Gibbsboro Boro
0413
Fieldsboro Boro
0314
Gloucester City
0414
Florence Twp.
0315
Gloucester Twp.
0415
Hainesport Twp.
0316
Haddon Twp.
0416
Lumberton Twp.
0317
Haddonfield Boro
0417
Mansfield Twp.
0318
Haddon Heights Boro
0418
Maple Shade Twp.
0319
Hi-Nella Boro
0419
Medford Twp.
0320
Laurel Springs Boro
0420
Medford Lakes Boro
0321
Lawnside Boro
0421
Moorestown Twp.
0322
Lindenwold Boro
0422
Mount Holly Twp.
0323
Magnolia Boro
0423
Mount Laurel Twp.
0324
Merchantville Boro
0424
New Hanover Twp.
0325
Mount Ephraim Boro
0425
North Hanover Twp.
0326
Oaklyn Boro
0426
Palymra Boro
0328
Pennsauken Twp.
0427
Pemberton Boro
0328
Pine Hill Boro
0428
Pemberton Twp.
0329
Pine Valley Boro
0429
Riverside Twp.
0330
Runnemede Boro
0430
Riverton Boro
0331
Somerdale Boro
0431
Shamong Twp.
0332
Stratford Boro
0432
Southampton Twp.
0333
Tavistock Boro
0433
Springfield Twp.
0334
Voorhees Twp.
0434
Tabernacle Twp.
0335
Waterford Twp.
0435
Winslow Twp.
0436
Woodlynne Boro
0437
S-2
DIGITS 4
CAPE MAY COUNTY
(009)
CUMBERLAND COUNTY
Avalon Boro
0501
Bridgeton City
ESSEX COUNTY
(013)
0601
Belleville Town
0701
Cape May City
0502
Commercial Twp.
0602
Bloomfield Town
0702
Cape May Point Boro
0503
Deerfield Twp.
0603
Caldwell Boro
0703
Dennis Twp.
0504
Downe Twp.
0604
Cedar Grove Twp.
0704
Lower Twp.
0505
Fairfield Twp.
0605
East Orange City
0705
Middle Twp.
0506
Greenwich Twp.
0606
Essex Fells Boro
0706
North Wildwood City
0507
Hopewell Twp.
0607
Fairfield Boro
0707
Ocean City
0508
Lawrence Twp.
0608
Glen Ridge Boro
0708
Sea Isle City
0509
Maurice River Twp.
0609
Irvington Town
0709
Stone Harbor Boro
0510
Millville City
0610
Livingston Twp.
0710
Upper Twp.
0511
Shiloh Boro
0611
Maplewood Twp.
0711
West Cape May Boro
0512
Stow Creek Twp.
0612
Millburn Twp.
0712
West Wildwood Boro
0513
Upper Deerfield Twp.
0613
Montclair Town
0713
Wildwood City
0514
Vineland City
0614
Newark City
0714
Wildwood Crest
0515
North Caldwell Boro
0715
Woodbine Boro
0516
Nutley Town
0716
Orange City
0717
Roseland Boro
0718
South Orange Village
0719
Verona Boro
0720
West Caldwell Boro
0721
West Orange Town
0722
S-3
DIGITS 4
GLOUCESTER COUNTY
(015)
HUDSON COUNTY
(017)
HUNTERDON COUNTY
(019)
Clayton Boro
0801
Bayonne City
0901
Alexandria Twp.
1001
Deptford Twp.
0802
East Newark Boro
0902
Bethlehem Twp.
1002
East Greenwich Twp.
0803
Guttenberg Town
0903
Bloomsbury Boro
1003
Elk Twp.
0804
Harrison Town
0904
Califon Boro
1004
Franklin Twp.
0805
Hoboken City
0905
Clinton Town
1005
Glassboro Boro
0806
Jersey City City
0906
Clinton Twp.
1006
Greenwich Twp.
0807
Kearny Town
0907
Delaware Twp.
1007
Harrison Twp.
0808
North Bergen Twp.
0908
East Amwell Twp.
1008
Logan Twp.
0809
Secaucus Town
0909
Flemington Boro
1009
Mantua Twp.
0810
Union City
0910
Franklin Twp.
1010
Monroe Twp.
0811
Weehawken Twp.
0911
Frenchtown Boro
1011
National Park Boro
0812
W. New York Town
0912
Glen Gardner Boro
1012
Newfield Boro
0813
Hampton Boro
1013
Paulsboro Boro
0814
High Bridge Boro
1014
Pitman Boro
0815
Holland Twp.
1015
South Harrison Twp.
0816
Kingwood Twp.
1016
Swedesboro Boro
0817
Lambertville City
1017
Washington Twp.
0818
Lebanon Boro
1018
Wenonah Boro
0819
Lebanon Twp.
1019
West Deptford Twp.
0820
Milford Boro
1020
Westville Boro
0821
Raritan Twp.
1021
Woodbury City
0822
Readington Twp.
1022
Woodbury Heights Boro
0823
Stockton Boro
1023
Wollwich Twp.
0824
Tewksbury Twp.
1024
Union Twp.
1025
West Amwell Twp.
1026
S-4
DIGITS 4
MERCER COUNTY
(021)
MIDDLESEX COUNTY
(023)
MONMOUTH COUNTY
(025)
East Windsor Twp.
1101
Carteret Boro
1201
Allenhurst Boro
1301
Ewing Twp.
1102
Cranbury Twp.
1202
Allentown Boro
1302
Hamilton Twp.
1103
Dunellen Boro
1203
Asbury Park City
1303
Hightstown Boro
1104
East Brunswick Twp.
1204
Atlantic Highlands Boro
1304
Hopewell Boro
1105
Edison Twp.
1205
Avon By The Sea Boro
1305
Hopewell Twp.
1106
Helmetta Boro
1206
Belmar Boro
1306
Lawrence Twp.
1107
Highland Park Boro
1207
Bradley Beach Boro
1307
Pennington Boro
1108
Jamesburg Boro
1208
Brielle Boro
1308
Princeton Boro
1109
Old Bridge Twp.
1209
Colts Neck Twp.
1309
Princeton Twp.
1110
Metuchen Boro
1210
Deal Boro
1310
Trenton City
1111
Middlesex Boro
1211
Eatontown Boro
1311
Washington Twp.
1112
Milltown Boro
1212
Englishtown Boro
1312
West Windsor Twp.
1113
Monroe Twp.
1213
Fair Haven Boro
1313
New Brunswick City
1214
Famingdale Boro
1314
North Brunswick Twp.
1215
Freehold Boro
1315
Perth Amboy City
1216
Freehold Twp.
1316
Piscataway Twp.
1217
Highlands Boro
1317
Plainsboro Twp.
1218
Holmdel Twp.
1318
Sayreville Boro
1219
Howell Twp.
1319
South Amboy City
1220
Interlaken Boro
1320
South Brunswick Twp.
1221
Keansburg Boro
1321
South Plainfield Boro
1222
Keyport Boro
1322
South River Boro
1223
Little Silver Boro
1323
Spotswood Boro
1224
Loch Arbour Village
1324
Woodbridge Twp.
1225
Long Branch City
1325
Manalapan Twp.
1326
Manasquan Boro
1327
S-5
Marlboro Twp.
1328
Matawan Boro
1329
Aberdeen Twp.
1330
Middletown Twp.
1331
Millstone Twp.
1332
Monmouth Beach Boro
1333
DIGITS 4
MONMOUTH COUNTY
(025)
MORRIS COUNTY
(027)
MORRIS COUNTY
(027)
Neptune Twp.
1334
Booton Town
1401
Rockaway Boro
1434
Neptune City Boro
1335
Boonton Twp.
1402
Rockaway Twp.
1435
Ocean Twp.
1337
Butler Boro
1403
Roxbury Twp.
1436
Oceanport Boro
1338
Chatham Boro
1404
Victory Gardens Boro
1437
Hazlet Twp.
1339
Chatham Twp.
1405
Washington Twp.
1438
Red Bank Boro
1340
Chester Boro
1406
Wharton Boro
1439
Roosevelt Boro
1341
Chester Twp.
1407
Rumson Boro
1342
Denville Twp.
1408
Sea Bright Boro
1343
Dover Town
1409
Sea Girt Boro
1344
East Hanover Twp.
1410
Shrewsbury Boro
1345
Florham Park Boro
1411
Shrewsbury Twp.
1346
Hanover Twp.
1412
Boro of Lake Como
1347
Harding Twp.
1413
Spring Lake Boro
1348
Jefferson Twp.
1414
Spring Lake Heights Bor.
1349
Kinnelon Boro
1415
Tinton Falls Boro
1336
Lincoln Park Boro
1416
Union Beach Boro
1350
Madison Boro
1417
Upper Freehold Twp.
1351
Mendham Boro
1418
Wall Twp.
1352
Mendham Twp.
1419
W. Long Branch Boro
1353
Mine Hill Twp.
1420
Montville Twp.
1421
Morris Twp.
1422
Morris Plains Boro
1423
Morristown Town
1424
Mountain Lakes Boro
1425
Mount Arlington Boro
1426
Mount Olive Twp.
1427
Netcong Boro
1428
Parsippany-Troy Hills Twp.
1429
Passaic Twp.
1430
Pequannock Twp.
1431
Randolph Twp.
1432
Riverdale Boro
1433
S-6
DIGITS 4
OCEAN COUNTY
(029)
PASSAIC COUNTY
(031)
SALEM COUNTY
(033)
Barnegat Light Boro
1501
Bloomingdale Boro
1601
Alloway Twp.
1701
Bay Head Boro
1502
Clifton City
1602
Carneys Point Twp.
1713
Beach Haven Boro
1503
Haledon Boro
1603
Elmer Boro
1702
Beachwood Boro
1504
Hawthorne Boro
1604
Elsinboro Twp.
1703
Berkeley Twp.
1505
Little Falls Twp.
1605
1704
Brick Twp.
1506
North Haledon Boro
1606
Mannington Twp.
1705
Toms River Twp.
1507
Passaic City
1607
Oldmans Twp.
1706
Eagleswood Twp.
1508
Paterson City
1608
Penns Grove Boro
1707
Harvey Cedars Boro
1509
Pompton Lakes Boro
1609
Pennsville Twp.
1708
Island Heights Boro
1510
Prospect Park Boro
1610
Pilesgrove Twp.
1709
Jackson Twp.
1511
Ringwood Boro
1611
Pittsgrove Twp.
1710
Lacey Twp.
1512
Totowa Boro
1612
Quinton Twp.
1711
Lakehurst Boro
1513
Wanaque Boro
1613
Salem City
1712
Lakewood Twp.
1514
Wayne Twp.
1614
Upper Pittsgrove Twp.
1714
Lavalette Boro
1515
West Milford Twp.
1615
Woodstown Boro
1715
Little Egg Harbor Twp.
1516
West Paterson Boro
1616
Long Beach Twp.
1517
Manchester Twp.
1518
Mantaloking Boro
1519
Ocean Twp.
1520
Ocean Gate Boro
1521
Pine Beach Boro
1522
Plumstead Twp.
1523
Point Pleasant Boro
1524
Pt. Pleasant Beach Boro
1525
Seaside Heights Boro
1526
Seaside Park Boro
1527
Ship Bottom Boro
1528
South Toms River Boro
1529
Stafford Twp.
1530
Surf City Boro
1531
Tuckerton Boro
1532
Barnegat Twp.
1533
S-7
DIGITS 4
SOMEREST COUNTY
(035)
SUSSEX COUNTY
(037)
UNION COUNTY
(039)
Bedminister Twp.
1801
Andover Boro
1901
Berkeley Heights Twp.
2001
Bernards Twp.
1802
Andover Twp.
1902
Clark Twp.
2002
Bernardsville Boro
1803
Branchville Boro
1903
Cranford Twp.
2003
Bound Brook Boro
1804
Byram Twp.
1904
Elizabeth City
2004
Brachburg Twp.
1805
Frankford Twp.
1905
Fanwood Boro
2005
Bridgewater Twp.
1806
Franklin Boro
1906
Garwood Boro
2006
Far Hills Boro
1807
Fredon Twp.
1907
Hillside Twp.
2007
Franklin Twp.
1808
Green Twp.
1908
Kenilworth Boro
2008
Green Brook Twp.
1809
Hamburg Boro
1909
Linden City
2009
Hillsborough Twp.
1810
Hampton Twp.
1910
Mountainside Boro
2010
Manville Boro
1811
Hardyston Twp.
1911
New Providence Boro
2011
Millstone Boro
1812
Hopatcong Boro
1912
Plainfield City
2012
Montgomery Twp.
1813
Lafayette Twp.
1913
Rahway City
2013
North Plainfield Boro
1814
Montague Twp.
1914
Roselle Boro
2014
Peapack-Gladstone Boro
1815
Newton Town
1915
Roselle Park Boro
2015
Raritan Boro
1816
Ogdensburg Boro
1916
Scotch Plains Twp.
2016
Rocky Hill Boro
1817
Sandyston Twp.
1917
Springfield Twp.
2017
Somerville Boro
1818
Sparta Twp.
1918
Summit City
2018
So. Bound Brook Boro
1819
Stanhope Boro
1919
Union Twp.
2019
Warren Twp.
1820
Stillwater Twp.
1920
Westfield Town
2020
Watchung Boro
1821
Sussex Boro
1921
Winfield Twp.
2021
Vernon Twp.
1922
Walpack Twp.
1923
Wantage Twp.
1924
S-8
DIGITS 4
WARREN COUNTY
Allamuchy Twp.
2101
Alpha Boro
2102
Belvidere Town
2103
Blairstown Twp.
2104
Franklin Twp.
2105
Frelinghuysen Twp.
2106
Greenwich Twp.
2107
Hacketstown Town
2108
Hardwick Twp.
2109
Harmony Twp.
2110
Hope Twp.
2111
Independence Twp.
2112
Knowlton Twp.
2133
Liberty Twp.
2114
Lopatcong Twp.
2115
Mansfield Twp.
2116
Oxford Twp.
2117
Pahaquarry Twp.
2118
Phillipsburg Town
2119
Pohatcong Twp.
2120
Washington Boro
2121
Washington Twp.
2122
White Twp.
2123
S-9
ITEM B - DELETION CODE
DIGIT 1
To delete a specific record from the master file, code this item D, and the structure number
with the first digit of Item 5. Only the Bridge Management System Section has the capability
of deleting a bridge record.
Do not code any other items for the record which is being deleted.
For any other case leave blank.
DIGITS 5
ITEM AA- ROUTE
The route number should be right justified in the first four numerical positions (Columns 116119). The fifth position (Column 120) is for a letter designation (if part of the route) that is used
in certain cases. The last digit or only digit of the route should be placed in the 4th column from
the left (Column 119).
In addition, a 9000 number series is used to designate the Counties and Special Agencies.
Route 9001 through 9021 indicate Atlantic County through Warren County, respectively.
Examples:
Atlantic
Bergen
Burlington
Camden
Cape May
9001b
9002b
9003b
9004b
9005b
Route 1
Route 9W
Route 1 & 9T
Cumberland
Essex
Gloucester
Hudson
Hunterdon
bbblb
bbb9W
b1+9T
9006b
9007b
9008b
9009b
9010b
Mercer
Middlesex
Monmouth
Morris
Ocean
b - indicates that the

space is to be left
blank\
9011b
9012b
9013b
9014b
9015b
Passaic
Salem
Somerset
Sussex
Union
Warren
9016b
9017b
9018b
9019b
9020b
9021b
Special agencies are represented by the numbers 9030 and up as indicated on the list below:
9030b 9031b 9032b 9033b 9034b 9035b 9036b 9037b 9038b 9039b 9040b 9041b 9045b -
Burlington Bristol Toll Bridge Commission

Cape May County Bridge Commission
Delaware River & Bay Authority
Delaware River Joint Toll Bridge Commission
N.A.D. Earle - R.R. & Highway
N.J. Expressway Authority (A.C. Expressway)
N.J. Highway Authority (G.S. Parkway)
N.J. Turnpike Authority
N.Y. & N.J. Port Authority
Beesleys Point Bridge Company
Palisades Interstate Parkway
Dingmans Ferry
Delaware River Port Authority
S-10
ITEM AA- ROUTE (CONTINUED)

9046b 9047b 9048b 9049b 9050b
9051b 9052b 9053b 9054b -
Somerset County Park Commission

Margate Bridge Company
Essex County Park Commission
N.J. Sports & Exposition Authority
U.S. Dept. of Int. Fish and Wildlife Services
U.S. Air Force
U.S. Army
Bergen County Park Commission
U.S. National Park Service
A 9100 number series is used to designate municipality owned bridge in various counties. The
first two digits of Item AA - Route shall be coded 91; the third and fourth digits shall be coded
with the appropriate county code used in 9000 number series; and the fifth digit shall be left
blank.
Examples:
Route 9101
Route 9121
Code 9101b for Municipality owned bridges in

Atlantic County
Code 9121b for Municipality owned bridges in
Warren County
PRIVATELY OWNED BRIDGES

The route number for privately owned bridges shall be designated according to the following:
Private Structures across Interstate, U.S., State or Special Agency Routes:
structures shall be coded according to the Route Intersected.
These
Private Structures across Railroads: These structures shall be coded according to the
railroad line the structure crosses (see route designation).
Private Structure across other features: All these structures shall be coded under route
"9200".
OTHER AGENCIES
A. State
D&R Canal
3000b - D&R Canal (Main)
3001b - D&R Canal (Feeder)
S-11
OTHER AGENCIES (CONTINUED)

N.J. Division of Fish, Game & Wildlife Services
3200b - Cumberland County
STATE PARKS
3305b - Stevens State Park
3310b - Ringwood State Park
3407b - High Point State Park
3461b - Stokes State Forest
3462b - Wawayanda State Park
3481b - Lebanon State Forest
3485b - Wharton State Park
3486b - Spruce Run Recreation Area
3487b - Round Valley Recreation Area
NEW JERSEY TRANSIT
R.R.
Routes
Rail System Name
Former Owner
USRA
Line Code
Erie Lackawanna
Erie Lackawanna
Erie Lackawanna
Erie Lackawanna
6152 & 6164

6102
6151
6101
Erie Lackawanna
6101
4006
4007
4009
4011
Pascack Valley Line

Bergen County Line
Main Line
Boonton Line
(M.P. 2.70 to 34.10)
Morristown Line
(M.P. 34.10 to 47.90
Morristown Line
(M.P. 00.00 to 36.30)
Harrison Branch
Montclair Branch
Gladstone Branch
North Jersey Coast Line
6169
6842
6841
0201
4012
4013
4014
4015
4050
4051
4052
4056
4057
Matawan - Freehold Line

Freehold Branch
Southern Division
Princeton Branch
Atlantic City Line
Cape May Line
Ocean City Branch
Millville Branch
Pemberton Branch
Erie Lackawanna
Erie Lackawanna
Erie Lackawanna
Penn Central Perth Amboy &
Woodbridge Branch
Central RR, Perth Amboy Branch
N.Y. & Long Branch Railroad
Central RR of NJ
Penn Central
Central RR of NJ
United NJ RR & Canal Co.
Penn Reading Seashore Line
Penn Reading Seashore
Penn Central
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
S-12
0216
1427
0216
0215
9901
9903
9906
9909
OTHER AGENCIES (CONTINUED)

A 500 number series is used to designate railroad carrying bridges on state owned routes.
Example:
Lehigh Valley Railroad over Route 82
Code Item A as 5082b
B. OTHERS
AMTRAK
A 6000 number series is used to designate the orphan highway bridges over AMTRAK. Route
6001b through 6021b indicate Atlantic County through Warren County, respectively.
CONRAIL
A 6100 number series is used to designate the orphan highway bridges over Conrail, CSX and
Norfolk Southern. Route 6101b through 6121b indicate Atlantic County through Warren
County, respectively.
OTHER RAILROAD LINES
6150 to 6157b Private Railroads
6158 to 6199 Miscellaneous
NATIONAL PARK
3505b - Delaware Water Gap
National Recreation Area
ITEM AB - NAME OF STRUCTURE
DIGITS 37
Write the name of the structure indicating the route carried and the feature below in the paces
provided. No numerical coding of this item is necessary; use narrative description.
Example:
Route 440 over Smith Street

County Route 523 over I-287
7th Street Pedestrian Bridge
S-13
ITEM AC - NON-INVENTORY FEATURE
DIGIT 2
This item should only be coded when there is only one set of Bridge Inventory master Input
forms for the structure and one of the features intersected in Waterway, Railroad or Pedestrian
overpass.
Code WW for roadway and/or railroad over waterway
Code RR for roadway and/or railroad over railroad
Code RW for roadway over railroad and waterway
Code PD for a pedestrian overpass or underpass
Note: Leave this item Blank if two or more sets of Bridge Inventory
Master Input Forms are coded.
ITEM AD - ADMINISTRATIVE JURISDICTION
NON-INVENTORY FEATURE
DIGIT 1
This item should only be coded when there is only one set of Bridge Inventory Master Input
forms for the structure and one of the features intersected is Waterway, Railroad or Pedestrian
overpass.
Code a single digit number, using the coding designations shown below, to classify the
jurisdiction of the non-inventory feature under the structure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
A.
B.
State
Federal domain
Toll
Other existing (which includes county and local jurisdiction)
Not assigned
New Jersey Transit owned
Conrail owned (CSX and Norfolk Southern Joint Assets)
Amtrak owned
Owned by private railroad
Norfolk Southern RR owned
CSX RR owned
All waterway in New Jersey should be coded 1.

NOTE: Leave this item Blank if two or more sets of Bridge Inventory Master Input
forms are coded.
S-14
ITEM AE - ALTERNATE AGENCY
DIGITS 5
If the structure is owned by more than one agency (dual ownership), another agency maintains an
interest in the structure (example--county bridge over NJTPK), or if the structure number in Item
8 does not adequately describe the owners structure number, code a four digit number to
represent the agency which is not conducting the present inspection (except in the last case)
based on the codes for Item AA. The last (fifth) digit will represent the relationship of the
agency identified in this item to the agency identified in Item AA as follows:
Co-owner of bridge
Interested agency
Same owner as Item AA
-1
-2
- b (blank)
Examples:
A.
B.
C.
Structure owned by Bergen and Passaic

Counties with Item AA coded 9002.
Structure owned by Middlesex County
that carries traffic over the New Jersey
Turnpike with Item AA coded 9012.
This Item would represent an interested
agency in this example.
Structure owned by Mercer County with Item AA
coded 9011 and the structure number coded
in Item 8 does not adequately represent the Countys
structure number.
Coding
90161
90372
9011b Blank
ITEM AF - ALTERNATE STRUCTURE NUMBER
DIGITS 7
Code the structure number (left justified) assigned by the agency indicated in Item AE Alternate
Agency. Leave blank if not applicable.
ITEM AG - TYPE OF BRIDGE RAILING
DIGITS 2
The type of bridge railing should be coded according to the code listed below:
Code
Railroad Description
Blank
01 =
02 =
03 =
04 =
05 =
06 =
None
1 Rail Steel on top of concrete parapet
1 Rail Aluminum on top of concrete parapet
2 Rail Steel on top of concrete parapet
2 Rail Aluminum on top of concrete parapet
3 Rail Steel
3 Rail Aluminum
S-15
ITEM AG - TYPE OF BRIDGE RAILING (CONTINUED)

Code
Railroad Description
07 =
08 =
09 =
10 =
11 =
12 =
13 =
14 =
Concrete Balustrade
Solid Wall (Concrete)Includes NJ Barrier Type
Solid Metal (includes Thru-Girder Type)
Concrete - Metal Combination
Concrete with Wooden Top Rail
Concrete with Wooden Top Rail and Wood Bumper Rail
All Wood Railing
Pedestrian Railing (to be used adjacent to a sidewalk
when Highway Traffic is separated from Pedestrian
Traffic)
Caged Pedestrian Bridge RailingPedestrian Bridges
More than one type of Railing
Encased Thru-Girder type
None of the types above
Approach roadway guide rail carried across the culvert
15 =
16 =
17 =
18 =
19 =
If a supplementary W-beam guide rail has been added in front of the original bridge railing,
modify the previous codes as follows:
Add 20 to previous code if the W-beam railing is mounted on the deck, sidewalk, safetywalk
or curb.
Add 40 to previous code if the W-beam railing is mounted on the original bridge railing or
superstructure.
ITEM AH - HEIGHT OF BRIDGE RAILING
DIGITS 3
Code the height of the bridge railing to the nearest hundredth of a foot in the space provided.
The height of the bridge railings that are mounted atop sidewalks should be measured from the
top of the sidewalk. For bridge railing systems that are mounted with the face flush with the
sidewalk, brushburb or curb (typically bridge mounted steel w-beam types), measure the height
from the top of the deck slab.
Examples:
3 - 6 = 350
4 - 0 = 400
Leave blank if approach roadway guide rail is carried across the culvert.
S-16
ITEM AI - SPEED POSTING
DIGITS 2
Code the posted speed limit for the bridge in miles per hour (only where it has been reduced
from the rest of the roadway). Yellow caution speed limit signs qualify as a speed posting.
Where no speed restrictions are found, leave this item blank.
NOTE: Item 41 will not be coded R due to the speed posting unless the speed has been
reduced due to a load capacity restriction.
ITEM AJ - TYPE OF SLOPE PROTECTION
DIGITS 2
Code a 2 digit number for the type of slope protection under the structure, according to the
following codes:
Code
Type of Slope Protection
Blank =
01 =
02 =
03 =
04 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
08 =
09 =
None
Concrete Block
Masonry (Brick, Cobblestone, etc.)
Concrete Slab
Sand Bag (Including Concrete Filled Sand Bags)
Stone Rip-Rap
Combination of Material
Bituminous Concrete
Timber Bulkhead
Steel Sheet Pile Bulkhead
DIGITS 2
ITEM AK - TYPE OF ABUTMENT
Code a 2 digit number to classify the type of abutments found under the structure. The codes are
listed below:
Code
Blank =
01 =
02 =
03 =
04 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
08 =
09 =
10 =
Type of Abutment
None (as in a Rigid Frame, Box Culvert, etc.)
Stub (Breastwall Height Less Than 4).
Semi-stub (Breastwall height Greater than 4).
Full Height
Counterfort
Timber - Bulkhead
Integral
Masonry (Brick, Fieldstone, etc.).
Open or Spill Through Type
Gravity
Combination
S-17
ITEM AK - TYPE OF ABUTMENT (CONTINUED)

If one of the abutments is on timber piles add 10 to the appropriate code, add 30 for one
abutment on steel piles and add 50 for one abutment on concrete piles.
Examples:
Full Height abutment on Timber Piles
Full Height abutment on Steel Piles
Full Height abutment on Concrete Piles
Code 13
Code 33
Code 53
If both abutments are on Timber piles add 20 to the appropriate code, add 40 for abutments
on steel piles, and add 60 for abutments on concrete piles.
Examples:
Full Height abutments on Timber Piles
Full Height abutments on Steel Piles
Full Height abutments on Concrete Piles
Code 23
Code 43
Code 63
ITEM AL - TYPE OF PIER
DIGITS 2
Code a 2 digit number to classify the type of pier. Use the codes listed below:
Code
Blank =
01 =
02 =
03 =
04 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
08 =
09 =
10 =
Type of Pier
None (1 Span Bridge)
Hammerhead Piers
Solid Wall Pier
Concrete Pile Bents
Individual Column (1 Column Per Beam)
Timber Pile Bent
Concrete Column Bent
Steel Bent
Concrete Pier Cap on Steel Piles
Concrete Pier Cap on Timber Piles
Combination
If one or more piers are on Timber piles and 10 to the appropriate code, add 30 for one pier
on Steel piles, and add 50 for one pier on concrete piles.
Examples:
One or more Hammerhead Piers on Timber Piles
One or more Hammerhead Piers on Steel Piles
One or more Hammerhead Piers on Concrete Piles
S-18
Code 11
Code 31
Code 51
ITEM AL - TYPE OF PIER (CONTINUED)

If all piers are on Timber piles add 20 to the appropriate code, add 40 for piers on Steel
piles, and add 60 for piers on concrete piles.
Examples:
All Concrete Column bents on Timber Piles
All Concrete Column bents on Steel Piles
All Concrete Column bents on Concrete Piles
Code 26
Code 46
Code 66
ITEM AM - DEPTH OF FILL OVER STRUCTURE
DIGITS 3
Code the depth of fill over the structure to the nearest tenth of a foot.
This item should generally be coded only if Item 43B (Type of design and/or of construction) is
coded 01, 05, 06, 07, 11, 12, 19 or 22.
Example:
0-0 = 000
8-0 = 080
7-6 = 075
12-4 = 123
ITEM AN - PLANS AVAILABILITY
DIGIT 1
If plans are readily available, code 1; if plans are not available, code 0.
ITEM AO - UTILITY
DIGITS 4
From the list provided, code the letter that represents the utility supported by the structure. Code
the right most position first. If the structure carries more than one utility, multiple codings
should be made. If there are no utilities, leave the item blank.
Code
Type of Utility
E
G
S
T
W
F
Z
Electrical Conduit
Gas Main
Sanitary Sewer
Telephone Conduit
Water Main
Fiber Optic
Other
S-19
ITEM AP - FENDER SYSTEM
DIGIT 1
Code the type of Fender system under the structure according to the following codes:
Code
Type of Utility
Blank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
None
Timber Bents
Cofferdam Fenders
Steel Piles
Steel or Concrete Frames
Timber Grids
Floating Fenders
Butyl Rubber
Combination Type Fender
Dolphins Only
ITEM AQ - CHAIN LINK FENCE HEIGHT
DIGITS 4
Code the height of the chain link fence on the bridge to the nearest hundredth of a foot in the
space provided. Leave blank if there is no chain link fence on the bridge.
Examples: 4-6 = 0450
10-3 = 1025
ITEM AR - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
DIGITS 3
Code one digit (right justification) for each of the following special equipment used:
Equipment
Code
Small Boat (less than 16 long)

Large Boat
Crane
Large Snooper (Reach All, etc.)
Cherry Picker/Bucket Truck
Fathometer
Vertical Lift Truck
Large Ladder (over 24 long)
Rigging
Snooper (Paxton-Mitchell, etc.)
Timber Testing (moisture, Borings)
UT Thickness Gauge
Barge/Pontoon Boat w/Manlift or Crane
Maintenance & Protection of Traffic (MOT)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
L
R
S
T
U
P
M
Leave blank if no special equipment is used. If more than three types of special equipment are
used, code the most important.
S-20
ITEM AS - SPECIAL TESTING
DIGITS 3
Indicate any special testing performed on the structure based on the following list:
Testing
Chemical Analysis
Compressive Strength of Concrete
Other Testing
Steel Coupon for Tensile Strength
Non-destructive Testing of Steel (ultrasonic,
radiographic, magnetic particle, dye
penetrant, etc.)
Code
A
C
O (Letter O, not zero)
S
U
The codes should be right justified. Leave blank when not applicable.
ITEM AT - SPECIAL MATERIAL
DIGITS 2
Code one digit for special material used in the bridge construction which cannot be adequately
described by the first digits of Items 43 and 44. The first digit will correspond to the structure
type in the main span (Item 43) and the second digit will correspond to the approach span (Item
44).
Material
Aluminum
Brick
Cast Iron
Glulam Timber
High Strength Steel - 36 ksi < Grade < 70 ksi
Lightweight Concrete
High Strength Prestressed Concrete (over 5000 psi yield)
Quenched and Tempered Steel - Grade > 70 ksi
Wrought Iron
Code
A
B
C
G
H
L
P
Q
W
Leave blank if no special material is used.

Example:
If the structure is a single span wrought iron truss, this item would be coded Wb
(b = blank).
S-21
ITEM AU - ADDITIONAL STRUCTURE TYPE
DIGITS 3
This item is intended to supplement information given in Items 32 and 44 for the structure type.
Code (left justified) this item based on the following additional information.
Structure Type
Code
Pin Suspended Span
1
Bearing Suspended Span
2
Cantilevered Span (if no suspended span)
3
*Non-redundant Construction (Fracture Critical)
4
Prestressed Concrete Voided Slab
5
Prestressed Concrete Segmental Box
6
Prestressed Concrete Box Beam
7
Open Spandrel Arch
8
Overhead Counterweight Strauss Bascule
9
Eyebar Truss
A
Welded Truss
B
Steel Pier Cap
C
Curved Girder/Stringer
D
Curved Box Girder
E
Non-redundant Construction (Internally Redundant - F
Riveted, etc.)
Concrete Jack Arch Deck
G
Masonry Jack Arch Deck
H
Prestressed Concrete Continuous for Live Load
I
Post-Tensioned Prestressed Concrete
J
Post-Tensioned Prestressed Concrete Pier Cap
K
Post-Tensioned Reinforced Concrete Pier Cap
L
MSE Walls
M
* Do not use when Internally Redundant, Code F instead.
Leave blank if there is no additional structure type.
Examples:
A. Steel girder - floorbeams structure with pin suspended spans and two main girders.
The coding of Item 43 will be 3-3 to indicate steel/girder and floorbeam system.
Therefore, the coding of this item will be 14 to indicate a pin suspended span which
is non-redundant. If there were four main girders, the coding of this item would be
1bb (b = blank).
S-22
ITEM AU - ADDITIONAL STRUCTURE TYPE (CONTINUED)

Examples:
B. Two span continuous curved steel stringer structure. The coding of Item 43 will be
402 to indicate continuous steel stringer. Therefore, the coding of this item will be
Dbb.
NOTE: When the following additional structure types are present, they should always
be coded in the available space: 1-Pin Suspended Span, 4 - Non
Redundant Construction (Fracture Critical), D-Curved Girder/Stringer, ECurved Box Girder or I-Prestressed Concrete Continuous for Live Load.
ITEM AV - WIDENED STRUCTURE TYPE
DIGITS 6
Code six digits to identify the structure type that has been widened with a type that differs from
the type of original construction. The first three digits will refer to the first widening and the
second three digits will refer to any subsequent widening. This item will be coded using the
same codes as specified for Item 43. Leave blank if there is no widening type.
Examples:
A. A masonry arch bridge is first widened with steel stringer and then at a later date
widened with a concrete slab. The coding for this item would be 302101. Item 43
would be coded 811 to indicate the original structure type.
B. If the above arch bridge was only widened with steel stringers, this Item would be
coded 302bbb (b = blank).
ITEM AW - DATE OF MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL
INSPECTION
DIGITS 4
Code the month and year of the most recent Mechanical-Electrical inspection of the movable
structure as follows:
Mechanical-Electrical Inspection Date
MM YY
S-23
ITEM AX - DATE OF DECK CONDITION SURVEY
DIGITS 4
Code the month and year of the most recent Deck Condition Survey of the structure as follows:
Deck Condition Survey Date (DCS)
MM YY
Leave blank if not applicable. Also, this item should be blanked out once the deck repairs are
completed or the DCS is more than 10 years old.
ITEM AY - DATE OF SPECIAL TESTING
DIGITS 4
Code the month and year of the most recent special testing of the structure that was performed as
follows:
Special Testing Date
MM YY
Leave blank if no applicable. The coding of this item must be consistent with the coding of Item
AS - Special Testing.
ITEM AZ - FATIGUE DETAIL LOCATIONS
DIGITS 12
Code detail that are perceived as possible locations of future fatigue damage based on the
following (left justified):
Part A - The first two digits will correspond to the type of fatigue detail being described based
on the following codes.
01 - E cover plate detail
02 - E cover plate detail
03 - Other E detail
04 - D detail
05 - Field weld repair
06 - Tack weld
07 - Plug weld
08 - Backing bars
09 - Slot weld
10 - Horizontal web stiffener
11 - Distortion at small gap detail
12 - Coped flange
13 - Blocked flange
14 - Field welded splice
20 - Other detail
S-24
Part B -
The last two digits will correspond to the member with the detail that is being
described in the first two digits according to the following codes:
01 - Stringer
02 - Floorbeam
03 - I-Girder
04 - Box Girder
05 - Diaphragm
06 - Cross Bracing
07 - Lateral Bracing
08 - Truss Compression Member

09 - Truss Tension Member
10 - Hanger
11 - Pier Cap
12 - Pier Column
20 - Other location
If the member is non-redundant (fracture critical), add 20 to the above Part B codes.
The first field should be coded for the most probable and the third field for the least probable
locations of future fatigue damage. Fields which are not utilized should be left blank.
Examples:
A.
B.
C.
D.
If the structure is a rolled multi-stringer bridge with cover plates (stringer flange
over 0.8" thick), this item would be coded "0101".
If the structure has a steel box beam pier cap with backup bars at the groove welds
and is supported be a concrete column at each end (non-redundant), this item
would be coded "0831".
If the structure has riveted plate girders where tack welds were used to hold the
plates together during riveting and were not ground-off afterwards, this item
would be coded "0603".
If a structure has all of the details of examples A, B, and C, the three fields of this
item would be coded "0101", "0831" and "0603" to indicate the three locations of
concern for possible fatigue damage.
S-25
ITEM BA - APPROACH ROADWAY CONDITION
DIGIT 1
For this item, give the rating in relation to the effect of the approach roadway on the use of the
bridge.
This item should be coded based on settlement, spalls or any other defects and deterioration.
Use the following table as an aid in coding this item:
9
8
7
Excellent Condition - new condition

Very Good Condition - no defects
Good Condition - minor defects such as cracking of approach roadway, small spalls in
approach roadway, minor settlements (less than 1) or minor collision damage to guide
rails.
Satisfactory Condition - more significant defects such as large spalls, severe settlements
(1 to 2) or major collision damage to guide rails. Moderate amounts of slope
embankment erosion.
Fair Condition - defects requiring minor rehabilitation such as approach slabs pushing
against abutment, settlements (over 2) causing significant impact on the bridge, or large
amounts of approach embankment erosion.
Poor Condition - defects requiring major rehabilitation such as buckling approach slabs,
undermining of approach shoulders due to erosion or approach slabs causing movement
of abutment.
Serious Condition - defects requiring immediate repair or rehabilitation such as severe

undermining or washout of approach shoulders & loss of an approach guiderail section.
ITEM BB- ORPHAN BRIDGE DESIGNATION
DIGIT 1
If the structure is an orphan bridge code "Y".

Leave blank if structure is not an orphan bridge (Do not blank out when originally coded "Y".
Advice could be obtained from the Railroad Section of Structural Evaluation).
S-26
DIGITS 4
Code the USRA line code listed under Item AA (Railroad Route listing Page RA-2) for Railroad
Bridges.
Example:
USRA Line Code 6152 - Code 6152
For New Jersey Transit USRA Line Codes, refer to page RA-1. For other rail lines not already
coded, see Railroad Coding Instructions or advise Structural Evaluation.
ITEM BD - RAILROAD TRACKS ON AND UNDER THE STRUCTURE
DIGITS 4
Code the number of the through tracks being carried be the structure as a 2- digit number.
Also, code the total number of through tracks being crossed over by the structure as a 2-digit
number. This item will be a 4-digit field consisting of two sub-fields with leading zeros in each
of the sub-fields.
Example:
2 Tracks On, 1 Track Under
2 Highway Lanes On, 2 Tracks Under
Code 0201
Code 0002

Code this item according to the Railroad Milepost of the Railroad line as designated in Item 6.
If the structure is a railroad carrying bridge, code Railroad Milepost according to the railroad line
designated in Item 7.
S-27
ITEM BF - REMARKS ON ITEM 58 (DECK)
DIGITS 5
From the list provided, code the letter and/or digit that represents the corresponding defect. In
the event of multiple defects, code those that are judged to be of a more serious nature to the
integrity of the deck in the order of severity. Code the right most position first. If no defects are
found, leave the item blank.
Code
Defects
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
1
2
3
4
Medium to wide cracks

Severe scaling
Less than 2% spalls
Less than 5% spalls
More than 5% spalls
Holes in the deck
Det. timber planks
Det. asphalt overlay
Det. steel flooring
Det. expansion joint
Det. railings
Det. sidewalks
Deteriorated curbs
Det. deck joints
Joint leakage
Deck seepage
Leakage w/efflorescence
Spalled under deck
Exposed rebars
Asphalt patched spalls
Med/Wide cracks under deck
Clogged scuppers
Det. parapet/balustrade
Med. to heavy scaling
Other defects
*1-19% contamination
*Over 60% contamination
If a Deck Condition Survey was not done base the code on a visual inspection of the top and
underside of the deck.
S-28
ITEM BG - REMARKS ON ITEM 59 (SUPERSTRUCTURE)
DIGITS 3
From the list provided, code the letter and/or the digit that represents the corresponding defect.
In the event of multiple defects, code those that are judged to be of a more serious nature to the
integrity of the superstructure in the order to severity. Code the right most position first. If no
defects are found, leave the item blank.
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
* For Movable Bridges Only.
Defects
Mod/severe rusting
Collision damage
Loss of section
Encasement deterioration
Heavy spalling
*Wear in gear teeth
*Inadequate lubrication
*Improper pivot fit
*Pivot wear, cracks
*Improper track fit
*Track wear, cracks
*Roller or shaft wear
*Deter. counterweight
*Misaligned shaft
*Trunnion bearing deterioration
*Improper lift fit
*Misalignmt cables
*Misalignmt sheaves
*Cracks in sheaves
Excess. expanded rocker
Excess. contracted rocker
Exposed strands
Weathered timber stringer
Other
Collision scrapes
Severe collision damage
Spot rusting
Rusted bearings
Fatigue cracks
Broken prestress strands
Cracked prestressed members
Spalled underdeck
Leakage with efflorescence
S-29
ITEM BH - REMARKS ON ITEM 60 (SUBSTRUCTURE)
DIGITS 3
From the list provided, code the letter that represents the corresponding defect. In the event of
multiple defects, code those that are judged to be of a more serious nature to the integrity of the
substructure in the order of severity. Code the right most position first.
If no defects are found, leave the item blank.
Code
Defects
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
Z
Severe spalling
Severe scaling
Medium/wide cracks
Deter. bridge seats
Settlement
Pile deterioration
Erosion
Exposed footing
Undermining
Exposed rebars
Slope protection deterioration
Fender damage
Spalls under bearings
Movement of substructure
Moderate spalling
Moderate scaling
Open cracks
Deteriorated pointing
Other
S-30
ITEM BI - REMARKS ON ITEM 61 (CHANNEL AND

CHANNEL PROTECTION)
DIGIT 1
multiple defects, code the defect that is judged to be of a more serious nature to the integrity of
the structure. If no defects are found, leave the item blank.
Code
Defects
A
B
C
Minor scour
Minor sedimentation and/or minor debris
Restricted flow due to sand bars, debris,
vegetation growth
Minor undermining is present
Debris accumulation on bridge seats due
to high water flow
Inadequate waterway opening
Damage to rip-rap/sheet piling
Heavy sedimentation
Heavy Scour
Heavy Scour with undermining
Embankment aggradation
Embankment degradation
Other
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Z
ITEM BJ - REMARKS ON ITEM 62 (CULVERT)
DIGIT 1
multiple defects, code the defect that is judged to be of a more serious nature to the integrity of
the structure. If no defects are found, leave the item blank.
Code
Defects
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Z
Light scaling, water stains, fine cracks

Small to large spalls without exposed rebars
Medium cracks and/or medium scaling
Small to large spalls with exposed rebars
Severe scaling, wide cracks
Water seepage through construction joints
Differential settlement
Collapsed wingwalls
Settlement of roadway due to loss of fill
Undermined floor slab
Other
S-31
ITEM BK - PERCENT OVERSTRESS
DIGITS 2
If the operating ratings are below the legal loads, compute percent overstress for the critical live
load. Code a 2 digit number in the space provided.
Example: 6% overstress code 06.
If there is no overstress, do not code 00; leave this Item blank. This does not apply to prestressed
concrete members with overstressing in the precompressed tensile zone.
Example: of overstress calculation:
Dead Load Stress
FS (D)
Superimposed Dead Load Stress
FS (SDL)
Stress due to 36 ton HS-20 Rating Vehicle FS (LL+I)
FS (TOTAL)
The allowable operating rating stress is 27.00 ksi
Overstress = 27.79/27.00-1) 100% = 2.9%
ITEM BL - DISCRETIONARY FUNDS
=
=
=
=
19.23 ksi
1.04 ksi
7.52 ksi
27.79 ksi
DIGITS 1
This item is for State in-house use only and the listings of specific bridges for coding will be
provided by the Bridge Management System Section to Structural Evaluation.
Code 1 for "Funded"
Code 2 for "Nominated for Funding"
Code 3 for "Nominated, not Funded"
DIGITS 12
ITEM BM - FEDERAL JOB NUMBER
Code the federal job number under which the bridge is inspected in the 10 positions from
left. The last two positions should be filled in if the bridge is inspected under a modification of
the original agreement.
Example:
Job #BR-NBIS 008
Job #BR-Z-NBIS 084
Job #BR-Z-NBIS 084
Contract Modification #2
Code as BRbNBIS008bb (b=blank)

Code as BRZNBIS084bb (b=blank)
Code as BRZNBIS08402
S-32
ITEM BN - STATE JOB NUMBER
DIGITS 7
Code the State job number under which the bridge is inspected.
Example:
Job #9700-002
Code as 9700002
ITEM BO - OWNER MAINTENANCE COST
DIGITS 4
Code a 4 digit number to represent the cost of maintenance repair in thousands of dollars. This
number should not include any bridge costs for major improvements which are included in the
bridge improvement costs identified in Item 94 and/or Item 96. This Item should include the
cost for all interim repairs recommended in the report.
Examples:
Bridge Maintenance Cost
Interim Repairs Cost
$ 3,000
$ 28,000
Code
0003
0028
ITEM BP - BRIDGE DEMOLITION
DIGIT 1
Code "Y" for bridges scheduled for demolition, but not replacement.
Leave blank if this Item does not apply.
FOR CODING INVENTORY AND OPERATING RATINGS FOR RAILROAD
CARRYING STRUCTURES (CODINGS FOR LD1 THROUGH LD6) REFER TO
RAILROAD BRIDGE CODING INSTRUCTIONS.
ITEM BQ - H TRUCK/LD1 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of H Truck Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
Should the rating be more than 99 tons, code 99 in the space provided.
ITEM BR- HS TRUCK/LD2 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of HS Truck Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
Should the rating be for more than 99 tons, code 99 in the space provided.
ITEM BS - TYPE 3 LOADING/LD3 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type 3 loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided. Should
the rating be for more than 99 tons, code 99 in the space provided.
ITEMS BT - TYPE 3S2 LOADING/LD4 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type 3S2 loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
S-33
ITEM BU - TYPE 3-3 LOADING /LD5 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type3-3 Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM BV - MILITARY LOADING/LD6 INVENTORY RATING
DIGITS 2
These two-spaces are to be used only for the coding of special military loadings.
ITEM CA - H TRUCK/LD 1 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of H Truck Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM CB - HS TRUCK/LD2 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of HS Truck Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM CC - TYPE 3 LOADING/LD3 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type 3 Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM CD - TYPE 3S2 LOADING/LD4 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type 3S2 Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM CE - TYPE 3-3 LOADING/LD5 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
If the rating is in terms of a Type 3-3 Loading, code the rating in tons in the space provided.
ITEM CF - MILITARY LOADING/LD6 OPERATING RATING
DIGITS 2
These two spaces are to be used only for the coding of special military loadings.
ITEM CG - POSTED LOAD
DIGITS 3
If the structure is posted for a load limit, code the first digit for the truck type that the structure is
posted for using the codes below. The last two digits should be coded for the posted load limit in
tons. When the load posting shows multiple truck weights, code the lowest weight truck. Leave
blank if no posting exists.
Example: The structure is posted for 10 Tons gross load
Coding = "910"
Truck Type
H
HS
Code
1
2
Truck Type
Type 3S2
Type 3-3
Code
5
6
Type 3
Gross Load
S-34
ITEM CH - MISCELLANEOUS RATING
DIGITS 6
This item is reserved for indicating the load rating method, presence of vertical underclearance
posting or special types of ratings such as special loadings, etc., as shown in the examples below.
If the Inventory and Operating Ratings are based on engineering judgment because structural
plans were not available, code "E" left justified.
Examples: Ebbbbb
Wbbbbb
Lbbbbb
Mbbbbb
bbPbbb
bbbb43
(b = blank)
(Engineering judgement)
(Working Stress Ratings)
(Load Factor Ratings)
(Working Stress/Load Factor Ratings for P/S concrete)
(Posted for vertical clearance)
(Rating for special loading in tons)
DIGITS 2
ITEM CI - CYCLE NO.
This item should be coded when creating a record for the first time, if the number on the file is
found to be in error, or if a new inspection has been made.
Examples:
First Cycle
01
Second Cycle 02
ITEM CJ - TYPE OF PRESENT INSPECTION
DIGIT 1
If the current inspection date (Item 90) is based on a regularly scheduled inspection code "S".
However, when the survey is an interim inspection code "I". Code "E" for emergency
inspections such as collision damage or flooding.
ITEM CK - INSPECTION CREW
DIGIT 1
If the inspection is done by State in-house personnel, code the Inspection Crew's Identification
letter. In-house Consultant Report Reviewers should also code their Identification letter in this
item. This item should not be left blank. If this item is not coded, the record will not be
accepted for updating the master file.
For bridges less than 20 in length and at least 5 long, this Item must be numeric with a code
from 0 to 9.
S-35
ITEM CL - DATE OF NEXT INSPECTION
DIGITS 4
Code a four digit number to indicate the month and year of the next recommended inspection.
This date is standard at two years after the latest inspection; however, it may
be more frequent if the bridge is in poor condition.
Example: June, 1992 = 0692
ITEM CM - CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, involved in the inspection of the structure.
For consultant codes not listed below, contact your Project Manager.
Consultant Name
Consultant Code
Richard Alaimo Associates

A09
Andrews & Clark, Inc.
A17
Arora and Associates
A22
A. I. & Associates, PC
A41
AmerCom Corporation
A43
A-Tech Engineering, Inc.
A46
Abbington Associates, Inc.
A47
Agency In-House Staff
A97
Michael Baker, Jr., Inc.
B01
Louis Berger Group
B14
N. H. Bettigole, Inc.
B18
Bettigole, Andrews & Clark
B18
Blauvelt Engineers
B21
Boswell Engineering Company
B29
Buchart-Horn, Inc.
B34
Burns & Roe Ind. Serv. Corp.
B36
Byrd, Tallamy, MacDonald & Lewis B38
Bergmann Associates
B41
B & H Engineering
B57
Joseph B. Callaghan, Inc.
C02
Leroy Callender, PC
C03
Cherry Weber & Associates
C14
Chilton Engineering, Inc.
C16
Churchill Consulting Engineers
C17
Clarke and Rapuano, Inc.
C21
Clough Harbour & Associates, LLP C24
W. J. Castle, PE & Associates
C63
CTE Engineers
C66
Collins Engineers
C67
C. V. Associates, NY
C68
County In-House Staff
C98
Delta Consulting Engineers
D21
Ebasco Services, Inc.
E03
Edwards & Kelcey, Inc.
E07
Consultant Decode
Alaimo Assoc.
Andrews & Clark
Arora & Assoc.
A. I. Assoc.
Amercom Corp.
A-Tech
Abbington
Agency In-House
Baker Michael
Berger L.
Bettigole
Bettigole
Blauvelt Engrs.
Boswell Engr.
Buchart-Horn
Burns & Roe
Byrd, Tallamy
Bergmann & Asoc.
B & H Engr.
Callaghan, J.
Callender, L.
Cherry Weber
Chilton Engr.
Churchill Assoc.
Clarke Rapuano
Clough, Harbour
Castle Assoc.
CTE Engrs.
Collins Engrs.
C. V. Assoc.
County In-House
Delta Engrs.
Ebasco Inc.
E & K Inc.
S-36
ITEM CM - CONSULTANT (CONTINUED)
DIGITS 3
Consultant Name
Consultant Code
Consultant Decode
Envirodyne Engineers, Inc.

Erdman Anthony & Associates
(EMJ) McFarland Johnson, Inc.
Fong & Associates
Gannett Fleming, Inc.
Gibson Associates, PC
Goodkind & oDea, Inc.
Greenman Pederson,. Inc.
Garg Consulting Services, Inc.
Hardesty & Hanover
HNTB, Inc.
DMJM + Harris
HAKS Engineers
Hatch, Mott McDonald
Iffland Kavanagh Waterbury
Integrated Engineering
Jenny Engineering Corporation
Sidney M. Johnson & Associates
John J. Kassner & Company, Inc.
L. Robert Kimball & Associates
Kupper Associates
K. S. Engineers, PC
Frank H. Lehr, Associates
Lichtenstein Consulting Engineers
T. Y. Lin International
Lord Anderson Worrell & Barnett
Maguire Group, Inc.
Metcalf & Eddy, Inc.
Modjeski & Masters
Maitra Associates, Inc.
Massand Engineering
Mueser Rutledge Consulting Engrs.
MEGA Engineering, Inc.
Omega Consultants, Inc.
Parsons Brinckerhoff-FG, Inc.
Parson Brinckerhoff Quade Dougl.
Parsons Transportation Group
ODea, Pavlo & Associates, Inc.
Pennoni Associates, Inc.
Pickering, Corts & Summerson, Inc.
Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan
E12
E15
E19
F16
G03
G11
G15
G19
G33
H06
H23
H41
H43
H44
I02
I12
J05
J08
K03
K09
K15
K24
L07
L10
L12
L17
M04
M19
M26
M36
M46
M59
M61
O02
P04
P05
P06
P08
P13
P14
P19
Envirodyne
Erdman Anthony
McFarland
Fong & Assoc
Gannett Fleming
Gibson Assoc.
G & O, Inc.
Greenman-Ped
Garg Inc.
H&H
HNTB
F. Harris
HAKS Engrs.
Hatch McDonald
Iffland Kav
Integrated
Jenny Engr
Johnson Sid.
Kassner Inc
Kimball Assoc
Kupper Assoc
K. S. Engrs.
Lehr Assoc.
Lichtenstein
Lin, T.Y.
Lord Anderson
Maguire
Metcalf Eddy
Modjeski Master
Maitra Assoc
Massand Engg.
Mueser
Mega Eng
Omega Inc.
PBFG Inc.
PBQD Inc.
Parsons Trans.
Pavlo Engr
Pennoni Assoc.
Pickering Corts
Post Buckley
S-37
ITEM CM - CONSULTANT (CONTINUED)

Consultant Name
Consultant Code
PRC Harris
P20
Purcell Associates
P24
Parsons Brinckerhoff Cons. Serv.
P28
Clyde Porter, Jr., Consulting Engrs. P38
Polytran Engineering Associates
P44
QBS International
Q05
RBA Group
R07
Rensselaer Engineers, Inc.
R11
Reutter Associates
R13
Remington & Vernick Engineers
R33
Raytheon Infrastructure, Inc.
R36
Safe International, Inc.
S02
Schoor DePalma
S12
STV Incorporated
S13
Shah Associates
S18
Sheladia Associates, Inc.
S20
Site-Blauvelt Engineers
S26
Wilbur Smith & Associates
S28
Steinman Boynton Gronquist & Bird S34
Stone & Webster Engineering Corp. S37
Storch Engineers
S39
Sverdrup & Parcel Consultants, Inc. S41
The Sear-Brown Group
S65
Chas. H. Sells
S67
State In-House Forces
S99
T & M Associates
T01
Taylor, Wiseman & Taylor
T03
TAMS Consultants, Inc.
T17
Urban Engineers, Inc.
U01
Urbitran Associates, Inc.
U04
URS Company, Inc.
U05
Van Note-Harvey Associates
V03
VEP Associates, Inc.
V06
Vollmer Associates, Inc.
V08
Weidlinger Associates
W07
I-Tan Yu Associates
Y01
DIGITS 3
Consultant Decode
P R C Harris
Purcell Assoc
PB-CS Inc.
Porter
Polytran Engg.
QBS Int.
RBA Group
Rensselaer Engr
Reutter Assoc
Remington
Raytheon
Safe Inter
Schoor DePalma
STV
Shah Assoc
Sheladia Assoc
Site-Blauvelt
Smith, Wilbur
Steinman Boynto
Stone & Webster
Storch Engrs.
Sverdrup
Sear-Brown
Chas Sells
State In-House
T&M Assoc
TWT
TAMS
Urban Engrs.
Urbitran
URS Co.
Van Note-Harv
VEP Assoc.
Vollmer Assoc.
Weidlinger
I-TAn Yu
S-38
ITEM CN - TYPE AND DATE OF PREVIOUS INSPECTION
DIGITS 5
1.
First Digit - Code "I" if the inspection is an interim (less than the regularly scheduled
interval) or code "S" if the inspection is in-depth at regularly scheduled interval (normal two
year cycle). Code "E" for emergency inspection such as collision damage or flooding.
2.
Remaining four digits (2 thru 5), should be coded for the month and year. Coding of his
item is independent of Item 90. When not applicable (e.g.-first cycle), leave all digits blank.
Example:
Interim inspection July, 1989

In-depth inspection July, 1989
ITEM CO - PREVIOUS CONSULTANT
Code I0789
Code S0789
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, involved in the previous
inspection of the structure. The codes are the same as those used for Item CM. For consultant
codes not listed, contact your project manager.
DIGIT 1
ITEM CP - FEDERAL REPORT

Leave blank if record is to included in reports to FHWA.
The following codes should only be used if the record is to be excluded from FHWA reports.
XFPRDL-
For railroad carrying bridges, tunnels and other related railroad structures.
For all Federally owned bridges.
For all privately owned bridges.
All other bridges in various categories not otherwise listed here.
Duplicate records.
Highway carrying bridges less than 20 in length but at least 5. Also, code
Federal Item 112 NBIS Bridge Length as N and State Item CK must also be
numeric.
If Item CP is coded incorrectly, code B to blank out code on the specific record.
S-39
ITEM CQ - BRIDGE LIST
DIGIT 1
This item describes the list of bridges under which the structure is inspected. This item is for
State in-house use and should be coded for state owned bridges only.
Code "Y" to indicate bridges which have been included in proposed consultant bridge inspection
lists, but which have not yet been inspected. This item should not be coded until the list of
bridges is finalized. Once the inspection has been completed, this item should be coded "X" for
consultant bridges when the SI&A sheet is updated.
Code "Z" to indicate bridges for which a bridge replacement, rehabilitation or demolition project
is in progress.
DIGIT 1
ITEM CR - OFF-THE -ROUTE BRIDGE
This item is coded to indicate bridges that are owned by the State but do not carry or intersect an
Interstate, U.S. or State Highway. Bridges that meet the above criteria will have this Item coded
with "A". This item is for State in-house use and should be coded for State owned bridges only.
Examples:
A. The County Route 547 S.B. bridge over Manasquan River
(Structure No. 1333-175) would have this Item coded "A" since it does not
carry or intersect a State Highway and is listed under Route 195.
B. The North Broad Street bridge over the Delaware Raritan Feeder Canal
(Structure No. 3001-151) would have this Item left blank because North
Broad Street is also Route U.S. 206 N.B. at the structure site.
ITEM DA - DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
DIGITS 215
Describe the proposed improvements to the subject structure. Abbreviations can be used;
however, use common abbreviations and explain all points to avoid confusion. Code "X" in the
first column (left justified) to blank out Item DA.
S-40
ITEM DJ - MINIMUM VERTICAL UNDERCLEARANCE

INCLUDING SHOULDERS (XX.XX feet)
DIGITS 4
Record and code a four-digit number to represent in feet, minimum vertical clearance from the
roadway (including shoulders) beneath the structure to the underside of the superstructure. Code
zeros for structures over any other feature.
In addition to coding this Item on sheet 1, it should also be coded on sheets 2 and A thru Z.
Sheet 2 would be coded the same as sheet 1, but sheets A thru Z would be coded for the
individual features intersected.
When sheets A thru Z are coded, sheet 1 should always be coded for the absolute minimum of all
features beneath the structure.
ITEM FA - FHWA SCOUR REPORTING CATEGORIES
DIGITS 2
Code the current FHWA Reporting Category for the bridge based upon the information and
results obtained during the Bridge Scour Evaluation program:
LOW RISK BRIDGE - STAGE 2 NOT REQUIRED and STAGE 2 DONE
Code
Reporting Category
Comments
01
11
Assessed (old bridge)

Assessed
(new/old
bridge
with
Scour
Countermeasures )
Screened
Culvert
Pre HEC-18 Design - Stage 1 not performed

Foundations designed in accordance with HEC-18
or Scour Countermeasures designed in accordance
with HEC-23
Stage 1 performed
02
03
SCOUR SUSCEPTIBLE BRIDGE - STAGE 2 REQUIRED
Code
Reporting Category
Comments
04
05
06
Screened
Unknown Foundations
Tidal Waterway
Known foundation details and non-tidal waterway

Foundation details known
OTHER CATEGORIES
Code
Reporting Category
Comments
07
08
Scour Critical
Analyzed for Scour
As determined by Stage 2 analysis

Stage 2 Complete

S-41
ITEM FB - DATE OF STAGE I SCOUR EVALUATION
DIGITS 4
Code the month and year of the Stage I Screening and Prioritization field survey as follows:
Field Inspection Date
MMYY
ITEM FC - STAGE I SCOUR EVALUATION CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, who made the STAGE I Screening and
Prioritization survey of the structure. The codes are the same as those used for Item CM. For
consultant codes, contact your project manager.
ITEM FD - STAGE I SCOUR EVALUATION PRIORITIZATION
CATEGORY
DIGIT 1
Code the Prioritization Category of the bridge as determined from the STAGE I Screening and
Prioritization survey. The codes range from 1 (representing the highest potential for scour
damage) to 4 (representing the lowest potential for scour damage).
ITEM FE - STAGE I SCOUR EVALUATION SUFFICIENCY
RATING
DIGITS 3
Code the Sufficiency Rating of the bridge as determined from the STAGE I Screening and
Prioritization survey. The codes range from 0 (representing a fully deficient bridge) to 100
(representing a fully sufficient bridge).
Scour Sufficiency Rating is 50 - Code b50.
ITEM FF - DATE OF STAGE II SCOUR EVALUATION
DIGITS 4
Code the month and year of the STAGE II In-Depth Scour Evaluation field survey as follows:
Field Inspection Date
MMYY
S-42
ITEM FG - STAGE II SCOUR EVALUATION CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, who made the Stage II In-Depth Scour
Evaluation survey of the structure. The codes are the same as those used for Item CM. For
consultant codes, contact your project manager.
ITEM FH - SCOUR CRITICAL ELEMENTS
DIGITS 114
List the substructure elements determined to be scour critical based on the Stage II In-Depth
Scour Evaluation survey. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to
avoid confusion. Code X in the first column (left justified to blank out Item FH.
ITEM FI - RECOMMENDED SCOUR COUNTERMEASURES
DIGITS 104
List the scour countermeasures recommended based on the Stage II In-Depth Scour Evaluation
survey. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations can to avoid confusion.
Code X in the first column (left justified) to blank out Item FI.
ITEM FJ - SCOUR COUNTERMEASURES COST
DIGITS 5
Code the estimated cost of Recommended Scour Countermeasures indicated in Item FI in

thousands of dollars. This Item should include all costs normally associated with the type of
scour countermeasure recommended for the bridge.
ITEM FK - SCOUR COUNTERMEASURES INSTALLED/TYPE
DIGITS 3
Using the following codes, indicate the type of scour countermeasures installed at the bridge. If
more than three types of scour countermeasures are installed, code the three most prevalent. The
left position should be coded first.
S-43
ITEM FK - SCOUR COUNTERMEASURES

INSTALLED/TYPE (CONTINUED)
DIGITS 3

Scour Countermeasure Type
Code
Rock Riprap
Wire Enclosed Riprap Mattresses (Gabions)
Grout/Cement Filled Bags
Articulated Concrete Block System
Articulation Group Filled Mattress
Soil Cement
Steel Sheet Piling
Concrete Armor units (Toskanes)
Bendway Weirs/Stream Barbs/Spur Dikes
Concrete slab/Pavement
Drop Structures (Check Dams, Grade Control)
Foundation Strengthening
Timber Bulkhead
Grouted Rock Riprap
Other Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
P
ITEM FL - SCOUR MONITORING REQUIRED/TYPE
DIGIT 1
Using the following codes, indicate the type of scour monitoring used at the bridge.
Scour Monitoring Type
Code
Visual Inspection After Storm Events

Physical Probes (Sliding Collars, Etc.)
Sonar Probes
Other Types
A
B
C
D
Leave blank if no monitoring is required.
S-44
ITEM FM - INCIDENTS REPORTED
DIGIT 1
Using the following codes, indicate if there have been any reported incidents of objects being
dropped from the highway carrying structure:
Code
Description
Y
M
N
There has been at least one (1) incident reported

There have been multiple incidents reported
There are no incidents reported
Note: The Bridge Management System maintains a list of reported incidents to date.
DIGIT 1
ITEM FN - FENCING WARRANTED
Using the following codes, indicate if fencing is warranted on the structure (per Design Manual
Section 23):
Code
Description
Y
N
Conditions warrant chain link fencing on the structure

Conditions do not warrant chain link fencing on the structure
Note: This item should be consistent with Federal Item 42 (Type of Service). If Item 42 is
coded for pedestrian traffic, the correct code is Y.
ITEM FO - PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC FENCING STATUS
DIGIT 1
Bridge Inspection shall include the recording of information on the CHAIN LINK FENCE field
note form so that an evaluation of the current status of the fencing and its adequacy can be made.
The report of this information shall be as follows:
Code
Description
Inspected fencing does not meet currently acceptable standards or a

fence is warranted and none is provided
Inspected fencing meets currently acceptable standards
Not applicable or fencing is not warranted
1
N
S-45
ITEM FP - FENCING IMPROVEMENT COST
DIGITS 4
Code a 4-digit number to represent the cost of the proposed structure fencing improvements in
thousands of dollars.
Example: Fencing Improvement Cost $63,750.
Leave blank is there is no fencing improvement cost.
ITEM FQ - LATEST IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL/
PIN-HANGER INSPECTION DATE
Code: 0064
DIGITS 4
Code the month, date and year of the most recent in-depth fracture critical or pin-hanger
inspection as follows:
Latest Inspection Date
MM, DD,YYYY
ITEM FR - IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL/

PIN-HANGER CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, who made the latest in-depth fracture
critical or pin-hanger inspection of the structure. The codes are the same as those used for Item
CM. For consultant codes, contact your project manager.
ITEM FS - IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL MEMBERS
INSPECTED
DIGITS 120
List the structural members which require an in-depth fracture critical inspection. This list should
include all FCMs, not just those that require special in-depth inspections under In-Depth FCM
Contracts. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to avoid confusion.
Code X in first column (left justified) to blank out Item FS.
ITEM FT - COMBINATION IN-DEPTH FRACTURE CRITICAL DIGIT 1
MEMBER/PIN-HANGER INSPECTION
Indicate by a code of 1 for Yes when the date coded for Item FQ (Last In-depth Fracture
Critical/Pin Hanger Inspection Date) represents an inspection of both Fracture Critical Members
and Pin-Hanger Assemblies.
S-46
ITEM FV - ASSIGNED ROUTE MILEPOINT
DIGITS 6
Based on the Route identified in Item AA, code a six digit number representing the milepoint of
the structure to thousandths of a mile (xxx.xxx miles). Code all zeros if a milepoint location
cannot be determined or is not appropriate.
Note: This Item is only coded for NJDOT owned bridges.
ITEM FW - ESTIMATED AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC
DIGIT 1
If the average daily traffic coded for Item 29 on sheet 1 is estimated or has been projected from
actual data over four years old, code Y (YES) for this item.
If the average daily traffic coded for Item 29 on sheet 1 is based on a measured ADT or has been
projected from actual data less than four years old, leave this item blank.
ITEM FX - FEDERAL ERROR CANNOT BE CORRECTED
DIGIT 1
When an unusual situation causes a Federal Edit error to be indicated on the SI&A which cannot
be corrected without coding fields incorrectly, code this Item Y (Yes).
NOTE: This Item should not be coded Y without first explaining the reason for the
uncorrected error to your project manager and obtaining his concurrence.
ITEM GA - IS PAINTING REQUIRED
DIGIT 1
Using the following codes, indicate if any portion of the structure requires painting:
Code
Description
Y
N
Parts of the structure require painting

No parts of the structure require painting
NOTE: If portions of encased steel members are exposed due to deterioration, the
correct code is Y.
If the code for this Item is N, leave Items GB through GR blank.
NOTE: The coding for Items GB through GR should be collected in the field using the
current form titled PAINT INSPECTION and then transferred to the
appropriate database fields.
S-47
ITEM GB - ENVIRONMENT
DIGITS 2
Using the following codes, indicate the type of environment that the bridge is located in:
Code
Description
01
02
3A
3B
Rural or Industrial, Mild Exposure

Industrial, Severe Exposure
Marine, Mild Exposure
Marine, Severe Exposure
ITEM GC- DATE OF PAINT INSPECTION
DIGITS 6
Code the date of the latest paint inspection using six digits representing the year, month and day
(MM,DD,YYYY).
Example:
The latest paint inspection was conducted on July 8, 1994. Therefore, the
correct code would be 07081994".
EACH DIGITS 2
Code the paint condition ratings for the Items listed below using the PAINT INSPECTION
field note form:
Item
Description
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GJ
GK
GL
GM
GN
GO
Fascia Beam
Fascia Bottom Flange
Interior Beam
Interior Bottom Flange
Beam Ends
Connections
Bracings
Bearings
Substructure
Above Deck Superstructure
Railings/Fence
S-48

(CONTINUED)
EACH DIGITS 2
Using the codes listed below, code the paint condition ratings for the above items (Code the
average for the Item, not the worst area):
Code
Description
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
100% Rust
50-100% Rust
33-50% Rust
16-33% Rust
10-16% Rust
3-10% Rust
1-3% Rust
0.3-1% Rust
0.1-0.3% Rust
.03-0.1% Rust
0-.03% Rust
If a specific Item does not require painting (except weathering steel), leave the code
blank. For weathering steel, see Appendix G for coding instructions.
ITEMS GP AND GQ -PAINT REMARKS 1 & 2
EACH DIGITS 89
In the space provided, indicate any remarks noted on the PAINT INSPECTION field note
form. Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to avoid confusion.
Code X in first column (left justified) to blank out Items GP and GQ.
ITEM GR - DATE OF LAST PAINTING
DIGITS 4
Code the dates of the latest bridge painting using four digits representing the year and month
(YY,MM). This date is usually stenciled on the bridge fascia girder. If the bridge was spot
painted only, do not revise the previously coded date of painting. Also, if the date of painting is
unknown, leave this Item blank.
Example:
The date of latest painting is 07/94 (stenciled on the fascia girder).

Therefore, the correct code would be 9407.
S-49
ITEM GS - NUMBER OF OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURES
DIGITS 2
Code the number of overhead sign structures physically attached to the bridge structure. These
sign structures are usually trusses and are located above the bridge deck.
Example:
There are two overhead sign structures attached to the bridge. Therefore,
the code would be 02".

ITEM GT - NUMBER OF CANTILEVER SIGN STRUCTURES
DIGITS 2
Code the number of cantilever sign structures physically attached to the bridge structure. These
sign structures are usually located above the deck.
Example:
There are two cantilever sign structures attached to the bridge. Therefore,
the code would be 02".

ITEM GU - NUMBER OF FASCIA MOUNTED SIGN
STRUCTURES
DIGITS 2
Code the number of fascia mounted sign structures physically attached to the bridge structure.
These sign structures are attached along the bridge fasciae and are located above the roadways
beneath the bridge.
Example:
There are two fascia mounted sign structures attached to the bridge.
Therefore, the code would be 02".

ITEM GV - TEMPORARY BRIDGE
DIGIT 1
If Item 103 is coded T, code Y (YES) for this Item if a temporary structure, such as an
Acrow bridge, has been installed.
NOTE: If a temporary type structure remains in place for an extended period, it may no
longer be considered to be temporary.
ITEM GW - TEMPORARY SHORING
DIGIT 1
If Item 103 is coded T, code Y (YES) for this Item if temporary shoring has been installed.
This would include measures such as temporary supports, columns, bents, beams, etc.
S-50
ITEM GX - TEMPORARY REPAIRS
DIGIT 1
If Item 103 is coded T, code Y (YES) for this Item if temporary repairs have been made.
Temporary repairs are defined as repairs designed as a short term solution and would include, as
an example, the placement of steel plates over holes in the deck.
ITEM GY - TEMPORARY MEASURES
DIGIT 1
If Item 103 is coded T, code Y (YES) for this item if temporary measures have been taken at
the bridge. Temporary measures would include barricaded lanes to keep a bridge open to traffic
or any similar situations.
ITEM GZ - TEMPORARY CONDITION DESCRIPTION
DIGITS 30
In the space provided, describe the temporary condition which exists at the bridge if Items GW
to GY are coded Y. If Item GV (Temporary Bridge) is coded Y, leave this Item blank.
Abbreviations can be used; however, use common abbreviations to avoid confusion. Code X
in first column (left justified) to blank out Item GZ.
ITEM HA - BRIDGE NOISE BARRIER
DIGITS 10
Using one of the codes listed below, code in the first position the letter representing the type
material used for the first type of bridge mounted noise barrier:
Code
Description
T
C
P
A
S
O
Timber
Concrete
Prestressed Concrete
Aluminum
Steel
Other
S-51
ITEM HA - BRIDGE NOISE BARRIER (CONTINUED)
DIGITS 10
In the next four positions, code a four digit number representing the height of the noise barrier in
feet and hundredths of a foot (Do not include the height of any barrier curb or parapet).
If there are two types of bridge mounted noise barriers, repeat the above coding sequence for the
second type of noise barrier.
Example:
A five foot six inch (5'-6") high timber noise barrier would be coded
T0550"

ITEM HB - PROJECT PROGRAMMING, BRIDGE LIST ID
DIGITS 5
For bridge inspection projects code the ID of the bridge list that is to be inspected by a
consultant in a bridge inspection contract or by in-house personnel for an in-house bridge
inspection project. The item would be coded left justified.
Example:
XYZ Consultants was selected to inspect 35 State owned bridges. The

bridge list ID for this project is C94.
The item should be coded
C94bb
Example:
XYZ Consultants was selected to inspect 22 Morris County bridges. The

bridge list ID for this project is C95.
This item should be coded 14C95
Notice that for County projects the first 2 digits will be the 3rd & 4 digits of the Countys
route number. The route number for Morris County is 9014b.
Example:
A new in-house bridge list has been assigned to in-house personnel. The
bridge list ID for this project is J.
This item should be coded
Jbbbb
ITEM HC - PROJECT PROGRAMMING, SELECTED

CONSULTANT
DIGITS 3
Use the three digit code, representing the consultant, who was selected by the consultant
selection committee to inspect the bridges in Item HB above. The codes are the same as those
used for Item CM. For consultant codes see your project engineer.
Example:
XYZ Consultants was selected to inspect 35 State Owned bridges. Their

consultant code is X01.
X01
Do not code this item for in-house bridge inspection projects.
S-52
ITEM HD - PROJECT PROGRAMMING, TWO CYCLE

INSPECTION CONTRACT
DIGIT 1
Code whether the consultant bridge inspection contract is a one or two cycle inspection contract.
Format: Y = Yes
N = No
Code Y for a 2 cycle consultant bridge inspection contract
Code N for a 1 cycle consultant bridge inspection contract.
ITEM HE - PROJECT PROGRAMMING, NOTICE TO
PROCEED DATES (DATE)
DIGITS 16
Code the date that the consultant received notice to proceed on the bridge inspection contract.
Example:
The consultant received NTP on 6/1/94 for the 1st inspection in a two
cycle bridge inspection contract.
060194bbbbbb
Example:
The same consultant in the above example received NTP on 8/16/96 for
the 2nd inspection in the two cycle bridge inspection contract.
060194081696

ITEM HF - PROJECT PROGRAMMING, STATE PROJECT
MANAGER
DIGITS 3
Code the initials of the NJDOT project manager who has been assigned the consultant
bridge inspection contract or who has been assigned the bridge in an in-house bridge inspection
project.
Example:
XYZ Consultants was selected to inspect 35 State owned bridges. The

NJDOT project manager assigned to this project is Joseph T. Bridge.
JTB
S-53
SRI STATE ROUTE IDENTIFIER
DIGITS 17
Code the SRI (State Route Identifier) for all records including bridge carrying highways
(Sheet 1) and underpassing highways (Sheets A, B, C, D, etc. ).
Mainline highways will have a ten (10) digit code while ramps will have a seventeen (17)
digit code.
All ten (10) digits of mainline SRI numbers are to be entered, including the correct
number and location of any underbars (___).
Example:
The SRI for mainline US Route 1 would be coded:
00000001_ _
The SRI for mainline I-195 would be coded:
00000195_ _
The SRI for mainline US Route 1B would be coded:
00000001B _
The SRI for US Route 1 Ramp to Newark Airport:
00000001_ _Z104850
S-54
APPENDIX A
ADDITIONAL CODING INSTRUCTIONS

FOR SELECTED FEDERAL ITEMS
ITEM 2 - HIGHWAY DISTRICT
DIGITS 2
The highway district in which the bridge is located shall be represented by a two-digit code.
Existing numbers shall be used where districts are identified by number. where districts are
identified by name, a code number shall be assigned based on an alphabetical listing of the
districts.
DISTRICT 01
(NORTH)
DISTRICT 02
(CENTRAL)
DISTRICT 03
(SOUTH)
Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Morris, Passaic, Sussex, Union, Warren

(north of US 22)
Hunterdon, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Ocean, Somerset,
Warren (south of US 22)
Atlantic, Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland,
Gloucester, Salem
Example - The highway district for a bridge in Hunterdon County is coded as 02.
ITEM 3 - COUNTY (PARISH) CODE
DIGITS 3
Counties shall be identified with the code scheme specified below. New Jersey Counties shall be
coded as a three digit number. Given below are their respective numbers.
Atlantic
001
Middlesex
023
Bergen
003
Monmouth
025
Burlington
005
Morris
027
Camden
007
Ocean
029
Cape May
009
Passaic
031
Cumberland
011
Salem
033
Essex
013
Somerset
035
Gloucester
015
Sussex
037
Hudson
017
Union
039
Hunterdon
019
Warren
041
Mercer
021
NOTE: These county codes are also shown in the Geographic Identification Code
Scheme included in Appendix E.
ITEM 4 - PLACE CODE
Cities, towns, townships, villages and other census-designated places shall be identified using the
Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) codes given in the current version of the
Census of Population and Housing - Geographic Identification Code Scheme. If there is no
FIPS place code, then code all zeros.
NOTE:
The FIPS place codes referred to can be obtained from the Geographic
Identification Code Scheme which is included as Appendix E.
SA-1
Census of Population and Housing - Geographic Identification Code Scheme. If there is no

FIPS place code, then code all zeros.
NOTE:
The FIPS place codes referred to can be obtained from the Geographic
Identification Code Scheme which is included as Appendix E.
SA-1
DIGITS 7
ITEM 8 - BRIDGE NUMBER
The bridge number must be unique for each bridge within the state. For state owned structures,
the seven digit number consists of a four digit control section number, as specified in the
NJDOT control Section Manual, and a three digit structure number, usually beginning with 150
and progressing upward. The State owned bridge numbers can be found in the NJDOT Bridge
Book, Bridge Inventory Vol. 1 (complied by Maintenance Engineering, Bureau of Maintenance
Engineering and Operations).
It is the responsibility of the agency to assign a bridge number.
Bridges with the same number, will cause one structure not to be accepted in the Master
Computer file.
In order to eliminate double bridge entries, ** all inter-county bridges should be check
thoroughly.
** One bridge with two separate bridge numbers.

NOTE:
In New Jersey, the existing bridge number system consisting of 7 digits is being
used for coding, which is different from the 15 digit bridge numbering system
stipulated in the Recording and Coding Guide for the Structure Inventory and
Appraisal of the Nations Bridges dated December 1995.
DIGIT 1
ITEM 38 - NAVIGATION CONTROL

Indicate for this item whether or not navigation control (a bridge permit)
is required. Use one of the following codes:
Code
Description
N
O
1
Not applicable, no waterway

No navigation control on waterway (bridge permit not required)
Navigation control on waterway (bridge permit required)
Note: To determine if navigation control exists on a particular waterway, check the

Coast Guard Jurisdiction included as Appendix C.
SA-2
ITEM 70 BRIDGE POSTING
DIGIT 1
Example:
The controlling Operating Ratings for a bridge are as follows:
Truck Type
Operating Rating
Type 3 (25 tons)

Type 3S2 (40 tons)
Type 3-3 (40 tons)
20 tons
25 tons
36 tons
Since the Operating Rating of the bridge for all of the legal trucks are below the maximum
allowable weights for the trucks, the Relationship of Operating Rating Stress to Legal Load
Stress must be calculated as follows:
Type 3 Truck:
(25-20)/25 X 100 = 20%
Type 3S2 Truck:
(40-25)/40 X 100 = 37.5%
Type 3-3 Truck:
(40-36)/40 X 100 = 10%
Since the highest percentage would control the coding for this Item, the Type 3S2 Truck would
control in this example. The 37.5% Relationship would correspond to a code for Item 70 of
1.
ITEM 109 - AVERAGE DAILY TRUCK TRAFFIC (xx percent)
DIGITS 2
If the actual truck traffic counts are not available for a particular road, the
table below which is based on actual traffic counts may be used to help estimate the
ADTT based on the functional classification of the road.
FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
Rural Highways
ADTT
Rural Interstate
Rural Principal Arterial
Rural Minor Arterial
Rural Major Collector
Rural Minor Collector
Rural Local
14%
7%
4%
3%
5%
3%
SA-3
ITEM 109 - AVERAGE DAILY TRUCK TRAFFIC (CONTINUED)

FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
Urban Highways
ADTT
Urban Interstate
Urban Freeways or Expressways
Urban Principal Arterial
Urban Minor Arterial
Urban Collector
Urban Local
9%
5%
4%
4%
3%
1%
Note: Leave blank if Item 29 - Average Daily Traffic is not greater than 100.
SA-4
ITEM 110 - DESIGNATED NATIONAL NETWORK
DIGIT 1
In New Jersey, the following highways are included in the Designated System for
Double Bottom Trucks as identified in the Code of Federal Regulations (23 CFR 658).:
Mainline Roads
Federal Highway Administration, DOT
Part 658, App. A
Appendix A - The National Network
Posted Route No.
NJ 42
From
US 322.
US130..
US 130.
NJ440..
Atlantic City Expressway at

NJ 168 Washington
Pennsylvania St. Line
US 322 Bridgeport
NJ 44 West Deptford
I-95 Edison
NJ 81..
I-95 Elizabeth
To
I-295 Bellmawr
US 130 Bridgeport
I-295 Logan Township
I-295 West Deptford
New York St. Line at
Outerbridge Crossing
US 1 Elizabeth
The following two sections of the New Jersey Turnpike were added to the Interstate
System on March 3, 1983, and are not signed as Interstate. The route segments are listed since
the public may be unaware of this designation.
Pennsylvania
Turnpike
Connector
New Jersey
Pennsylvania St. Line
Exit 6 Mansfield
Exit 6 Mansfield
Exit 10 Edison
Ramps
Any ramps which connect any of the above routes to each other is also part of the
Designated National Network.
SA-5
APPENDIX B
STRAHNET HIGHWAY DESIGNATION
Item 100 - STRAHNET Highway Designation

STRAHNET Highways in New Jersey
Interstate STRAHNET - Item 100 = 1
1.
2.
Includes all mainline Interstate Highways

Includes all Interstate Highway ramps that connect the other STRAHNET Highways.
Non-Interstate STRAHNET - Item 100 = 2
FROM
MILEPOST
TO MILEPOST
FACILITY
N.J. Rt. 31
(Mercer &
Hunterdon Co.)
U.S. Rt. 202
(Hunterdon &
Somerset Co.)
4.84
(I-95)
16.36
(U.S. Rt. 202)
N/A
5.70
(N.J. Rt. 31)
25.88
(I-287)
N/A
STRAHNET Connector Routes - Item 100 = 3

ROAD
FROM MILEPOST
TO MILEPOST
FACILITY
U.S. Rt. 9
(Middlesex Co.)
U.S. Rt. 9
(Monmouth &
Ocean Co.)
N.J. Rt. 18
(Monmouth &
Middlesex Co.)
N.J. Rt. 34
(Monmouth Co.)
129.71
(N.J. Rt. 35)
98.65
(N.J. Rt. 70)
132.85
(N.J. Route 440)
106.96
(I-195)
Fort Monmouth
10.28
(Naval Weapons
Station Earle)
29.65
(Wycoff Road)
12.27
(N.J. Rt. 18)
Naval Weapons
Station Earle
49.38
(U.S. Rt. 9)
Fort Monmouth
1.27
Co. Rt. 547 Wycoff Road
Fort Monmouth
N.J. Rt. 68
(Burlington Co.)
N.J. Rt. 70
(Ocean Co.)
0.00
(Garden State
Parkway)
1.05
(Fort Dix)
38.43
(Co. Rt. 539)
7.97
(U.S. Rt. 206)
49.90
(U.S. Rt. 9)
Fort Dix
U.S. Rt. 130

(Burlington Co.)
54.90
(I-295)
55.46
(Co. Rt. 545)
N.J. Rt. 35
(Monmouth &
Middlesex Co.)
N.J. Rt. 36
(Monmouth Co.)
19.02
(N.J. Rt. 34)
Naval Air
Engineering
Center Lakehurst
39.58
Naval Weapons
(New Jersey Turnpike, I-95) Station Earle
SB-1
Naval Air
Engineering
Center Lakehurst
McGuire Air
Force Base

ROAD
FROM MILEPOST
TO MILEPOST
FACILITY
U.S. Rt. 206

(Burlington &
Mercer Co.)
N.J. Route 440
(Middlesex Co.)
33.64
(N.J. Rt. 68)
39.63
(I-295)
Fort Dix
0.00
(New Jersey
Turnpike, I-95)
106.39
(N.J. Rt. 36)
2.06
(U.S. Route 9)
Fort Monmouth
27.40
(Rt. 68)
25.36
(N.J. Rt. 70)
28.38
(Co. Rt. 545)
29.99
(Naval Air Engineering
Center Lakehurst)
6.94
(Co. Rt. 537)
McGuire Air
Force Base
Naval Air
Engineering
Center Lakehurst
McGuire Air
Force Base
14.05
(U.S. Route 130)
27.36
(N.J. Rt. 35) and
McGuire Air
Force Base
Fort Monmouth
0.81
(Naval Air Engineering
Center Lakehurst)
2.48
(Co. Rt. 545)
Naval Air
Engineering
Center Lakehurst
McGuire Air
Force Base
0.32
(North Fleet Avenue)
Port of New
York & New
Jersey
Port of New
York & New
Jersey
Port of New
York & New
Jersey
Port of New
York & New
Jersey
Garden State
Parkway
(Monmouth &
Middlesex Co.)
Co. Rt. 537
(Burlington Co.)
Co. Rt. 539
(Ocean Co.)
Co. Rt. 545
(Burlington Co.)
Co. Rt. 545
(Burlington Co.)
Co. Rt. 547
(Wycoff Road)
(Monmouth Co.)
Co. Rt. 547
(Ocean Co.)
Co. Rt. 680
(Burlington Co.)
4.50
(McGuire Air
Force Base)
13.78
(U.S. Rt. 206)
27.08
(N.J. Rt. 36)
0.00
(N.J. Rt. 70)
129.72
Fort Monmouth
(New Jersey Turnpike, I-95)
Corbin Street
(Union Co.)
0.00
(McGuire Air
Force Base)
0.00
(Lyle King Blvd.)
Lyle King Blvd.

(Union Co.)
0.00
(Corbin Street)
0.50
(McLester Street)
McLester Street
(Union Co.)
0.00
(North Avenue
East)
1.45
(New Jersey
Turnpike Exit
13A)
1.00
(Lyle King Blvd.)
North Avenue East

(Union Co.)
2.46
(McLester Street)
SB-2

ROAD
FROM MILEPOST
TO MILEPOST
FACILITY
Port Street
(Essex Co.)
0.76
(New Jersey
Turnpike Exit 14)
0.00
(Corbin Street)
1.59
(Port Newark)
New Port of
New York &
New Jersey
Port of New
York & New
Jersey
North Fleet
Avenue
(Union Co.)
0.10
(Port Newark)
SB-3
SB-4
SB-5
SB-6
SB-7
SB-8
SB-9
SB-10
APPENDIX C
COAST GUARD JURISDICTION
Coast Guard Jurisdiction

First and Fifth Coast Guard Districts
New Jersey
The First and Fifth Coast Guard Districts include all of the State of New Jersey.
The First Coast Guard District includes that portion of New Jersey north of 30 57 north
latitude, east of 74 27 west longitude, and northeast of a line from 39 57 north, 74 27 west
northwest to the New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania boundaries at Tristate; thence,
southwesterly along a long line bearing 219 T to the point of intersection 36 43 north latitude,
67 30 west longitude with a line bearing 122 T from the New Jersey shoreline at 39 57 north
latitude (in the vicinity of Toms River, New Jersey); thence, northwesterly along this line to the
coast. The Fifth Coast Guard District includes the rest of New Jersey south of the above noted
limits.
The following list makes no attempt to delimit the jurisdiction of the Coast Guard under the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act. Navigable Waters of the United States and navigable
waters, as used in sections 311 and 312 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as
amended, 33 U.S.C. 1321 and 1322, mean:
(1)
(2)
Navigable waters of the United States as defined in the following paragraph and all
waters within the United States tributary thereto; and
Other waters over which the Federal Government may exercise Constitutional
authority.
Unless noted otherwise, each entry in the following list represents solely the opinion of the Coast
Guard as to the extent of its own jurisdiction and no entry represents in any way an opinion as to
the extent of the jurisdiction of the United States or any of its other agencies. The extent of the
jurisdiction of the United States can be conclusively determined only by judicial or legislative
processes.
Unless there is a judicial or legislative decision to the contrary for a specific body of water, the
Coast Guard considers the following waters subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction whether
or not they are named in the following list:
SC-1
(1) Navigable waters of the United States. The following waters are included unless
Congress has specifically designated an area or body of water not to be navigable
water of the United States:
(a) Territorial seas of the United States. The territorial sea consists of a belt, three
nautical miles wide, that is adjacent to the coast and seaward of the territorial sea
baseline.
(b) Internal waters of the United States that are subject to tidal influence. The
shoreward limit is the line of the shore reached by the plane of mean high water. If
the limit of jurisdiction in a bay or estuary is determined by the limit of tidal
influence, general jurisdiction extends only so far as the area is subject to
inundation by mean high waters. (General jurisdiction may extend beyond and the
limit of tidal influence on the basis of one or more of the following tests).
(c) Internal waters of the United States not subject to tidal influence that:
(i) Are or have been used, or are or have been susceptible for use, by themselves
or in connection with other waters, as highways for substantial interstate or
foreign commerce, not withstanding natural or man-made obstructions that
require portage, or
(ii) A governmental or non-governmental body, having expertise in waterway
improvement, determines to be capable of improvement at a reasonable cost (a
favorable balance between cost and need) to provide, by themselves or in
connection with other waters, highways for substantial interstate or foreign
commerce.
(2) Other waters that are located on lands, owned by the United States, with respect to
which jurisdiction has been accepted in accordance with 33 U.S.C. 733 by the
authorized federal officer having custody, control, or other authority over them.
(3) Other waters that are located on lands, owned by the United States, with respect to
which the United States retains concurrent or exclusive jurisdiction from the date that
the State in which the lands are located entered the Union.
General jurisdiction over a body of water which is not subject to tidal influence
extends to the ordinary high water mark. The plane of ordinary high water will
normally extend some distance into sources of a body of water. For this reason,
general Coast Guard jurisdiction may extend some distance into sources which are
otherwise not subject to such jurisdiction.
All entries on the following list are subject to change for good reason. (one common
reason is discovery or additional information dealing with the use of water in the past
as a highway for substantial interstate or foreign commerce).
SC-2
An opinion that a body of water is not subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction
applies to all of its sources that do not separately meet one of the above tests. If a
body of water is subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction, separate decisions must
be made for that part of each tributary above the plane of ordinary high water of the
body subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction.
There are many bodies of water for which no opinion has yet been formed as to the
extent of general Coast Guard jurisdiction. If a need arises for such an opinion for a
body of water not covered by one of the opinions in the following list, inquiry may be
made to:
Commander
Fifth Coast Guard District
431 Crawford Street
Portsmouth, Virginia 23704
(757) 398-6628
Commander
First Coast Guard District
Battery Park Building
New York, New York 10004
(212) 668-7165
Information included with the inquiry that is relevant to the tests given above
will expedite an opinion.
SC-3
NAMED BODIES OF WATER

FIRST COAST GUARD DISTRICT
ALEXAUKEN CREEK (Added 17 October 1977)
Hunterdon County
3N-318/061-77
Flows into the DELAWARE RIVER
NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction
ASSUNPINK CREEK
Mercer and Monmouth Counties
050-76
BEAVER DAM BROOK (Added March 1985)
Morris County
NV-1010-84
Flows into the POMPTOM RIVER
BLACK BROOK (Added 17 July 1980)
Morris County
16211/NJ
Flows into WHIPPANY RIVER
NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction.
BRANCHPORT CREEK (Added 11 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-321/083-78
Flows into SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from SHREWSBURY RIVER to the limit
of tidal influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence)
CAVENS CREEK (Added 12 September 1977)
Hudson County
050-77
Adjacent to UPPER NEW YORK BAY
SC-4
CHEESEQUAKE CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)

Middlesex County
3N-335/071-78
Flows into RARITAN BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from RARITAN BAY to limit of tidal influence
(essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence)
COLES BROOK
Bergen County
3N-171/100-76
Flows into HACKENSACK RIVER
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction at least to limit of tidal influence (upstream of
Hackensack Avenue bridge)
COMPTON CREEK (Added to 10 January 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-301/006-78
Flows into SANDY HOOK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point upstream of
Route 36 (mile 2.1) and downstream to the confluence of Mill and Town Brook (mile 2.7)
CROOKED BROOK (Added March 1985)
Morris County
NV-1010-84
Flows into the ROCKAWAY RIVER
CROSSWICKS CREEK
Burlington, Mercer, Monmouth, and Ocean Counties
007-76
Flows into DELAWARE RIVER
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (in Groveville at about mile
4.0)
DEBBIES CREEK (Added 26 December 1979)
Monmouth County
3N-305/011-79
Flows into MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from MANASQUAN RIVER to limit of
tidal influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence).
SC-5
DEEP RUN (Amended 1 February 1978)

Middlesex County
035-76
Flows into SOUTH RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN
BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (in the immediate vicinity
of the Route 516 crossing at about mile 1.1).
DELAWARE AND RARITAN CANAL including FEEDER CANAL (Added 1 May 1978)
Hunterdon, Mercer, Middlesex, and Somerset Counties
067-77
Connects DELAWARE RIVER and RARITAN RIVER
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction. The U.S. District Court for the District of New
Jersey considered the canal navigable water of the United States subject to general Coast Guard
jurisdiction in Citizens' Committee for Environmental Protection v. U.S., 11 ERC 1916 (1978)
DELAWARE RIVER
Flows into the DELAWARE BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction.
DOCTORS BROOK (Added July 1984)
Mercer County
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (a point between the Route
156 bridge crossing at mile 0.5 and approximate mile 1.0).
DUHERNAL LAKE
Middlesex County
3N-198/106-76
Flows to SOUTH RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN
BAY.
DUKES BROOK (Added 29 March 1978)
Somerset County
3N-352/037-78
Flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY
SC-6
DUNDEE CANAL (Added 7 April 1983)

Passaic County
NV-1001-83
Flows into the PASSAIC RIVER
EAST CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-329/078-78
the Route 36 crossing and downstream of the Union Avenue crossing (about mile 0.8)
ELIZABETH RIVER (Added 20 April 1977)
Union and Essex Counties
3N-243/018-177
Flows into ARTHUR KILL
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of Central
Railroad of New Jersey crossing at mile 3.26)
FLAT CREEK
Monmouth County
3N-191/121-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 1.5).
FLAT CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Middlesex County
3N-335/074-78
Connected at two points to CHEESEQUAKE CREEK which flows into RARITAN BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from CHEESEQUAKE CREEK to limit of tidal
influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence)
FRANKLIN LAKE (FRANKLIN POND CREEK) (Added 4 December 1986)
Sussex County
NV-001-86
Flows into WALLKILL RIVER which flows into RONDOUT CREEK which flows into
HUDSON RIVER
SC-7
FRANKS CREEK (Added 31 December 1975)

Hudson County
3276-3N-039
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 1.4)
GREAT DITCH (Added 14 August 1978)
Union County
3N-378/053-78
Connected to NEWARK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only between NEWARK BAY and limit of tidal
influence (about mile 1.5)
GREEN BROOK
Middlesex, Somerset, and Union Counties
3N-044/079-76
GREENWOOD LAKE
Passaic County
HACKENSACK RIVER (Added 7 March 1977)
Bergen and Hudson Counties
3N-227/016-77
Flows into NEWARK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from NEWARK BAY to at least the confluence of
COLES BROOK. NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction upstream of mile 21.5 on
west (main) branch and mile 21.8 on east branch (first dam upstream of New Milford Avenue in
each case). Advance approval has been given for bridges upstream of the Anderson Street/Cedar
Lane crossing at mile 17.3
JACKSONBURG CREEK
Warren County
3N-196/114-76
Flows into PAULINS KILL which flows into DELAWARE RIVER
LAKE COMO (Added 20 December 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-401/119-78
Drains into ATLANTIC OCEAN
SC-8
LAMINGTON RIVER (BROOK) (Added 14 July 1976)

Somerset and Hunterdon Counties
3260/ND-069-76
LAWRENCE BROOK (CREEK)
Middlesex County
017-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (Weston Mill Pond dam at
mile 0.9)
LEFFERTS LAKE
Monmouth County
NV-1003-84
Flows into MATAWAN CREEK
LITTLE NISHISAKAWICK CREEK (Added 3 October 1977)
Hunterdon County
3N-252/058-77
See also NISHISAKAWICK CREEK
LITTLE SILVER CREEK (Added 11 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-325/082-78
Flows into SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point between the
Prospect Avenue crossing at mile 1.35 and the Willow Road crossing mile 1.75)
LONG NECK CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-334/076-78
Flows into WHALE CREEK which flows into RARITAN BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (mile 0.3 which is
downstream of Route 35 crossing)
SC-9
LUPPATATONG CREEK (Added 11 September 1978)

Monmouth County
3N-330/087-78
Flows into KEYPORT HARBOR which is part of RARITAN BAY which is connected to
ATLANTIC OCEAN
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point downstream of
the Gerard Avenue crossing at mile 1.25)
MANALAPAN BROOK
Middlesex and Monmouth Counties
3N-198/106-76
Flows into DUHERNAL LAKE which flows into SOUTH RIVER which flows into RARITAN
RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY
MATAWAN CREEK (Added 1 February 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-332/025-78
Flows into KEYPORT HARBOR which is part of RARITAN BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (spillway at mile 2.8 which
forms LAKE LEFFERTS)
MCCLEES CREEK (Added 11 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-323/080-78
Flows into NAVESINK RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY
HASKELL POND which is at about mile 1.6)
MELVINS CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Middlesex County
3N-355/073-78
Flows into CHEESEQUAKE CREEK which flows into RARITAN BAY
influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence).
MIDDLE BROOK
Somerset County
3N-169/084-76
SC-10
MILE RUN (Added 4 December 1978)

Somerset and Middlesex Counties
3N-295/112-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point downstream
(north) of the south side of the DELAWARE and RARITAN CANAL).
MILLSTONE River (Added 18 October 1977)
Hunterdon, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth and Somerset Counties
3N-045/065-77
Flows into the RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY
MORRIS CANAL
053-76
NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction. MORRIS CANAL is abandoned
MORSES CREEK (Added 3 January 1978)
Union County
3N-014/001-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (dam at about mile 1.5
which forms the Standard Oil Company Reservoir)
MUSCONETCONG RIVER (Added 20 December 1978)
Morris, Sussex, Hunterdon, and Warren Counties
3N-385/116-78
NAVESINK RIVER (Swimming River)
Monmouth County
3N-206/118-76
Flows into SANDY HOOK BAY
NAVESINK RIVER/SWIMMING RIVER
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only to the limit of tidal influence (dam at Swimming
River Reservoir at about mile 12.8).
NISHISAKAWICK CREEK (Added 3 October 1977)
Hunterdon County
3N-252/059-77
See also LITTLE NISHISAKAWICK CREEK
SC-11
OCEANPORT CREEK (Amended 11 September 1978)

Monmouth County
085-78
Flows into the SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from the SHREWSBURY RIVER to limit to tidal
influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence)
OVERPECK CREEK (Added 12 June 1979)
Bergen County
3N-413/010-79
Flows into HACKENSACK RIVER which flows into NEWARK BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from HACKENSACK RIVER to limit of past
use for substantial interstate or foreign commerce (mile 4.7 which is in the vicinity of Cedar
Lane and downstream of the Route 4 crossing).
PARKERS CREEK BRANCH (Added 6 June 1977)
Monmouth County
3N-233/026-77
Flows into PARKERS CREEK which flows into SHREWSBURY RIVER
the Route 35 crossing).
PASSAIC RIVER
052-76
Flows into NEWARK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from NEWARK BAY to North Straight
Street bridge at mile 23.8
PAULINS KILL (Amended 3 October 1977)
Warren and Sussex Counties
3N-196/115-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from the Delaware River to a point immediately
downstream of Route 610 crossing at Stillwater (about mile 19.6). Federal jurisdiction has been
exercised over YARDS CREEK PS Upper and PS Lower Dams.
PEAPACK BROOK (Added 16 June 1976)
Morris and Somerset Counties
3260/ND-046-76
Flows into the NORTH BRANCH OF RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER
which flows into RARITAN BAY.
SC-12
PEDDIE DITCH (BOUND CREEK) (Added 5 September 1978)

Essex and Union Counties
3N-359/068-78
Flows into ELIZABETH CHANNEL which is part of NEWARK BAY.
the AMTRAK crossing at mile 5.40).
PEMBERTON CREEK (Added 11 October 1977)
Monmouth County
3N-037/060-77
Flows into OCEANPORT CREEK which flows into the SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows
into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only between OCEANPORT CREEK and the limit
of tidal influence (some point upstream of the new Oceanport Avenue alignment).
PENHORN CREEK
Hudson County
020-76
Flows into HACKENSACK RIVER which flows into NEWARK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from HACKENSACK RIVER to at least the limit of
tidal influence (about mile 3.1).
PEQUEST RIVER (Added 20 December 1978)
Sussex and Warren Counties
3N-383/117-78
Flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
PEQUANNOCK RIVER (Added 18 October 1977)
Morris, Passaic and Sussex Counties
066-77
Joins the RAMAPO RIVER to form the POMPTON RIVER which flows into the PASSAIC
RIVER which flows into NEWARK BAY.
PETERS BROOK
Somerset County
059-76
Flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY.
SC-13
PILES CREEK
Union County
Advance Approval has been given for bridges upstream of the railroad bridge at about mile 0.2.
PINE BROOK (Added 11 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-300/088-78
Flows into SWIMMING RIVER which flows into NAVESINK RIVER which flows into
SANDY HOOK BAY.
Tinton Avenue crossing).
PLATTY KILL CREEK (Added 23 March 1978)
Hudson County
079-77
Connected to KILL VAN KULL.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from KILL VAN KULL to at least the limit of tidal
influence (dam forming oil skimming pond).
POCHUCK CREEK (Added 4 December 1986)
Sussex County
NV-002-86
Flows into WALLKILL RIVER which flows into RONDOUT CREEK which flows into
HUDSON RIVER.
POHATCONG CREEK (Added 3 October 1977)
Warren County
3N-236/056-77
POMPTON RIVER
Morris and Passaic Counties
052-76
Flows into PASSAIC RIVER which flows into NEWARK BAY.
SC-14
POPLAR BROOK (Added 6 October 1978)

Monmouth County
3N-382/093-78
Flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 0.0 because of
slope of stream bed at mouth of brook).
PORICY BROOK (Added 11 September 1978
Monmouth County
3N-324/081-78
Flows into NAVESINK RIVER which follows into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only between NAVESINK RIVER and limit of tidal
influence (spillway at about mile 0.4 which forms PORICY POND).
RAHWAY RIVER (Added 22 July 1977)
Essex, Middlesex and Union Counties
3N-086/036-77
Flows into ARTHUR KILL.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to immediate vicinity of St. Georges Avenue
crossing. (Jurisdictional status of that crossing in undetermined). There is tidal influence to
abut mile 5.5. The jurisdictional status of the RAHWAY RIVER between the limit tidal
influence and the immediate vicinity of the St. Georges Avenue crossing is undetermined.
RAMAPO RIVER
Bergen and Passaic Counties
052-76
Flows into POMPTON RIVER which flows into PASSAIC RIVER which flows into NEWARK
BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from POMPTON RIVER to mile 2.3 (Pompton
Steel Works).
RARITAN RIVER (Amended 20 January 1978)
082-77
Flows into RARITAN BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from RARITAN BAY to the confluence of the
NORTH BRANCH RARITAN RIVER and SOUTH BRANCH RARITAN RIVER (mile 30.2).
The branches are NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction.
SC-15
ROCKAWAY RIVER (Added March 1984)

Morris County
NV-1010-84
Flows into the PASSAIC RIVER which flows into NEWARK BAY.
ROCKY BROOK (Added 9 August 1988)
Mercer County
3N-045/065-77
Flows into MILLSTONE RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into
RARITAN BAY.
SADDLE RIVER
Bergen County
3N-192/131-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (rapids upstream of
Midland Avenue Bridge).
SHABAKUNK CREEK (Added 19 October 1984)
Mercer County
Flows into ASSUNPINK CREEK which flows into the DELAWARE RIVER.
SHARK RIVER (Added 2 January 1979)
Monmouth County
3N-407/001-79
Flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from ATLANTIC OCEAN to limit of tidal
influence (some point upstream of Brighton Road (mile 2.95) and downstream of Remsen Mill
Road (mile 3.85)).
SHREWSBURY RIVER
Monmouth County
3N-233/026-77
Flows along NAVESINK RIVER into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from SANDY HOOK BAY to at least the limit of
tidal influence (essentially entire river is subject to tidal influence).
SHIPETAUKIN CREEK (Added 9 August 1988)
Mercer County
NV-1002-86
Flows into ASSUNPINK CREEK which flows into the DELAWARE RIVER.
SC-16
SOUTH BEAVER BROOK (Added March 1985)

Morris County
NV-1010-84
Flows into POMPTON RIVER which flows into the PASSAIC RIVER which flows into
NEWARK BAY.
SOUTH RIVER
Middlesex County
3N-198/107-76
Flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only to limit of tidal influence (dam at DUHERNAL
LAKE). See also DUHERNAL LAKE and MANALAPAN BROOK.
SPRUCE RUN CREEK (Added 9 August 1988)
Hunterdon County
NV-1004-86
Flows into SPRUCE RUN RESERVOIR which flows into SOUTH BRANCH RARITAN
RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY.
STONY BROOK (Added July 1984)
Mercer County
NV-1004-84
Flows into the MILLSTONE RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into
RARITAN BAY.
STUMP CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Middlesex County
3N-335/072-78
Flows into CHEESEQUAKE CREEK which flows into RARITAN BAY.
influence (essentially entire creek is subject to tidal influence).
SWIMMING RIVER
Monmouth County
3N-206/118-76
Flows into NAVESINK RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (dam at Swimming River
Reservoir).
SC-17
SYLVAN LAKE (Added 20 December 1978)

Monmouth County
3N-400/118-78
Drains into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
TENNENT BROOK (Amended 1 February 1978)
Middlesex County
3N-034/034-76
Flows into SOUTH RIVER which flows into RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN
BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (dam at mile 1.2 which
forms TENNENT POND).
THIRD RIVER
Passaic County
Advance Approval has been given for bridges from the PASSAIC RIVER to the dam located
about 2,320 feet from the mouth of THIRD RIVER.
TONYS BROOK (Added February 1985)
Essex County
NV-1005-84
Flows into the SECOND RIVER.
TURTLE BROOK (Added 3 March 1977)
Middlesex County
3N-226/015-77
Flows into WOODBRIDGE CREEK which flows into ARTHUR KILL.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (at least 0.3 miles
downstream of Blair Road crossing).
TURTLE MILL BROOK (Added 11 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-321/084-78
Flows into BRANCHPORT CREEK which flows into SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows
into SANDY HOOK BAY.
the Oceanport Avenue crossing).
SC-18
UNNAMED TRIBUTARY (Added 6 June 1977)

Monmouth County
028-77
Stream flowing into PARKERS CREEK BRANCH from the north.
Subject to general Coast guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point downstream of
Route 35 crossing).
UNNAMED TRIBUTARY (Added 6 June 1977)
Monmouth County
027-77
Stream with WAMPUM BROOK as a source and flowing to PARKERS CREEK BRANCH
from the south.
the Route 35 crossing and upstream of the North Drive crossing).
UNNAMED TRIBUTARY (Added 17 October 1977)
Hunterdon County
062-77
Stream flowing into the DELAWARE AND RARITAN CANAL at Brookville.
UNNAMED TRIBUTARY (Added 29 March 1978)
Somerset County
3N-352/038-78
Stream flowing into the RARITAN RIVER from north 0.4 miles upstream of the Route 206
crossing
VALHALLA BRANCH OF CROOKED BROOK (Added March 1985)
Morris County
NV-1010-84
Flows into the CROOKED BROOK which flows into ROCKAWAY RIVER which flows into
PASSAIC RIVER.
WAACKAACK CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-327/079-78
the Monroe Avenue crossing and downstream of the Route 36 crossing (about mile 1.3)).
SC-19
WAGNER CREEK (Added 10 January 1978)

Monmouth County
3N-302/007-78
Flows into SANDY HOOK BAY.
Center Avenue (600 feet above the mouth) and downstream of West Highland Avenue (1,400
feet above the mouth)).
WALLKILL RIVER (Added 2 February 1977)
Sussex County
3N-163/082-76
Flows into RONDOUT CREEK which flows into HUDSON RIVER.
WAMPUM BROOK
Monmouth County
3N-217/132-76
Flows into PARKERS CREEK BRANCH which flows into PARKERS CREEK which flows
into SHREWSBURY RIVER which flows into SANDY HOOK BAY.
WANAQUE RIVER ( Added 9 September 1977)
Passaic County
3N-150/049-77
Flows from GREENWOOD LAKE to the PEQUANNOCK RIVER.
WASHINGTON CANAL (Added 17 June 1977)
Middlesex County
3N-268/031-77
Flows into the RARITAN RIVER which flows into RARITAN BAY.
WEST BROOK
Passaic County
3N-150/049-77
Flows into the WANAQUE LAKE.
SC-20
WHALE CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)

Middlesex and Monmouth Counties
3N-334/075-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (mile 1.75 which is
upstream of the Route 35 crossing and downstream of the New York and Long Branch Railroad
crossing).
WHALE POND BROOK (Added 6 October 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-381/092-78
Flows through a pipe into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (waterfall at about mile
0.1).
WHIPPANY RIVER (Added 15 April 1975)
Morris County
WILKSON CREEK (Added 8 September 1978)
Monmouth County
3N-331/077-78
Flows into MATAWAN CREEK which flows into KEYPORT HARBOR which is part of
RARITAN BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (mile 0.9 which is just
downstream of the Garden State Parkway crossing).
WOODBRIDGE CREEK (Added 5 July 1978)
Middlesex County
3N-349/056-78
Flows into ARTHUR KILL.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from ARTHUR KILL to limit of tidal influence
(some point upstream of the Reading Railroad crossing (about mile 3.5)).
WRECK POND BROOK (Added 17 October 1977)
Monmouth County
3N-306/064-77
Flows into WRECK POND which is connected to the ATLANTIC OCEAN through a pipe.
the confluence of HANNABRAND BROOK).
SC-21
YARDS CREEK
Warren County
Flows into PAULINS KILL which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
Federal jurisdiction has been exercised over YARDS CREEK PS Upper and PS Lower Dams.
SC-22
NAMED BODIES OF WATER

FIFTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT
ALLOWAY CREEK (Added 25 November 1977)

Salem County
3N-242/077-77
Flows into the DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard Jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (outlet of ALLOWAY
LAKE at about mile 15.7).
ASSISCUNK CREEK (Added 18 April 1978)
Burlington County
3N-266/047-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point between the
Skeales Bridge Road (Neck Road) crossing (mile 2.7) and the Old York Road crossing (mile
4.10)).
BATSTO RIVER
Burlington County
003-76
Flows into MULLICA RIVER which flows into GREAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from MULLICA RIVER to upstream end of
BATSTO POND (3.0).
BEAVER BROOK
Camden County
3N-212/001-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of mile 0.8
which is downstream of New Jersey Turnpike crossing about 0.5 mile west of Black Horse Pike).
BEAVERDAM CREEK (Added 6 June 1977)
Ocean County
3N-246/025-77
Flows into BARNEGAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from BARNEGAT BAY to limit of tidal
influence (a short distance upstream of a line connecting Cherokee Lane and Meridian Drive).
SC-23
BIDWELLS DITCH (Added 22 August 1986)

Cape May County
Listed in COMDTPUB P16590.1 Bridges over Navigable Waters of the United States.
Flows into the DELAWARE BAY.
BLACKS CREEK (Added 18 April 1978)
Burlington County
3N-262/049-78
the Route 130 crossing (mile 1.5) and downstream of Route 206 crossing (mile 2.3)).
BLACKWATER BRANCH (Added 2 August 1988)
Cumberland County
NV-1004-84
Flows into MAURICE RIVER.
BOUNDARY CREEK (Added 18 April 1978)
Burlington County
3N-262/048-78
Flows into RANCOCAS CREEK.
the Creek Road crossing (mile 0.5)).
CAPE ISLAND CREEK (Added 2 August 1988)
Cape May County
NV-1012-84
Flows into CAPE MAY HARBOR.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction in its entirety.
CEDAR BRIDGE BRANCH
Ocean County
067-76
Flows into METEDECONK RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of Route
70/Rockefeller Memorial Highway Bridge at mile 1.5).
SC-24
CEDAR CREEK (Added 2 August 1988)

Cumberland County
NV-1011-84
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction up to approximate mile 5.4, just downstream of the
Mulford Avenue crossing.
CEDAR CREEK (Added 2 August 1988)
Cumberland County
Listed in COMDTPUB P16590.1
Flows into DIVIDING CREEK.
CEDAR SWAMP CREEK
Cape May County
Flows into TUCKAHOE RIVER which flows into GREAT EGG HARBOR BAY.
Advance Approval has been given for bridges upstream of the downstream (north) side of the
Tuckahoe Road crossing.
CHANDLERS RUN (Added 2 August 1988)
Camden County
NV-1005-84
Flows into COOPER RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction at least to a point upstream of the Route 130 crossing
inside a pipe upstream of the Route 130 crossing.
CHESTNUT BRANCH (Added 3 March 1978)
Gloucester County
3N-365/033-78
Flows into MANTUA CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
the crossing by Breakneck Road between Barnsboro and Sewell).
COHANSEY RIVER
Cumberland and Salem Counties
3N-204/113-76
Flows into DELAWARE BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (between Sunset Lake and
Washington Street bridge).
COOL RUN
Salem County
3N-242/077-77 (Alloway Creek)
Flows into ALLOWAY CREEK.
SC-25
COOPER RIVER (Amended 6 September 1977)

Camden County
3N-197/133-76, 047-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from DELAWARE RIVER to the confluence of the
NORTH BRANCH COOPER RIVER (mile 7.5).
COOPER RIVER (NORTH BRANCH) (Added 6 September 1977)
Camden County
16591/ND-047-77
Flows into COOPER RIVER.
CRAFTS CREEK (Added 13 April 1978)
Burlington County
3N-263/042-78
the U.S. 130 crossing and downstream of the Old York Road crossing).
CROOKED CREEK (Added 15 February 1978)
Cape May County
3N-319/026-78
Connected to a number of tidal waters which have names.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only where subject to tidal influence. The limit of
tidal influence is at some point upstream of Stone Harbor Boulevard (County Road 29) and
downstream of the Garden State Parkway.
CROSSWICKS CREEK
Burlington, Mercer, Monmouth and Ocean Counties
007-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (in Groveville at about mile
4.0.).
DELAWARE RIVER
Flows into DELAWARE BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction
SC-26
DIAMOND LAKE/HOSPITALITY BRANCH (Added February 1985)

Gloucester County
NV-1009-84
DIAMOND LAKE flows into HOSPITALITY BRANCH which is a tributary to GREAT EGG
HARBOR RIVER.
DIAS CREEK (Added 18 August 1977)
Cape May County
3N-245/045-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence. DIAS CREEK has two
sources upstream of the Route 47 crossing. The source flowing from a northerly direction is
subject to tidal influence to some point upstream of a point about 500 feet upstream of the Potato
Island Road (also called Springers Mill Road) crossing and downstream of the Dias Creek Road
crossing. The source flowing from a southerly direction is subject to tidal influence to some
point upstream of a point about 1,000 feet upstream of the Route 47 crossing and downstream of
the Indian Trail Road (Spur 585) crossing.
DIVIDING CREEK (Added 2 August 1988)
Cumberland County
Listed in COMDTPUB P16590.1 Bridges over Navigable Waters of the United States.
Flows into MAURICE RIVER.
EAST CREEK (Added 10 March 1977)
Cape May County
3N-228/017-77
Flows into DELAWARE BAY. (Some maps show EAST CREEK flowing into ROARING
DITCH which flows into DENNIS CREEK which flows into DELAWARE BAY).
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 4.4 which is
downstream of East Creek Mill Road and upstream of Delsea Drive (Route 47)).
EDWARDS RUN
Gloucester County
022-076
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from MANUTA CREEK to at least limit of tidal
influence (upstream of New Jersey Turnpike crossing - immediately upstream of NJTPK bridge
at mile 1.4).
SC-27
FORTESCUE CREEK (Added 27 June 1977)

Cumberland County
3N-240/034-77
GAME CREEK (Added 17 August 1981)
Salem County
3N-304/028-78
Flows into SALEM RIVER
GARRETTS DITCH (Added 8 December 1977)
Atlantic County
3N-237/042-77
Connected to ABSECON BAY which is connected to the ATLANTIC OCEAN.
GOOSE CREEK (Amended 28 April 1976)
Ocean County
130-76, 128-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from BARNEGAT BAY to at least the limit of tidal
influence (upstream (west) of Fischer Boulevard). Tidal canal connected to the south side of
GOOSE CREEK and ending at Wood Street near Beachview Drive is subject to general Coast
Guard jurisdiction. (The tidal storm sewer running under Wood Street, Beachview Drive and
Fischer Boulevard from the end of this canal is not a culvert and not subject to general Coast
Guard jurisdiction).
GREAT EGG HARBOR RIVER (Amended 21 February 1979)
Atlantic, Camden and Gloucester Counties
3N-241/039-77
Flows into GREAT EGG HARBOR
NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction upstream of the point where vessels were
loaded at the Weymouth Furnace (some point downstream of the County Road 40 crossing) to
carry material to Mays Landing. The limit of tidal influence is at the dam near Mays Landing
which forms Lake Lenape. The jurisdictional status of the GREAT EGG HARBOR RIVER
between the limit of tidal influence and Weymouth is undetermined.
SC-28
HAYNES CREEK
Burlington County
3N-170/085-76
Flows into SOUTHWEST BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into SOUTH
BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK with flows into RANCOCAS CREEK with flows into
DELAWARE RIVER. Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from SOUTHWEST
BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK to at least the dam at Oliphants Mills.
HOLMES CREEK (Added 15 February 1978)
Cape May County
3N-319/027-78
Flows into HOLMES COVE which is part of GREAT SOUND.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only between GREAT SOUND and limit of tidal
influence (some point upstream of the Garden State Parkway at mile 0.8 and downstream of
Route 9 (Seashore Road) at mile 1.1).
INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY (Added 2 November 1978)
Ocean, Atlantic and Cape May Counties
101-78
Connected to ATLANTIC OCEAN.
JEFFREYS CREEK
Ocean County
3N-199/122-76
Flows into TOMS RIVER which flows into BARNEGAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of Point
Pleasant Road crossing).
KENDLES RUN (Added 7 March 1979)
Burlington County
3N-407/009-79
Flows into RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
downstream (north) of the Creek Road crossing).
KETTLE CREEK (Added 31 January 1977)
Ocean County
3N-218/008-77
Plows into BARNEGAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of IRISADO
LAKE).
SC-29
LAKE MARTHA (Added 27 June 1977)

Gloucester County
3N-290/033-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from the DELAWARE RIVER to at least the limit of
tidal influence.
LAUREL RUN (Added 13 July 1978)
Burlington County
3N-259/063-78
mile 0.25 and downstream of the Creek Road crossing at mile 0.52).
LITTLE CREEK (Added 15 October 1987)
Burlington County
NV-0120-76
Flows into SOUTHWEST BRANCH OF RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into SOUTH
BRANCH OF RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into
DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction at least to limit of tidal influence (some point
between the mouth at mile 0.0 and Eayrestown Road crossing at approximately mile 0.7).
LITTLE EASE RUN (Added 9 August 1988)
Gloucester County
3N-369/040-78
Flows into STILL RUN which flows into MAURICE RIVER which flows into DELAWARE
BAY.
LONG BRANCH CREEK (Added 2 August 1988)
Salem County
NV-1003-86
Flows through SILVER LAKE MEADOW into ALLOWAY CREEK.
LONG SWAMP CREEK (Added 6 October 1978)
Ocean County
3N-398/094-78
Flows into TOMS RIVER which flows into BARNEGAT BAY
downstream of Washington Street crossing).
SC-30
MANASQUAN RIVER (Added 11 January 1978)

Monmouth and Ocean Counties
3N-305/008-78
Flows into the ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from the ATLANTIC OCEAN to the point where
boats were loaded at the Howell Furnace which is in the restored village in Allaire State Park
(about mile 8.7). NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction upstream of that point.
MANTUA CREEK (Amended 3 March 1978)
Gloucester County
3N-365/032-78
Flows into DELAWARE RIVER. Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from
DELAWARE RIVER to limit of tidal influence (some point upstream of the Mantua Avenue
crossing (mile 8.5) and downstream of the Glassboro Road crossing (mile 10.8)). NOT subject
to general Coast Guard jurisdiction upstream of a point immediately downstream of the
Glassboro Road crossing.
MASONS CREEK (Added 2 June 1977)
Burlington County
3N-238/023-77
Flows into SOUTH BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into RANCOCAS CREEK
which flows into the DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about 1,500 feet
downstream of Marne Highway crossing).
MAURICE RIVER (Amended 29 March 1978)
Cumberland, Gloucester and Salem Counties
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from DELAWARE BAY to the dam forming
UNION LAKE.
MENANTICO CREEK
Atlantic and Cumberland Counties
019-76
Flows into MAURICE RIVER which flows into DELAWARE BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to at least the limit of tidal influence (about 0.7 miles
south of the New Jersey Route 49).
SC-31
METEDECONK RIVER
063-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (between Route 70 and the
confluence of the North and South Branches).
MILL CREEK
Burlington County
025-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from RANCOCAS CREEK to at least the limit of
tidal influence (about mile 1.8).
MILL CREEK (Added 22 September 1978)
Ocean County
3N-395/089-78
Flows into LITTLE EGG HARBOR which is connected to ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (just downstream of the
Jennings Road crossing at about mile 2.6).
MONONGAHELA BROOK (Added 3 March 1978)
Gloucester County
3N-365/034-78
the Marian Avenue crossing near Wenonah).
MUD DIGGER DITCH (Added 3 March 1978)
Salem County
3N-304/029-78
Connected to SALEM RIVER through two underground pipes about 24 inches in diameter and
200 to 300 feet long. The pipes pass through a pumping station and have tide gates at their
SALEM RIVER ends.
MULLICA RIVER
Atlantic, Burlington and Camden Counties
008-76
Flows into GREAT BAY
about 1.1 miles upstream of Route 542 bridge at Pleasant Mills).
SC-32
NEWTON CREEK (Added 24 May 1977)

Camden County
3N-244/021-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from DELAWARE RIVER to at least limit of tidal
influence. NEWTON LAKE is NOT subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction. The limit of
tidal influence on the NORTH BRANCH is at some point upstream of the Interstate 76 crossing
(mile 0.8). The limit of tidal influence on the MAIN BRANCH or NEWTON CREEK is at some
point upstream of the U.S. Route 130 (mile 1.8) and downstream of NEWTON LAKE. The limit
of tidal influence on the SOUTH BRANCH is at some point upstream of the U.S. Route 130
crossing (mile 2.2).
NORTH BRANCH PENNSAUKEN CREEK (Added 5 July 1978)
Burlington County
3N-265/055-78
Flows into PENNSAUKEN CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (spillway just upstream of
the Main Street crossing in Maple Shade (mile 2.3)).
NORTH BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK (Amended 25 February 1977)
Burlington and Ocean Counties
3N-214/005-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to Mill Dam in Mount Holly.
OLDMANS CREEK
Gloucester and Salem Counties
016-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from DELAWARE RIVER to at least limit of tidal
influence (mile 12.2). Advance Approval has been given for bridges at and upstream from a
point 100 feet downstream from the existing county highway bridge at Auburn (Public Notice on
28 September 1966 following Public Notice of proposal on 28 July 1966).
ORANOAKEN CREEK (Added 19 August 1986)
Cumberland County
NV-1077-85
Flows into the DELAWARE BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to approximate mile 10.2.
SC-33
OSWEGO RIVER (Added 12 July 1978)

Burlington and Ocean Counties
3N-264/062-78
Joins WEST BRANCH WADING RIVER to form WADING RIVER which flows into
MULLICA RIVER which flows into GREAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (spillway just downstream
of the Chatsworth Road crossing (about mile 0.4)).
OYSTER CREEK (Added 10 December 1974)
Cumberland County
3274
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction in its entirely.
PARKERS CREEK (Added 31 January 1977 and Amended 31 May 1977)
Burlington County
3N-221/009-77
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (downstream of New Jersey
Turnpike crossing at about mile 1.4 and upstream of Centerton Road crossing at about mile 0.7).
PATCONG CREEK (Added 13 April 1978)
Atlantic County
3N-339/043-78
Flows into GREAT EGG HARBOR BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (spillway forming
BARGAINTOWN POND).
PENNSAUKEN CREEK (Added 15 March 1977)
Burlington and Camden Counties
3N-224/011-77
PENNSAUKEN CREEK (NORTH BRANCH)
Burlington County
ND-055-78
Flows into PENNSAUKEN CREEK which flows into the DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (spillway just upstream of
the Main Street crossing in Maple Shade - approximate mile 2.3).
SC-34
PENNSAUKEN CREEK (SOUTH BRANCH) (Added 15 March 1977)

Burlington and Camden Counties
3N-224/011-77
Flows into PENNSAUKEN CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from PENNSAUKEN CREEK to at least the limit of
tidal influence (upstream of mile 0.6).
PENROSE CANAL (NJ Intracoastal Waterway LATERAL EXTENSION)
Atlantic County
ND-101-78
Flows into BEACH THOROFARE
POLHEMUS BRANCH (Added 24 May 1977)
Ocean County
3N-248/020-77
Flows into KETTLE CREEK which flows into BARNEGAT BAY.
Hooper Avenue (Route 549)).
RACCOON CREEK (Amended 29 March 1978)
Gloucester County
3N-057/022-76
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only from DELAWARE RIVER to some point
upstream of Russell Mill Road (mile 9.9) and downstream of Tomlin Road (mile 11.2).
RANCOCAS CREEK
Burlington County
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction. See also NORTH BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK,
SOUTHWEST BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK AND SOUTH BRANCH RANCOCAS
CREEK.
REED BRANCH OF THE MAURICE RIVER (Added February 1985)
Gloucester County
NV-1009-84
Flows into the SHELL RUN
SC-35
SALEM CANAL (Added 3 March 1978)

Salem County
3N-304/031-78
Connects SALEM RIVER to DELAWARE RIVER
SALEM RIVER (Added 3 March 1978)
Salem County
3N-304/028-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from DELAWARE RIVER to the limit of past use
for substantial interstate or foreign commerce (vicinity of Sharptown). NOT subject to general
Coast Guard jurisdiction upstream of the Route 45 crossing near Woodstown.
SAWMILL CREEK
Ocean County
066-76
Flows into MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction only to limit of tidal influence (downstream of
Herbertsville Road crossing for NORTH BRANCH - upstream of Herbertsville Road crossing
for SOUTH BRANCH).
SILVER BAY (Added 21 January 1977)
Ocean County
129-76
SILVER BAY and two unnamed tributaries flowing under Fischer Boulevard are subject to
general Coast Guard jurisdiction from BARNEGAT BAY to at least the limit of tidal influence
(west of Fischer Boulevard for the tributaries).
SOUTH BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK (Amended 5 September 1978)
Burlington County
3N-170, 267/085-76,070-78
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from RANCOCAS CREEK to limit of past use for
substantial interstate or foreign commerce (floating of logs and lumber from as far upstream of
Vincentown at a point just downstream of the Route 643 crossing).
SOUTH CREEK (Added 9 August 1988)
Ocean County
Flows into WESTECUNK CREEK which flows into LITTLE EGG HARBOR.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (essentially the entire creek
is tidal).
SC-36
SOUTHWEST BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK

Burlington County
3N-170/085-76
Flows into SOUTH BRANCH RANCOCAS CREEK which flows into RANCOCAS CREEK
which flows into DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from RANCOCAS CREEK to a least the confluence
of HAYNES CREEK.
STILL RUN (Added 9 August 1988)
Gloucester County
3N-369/040-78
Flows into MAURICE RIVER which flows into DELAWARE BAY.
STOCKTON BROOK
Monmouth County
3N-180/101-76
Flows into STOCKTON LAKE which flows into WATSON CREEK which flows into
MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from STOCKTON LAKE to at least the limit of tidal
influence (upstream of New York and Long Branch Railroad crossing).
STOCKTON LAKE
Monmouth County
3N-180/101-76
Flows into WATSON CREEK which flows into MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into
ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general coast Guard jurisdiction.
STOW CREEK (Added 17 August 1981)
Cumberland and Salem Counties
NV-1002-84
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence at some point between the
Buckhorn Road bridge, mile 17.2 and the Jerico Road bridge, mile 18.5.
SWEDE RUN (Added 22 September 1978)
Burlington County
3N-388/090-78
Flows into DREDGE HARBOR which is connected to DELAWARE RIVER.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 1).
SC-37
THE GLIMMER GLASS (Added 26 December 1979)

Monmouth County
3N-305/012-79
Flows into MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction from MANASQUAN RIVER to limit of tidal
influence (essentially all THE GLIMMER GLASS is subject to tidal influence).
THREE MOUTHS CREEK (Added 10 December 1974)
Cumberland County
3247
TILBURY SLUICEWAY DITCH (Added 3 March 1978)
Salem County
3N-304/029-78
Connected to SALEM RIVER through two underground pipes about 24 inches in diameter and
200 to 300 feet long. The pipes pass through a pumping station and have tide gates at their
SALEM RIVER ends.
TOMS RIVER (Added 18 June 1976)
3260/ND-051-76
Flows into BARNEGAT BAY
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence at mile 7.2 (about 1.0 miles
north-northwest of the Route 37 crossing).
TOMS RIVER - JAKES BRANCH
TOMS RIVER - NORTH BRANCH
TOMS RIVER - SOUTH BRANCH
All listed in CG425-1 Bridges over Navigable Waters of the Untied States.
UNNAMED STREAM including LAKE BAGALORE (Added 29 March 1978)
Stream including LAKE BASGALORE and flowing into RACCOON CREEK from the south
just upstream of the New Jersey Turnpike crossing.
Gloucester County
ND-039-78
Flows into RACCOON CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER which flows into
DELAWARE BAY.
the Russel Mill Road crossing at about mile 0.7).
SC-38
UNNAMED STREAM TRIBUTARY TO HOLMES CREEK (Added 29 August 1978)

Stream flowing under the Garden State Parkway about 0.7 mile north of Stone Harbor Boulevard
and flowing into HOLMES CREEK from the south at about mile 0.5.
Cape May County
067-78.
Flows into HOLMES CREEK which flows into HOLMES COVE which is a part of GREAT
SOUND.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point about 200 to
300 feet downstream of the Garden State Parkway).
UNNAMED TRIBUTARY TO PENNSAUKEN CREEK (Amended 9 August 1978)
Waterway along the south side of Remington Avenue joining PENNSAUKEN CREEK at about
mile 2.5.
Camden County
ND-044-78
Flows into PENNSAUKEN CREEK which flows into DELAWARE RIVER which flows into
DELAWARE BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (some point near the
southerly side of the Route 73 crossing (about mile 0.1)).
URIAH BRANCH (Added 21 February 1980)
Ocean County
ND-002-80
Flows into WESTECUNK CREEK which flows into LITTLE EGG HARBOR which connects to
ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (upstream side of Route 9
crossing (mile 0.3) which is downstream of Railroad Avenue Crossing).
WADING RIVER (Added 12 July 1978)
Burlington County
3N-264/060-78
See also OSWEGO RIVER and WEST BRANCH WADING RIVER.
WATSON CREEK
Monmouth County
3N-180/101-76
Flows into the MANASQUAN RIVER which flows into ATLANTIC OCEAN.
SC-39
WEST BRANCH WADING RIVER (Added 12 July 1978)

Burlington County
3N-264/061-78
Joins OSWEGO RIVER to form WADING RIVER which flows into MULLICA RIVER which
flows into GREAT BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (about mile 0.7).
WEST CREEK (Added 29 July 1976)
Cumberland and Cape May Counties
ND-076-76
Flows south from its source in NEW JERSEY PINE BARRENS which flows into DELAWARE
BAY.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction to limit of tidal influence (Paper Mill Road bridge at
mile 6.7).
WESTECUNK CREEK (Added 21 February 1980)
Ocean County
ND-001-80
Flows into LITTLE EGG HARBOR which connects to ATLANTIC OCEAN.
Subject to general Coast Guard jurisdiction at least to limit of tidal influence (some point
upstream of confluence of URIAH BRANCH).
WRANGEL BROOK (Added 6 October 1978)
Ocean County
3N-397/095-78
Flows into TOMS RIVER which flows into BARNEGAT BAY.
the South Hampton Road crossing at about mile 1.3).
SC-40
APPENDIX D
SECTION 101 TO 105 OF 1978 FEDERAL HIGHWAY ACT
PUBLIC LAW 95-9599 [H.R. 11733]; Nov. 6, 1978
SURFACE TRANSPORTATION ASSISTANCE

ACT OF 1978
For Legislative History of Act, see p. 6575
An Act to authorize appropriations for the construction of certain highways in accordance with Title 23 of the Untied States Code, for highway
safety, for mass transportation in urban and in rural areas, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Untied States of America in Congress
Surface
assembled, That this Act may be cited as the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1978:.
TITLE I
SHORT TITLE
Sec. 101. This title may be cited as the Federal-Aid Highway Act of
1978.
Transportation
Assistance Act
of 1978.
23USC101
note.
Federal Aid
Highway Act
of 1978
23USC101
note.
REVISION OF AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE INTERSTATE SYSTEM.
Sec. 102. (a) Subsection (b) of section 108 of the Federal-Aid Highway
Act of 1956, as amended by striking out the additional sum of
$3,625,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 20, 1980, and all that
follows down through the period at the end of the sentence and by inserting
in lieu thereof the following: the additional sum of $3,250,000,000 for the
fiscal year ending September 30, 1980, the addition sum of $3,500,000,000
for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981, the additional sum of
$3,500,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982, the
additional sum of $3,200,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 20,
1983, the additional sum of $3,625,000,000 for the fiscal year ending
September 20, 1984, the additional sum of $3,625,000,000 for the fiscal
year ending September 30, 1985, the additional sum of $3,625,000,000 for
the fiscal year ending September 20, 1986, the additional sum of
$3,625,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1987, the
additional sum of $3,625,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30,
1988, the additional sum of $3,625,000,000 for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1989, and the additional sumo of $3,625,000,000 for the
fiscal year ending September 30, 1990.
(b) Subsection (b) of section 108 of the Federal-Aid Highway Act of
1956, as amended, is further amended by adding at the end thereof the
following Beginning with funds authorized to be appropriated for fiscal
year 1980, no such funds shall be available for projects to expand or clear
zones immediately adjacent to the paved roadway of routes designed
priority to February, 1967.
92 STAT. 2690
SD-1
23 USC 101 note
AUTHORIZATIONS OF USE OF COST ESTIMATES FOR APPORTIONMENT OF INTERSTATE FUNDS
Sec. 103. The Secretary of Transportation shall apportion for the

fiscal year ending September 30, 1980, the sums authorized to be
appropriated for such periods by section 108(b) of the Federal-Aid
Highway Act of 1956, as amended, for expenditures on the national
System of Interstate and Defense Highways, using the apportionment
factors contained in revised table 5 of Committee print 95-49 of the
Committee on Public Works and Transportation of the House of
Representatives.
P.L. 95-599
LAWS OF 95th CONG. - 2nd SESS.

HIGHWAY AUTHORIZATION
Appropriation
authorization.
Sec. 104 (a) For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of Title
23, United States Code, the following sums are hereby authorized to be
appropriated:
(1) For the Federal-aid primary system in rural areas, including the
extensions of the Federal-aid primary system in urban areas and the
priority primary routes, out of the Highway Trust Fund,
$1,550,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979,
$1,700,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980,
$1,800,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 and
$1,500,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982. For the
Federal-aid secondary system in rural areas, out of the Highway Trust
Fund $500,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979,
$550,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 20, 1980,
$600,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 and
$400,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982.
(2) For the Federal-aid urban system, out of the Highway Trust
Fund, $800,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and
September 30, 1982.
(3) For the forest highways, out of the Highway Trust
Fund,$33,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1982.
(4) For public lands highways, out of the Highway Trust fund.
$16,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1982.
92 STAT. 2690
SD-2
23 USC 104 note
Nov. 6
P.L. 95-599
Nov. 6
HIGHWAY AUTHORIZATION
(5) For forest development roads and trails. $140,000,000 per

fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1979,
September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and September 30, 1982.
(6) For public lands development roads and trails $10,000,000 per
(7) For park roads and trails $30,000,000 per fiscal year for each of
the fiscal years ending September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980,
September 30, 1981 and September 30, 1982.
(8) For parkways $45,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal
years ending September 30, 1979, September 20, 1980, September 30,
1981 and September 30, 1982. The entire cost of any parkway project
on any Federal-aid system paid under the authorization contained in
this paragraph shall be paid from the Highway Trust Fund.
(9) For Indian reservation roads and bridges $83,000,000 per fiscal
year for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1979, September
30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and September 30, 19982.
(10) For economic growth center development highways under
section 143 Title 23. United States Code, out of the Highway Trust
Fund $50,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1982.
(11) For necessary administrative expenses in carrying out section
131 and section 136 of Title 23. united States Code $1,5000,000 per
(12) For carrying out section 215(a) of Title 23, United States Code
(A) for the Virgin Islands, not to exceed $5,000,000 per
fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending September 30,
1979, September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and
September 30, 1982.
(B) for Guam, not to exceed $5,000,000 per fiscal year for
each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1979,
September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and September 30,
1982.
(C) for American Samoa, not to exceed $1,000,000 per
fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending September 30,
1979, September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981 and
September 30, 1982.
92 STAT. 2691
SD-3
23 USC 215 note.
P.L. 95-599

Sums authorized by this paragraph shall be available for obligation
at the beginning of the period for which authorized in the same
manner and to the same extent as if such sums were apportioned
under Chapter 1 of Title 23. United States Code.
(13) For the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Island, not to
exceed $1,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1982. Sums authorized by this paragraph shall be
expended in the same manner as sums authorized to carry out Section
215 of Title 23, United States Code. Sums authorized by this parapet
shall be available for obligation at the beginning of the period for
which authorized in the same manner and to the same extent as if such
sums were apportioned under Chapter 1 of Title 23, United States
Code.
(14) For the Northeast corridor demonstration program under
Section 322 of Title 23, United States Code. $45,000,000 for the fiscal
year ending September 30, 1979 and $40,000,000 for the fiscal year
ending September 30, 1980.
(15) For the Great River Road $10,000,000 per fiscal year for each
of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980,
September 30, 1981 and September 30, 1982, for construction or
reconstruction of roads not on a Federal-aid highway system; and out
of the highway Trust Fund, $25,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the
fiscal years ending September 30, 1979, September 20, 1980,
September 30, 1981 and September 30, 1982, for construction or
reconstruction of roads on a Federal- aid highway system.
(16) For control of outdoor advertising under Section 131 of Title
23, United States Code $30,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the
fiscal years ending September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980,
September 30, 1981 and September 30, 1982.
(17) For safer off-system roads under Section 219 of Title 23,
United States Code, $200,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal
years ending September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980, September 30,
1981 and September 30, 1982.
(18) For access highways under Section 155 of Title 23, United
States Code, $15,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years
ending September 30, 1979, September 30, 1980, September 30, 1981
and September 30, 1982.
92 STAT. 2691
SD-4
Nov. 6
23 USC 101 et
seq.
P.L. 95-599
87 Stat. 278.
(b)(1) For each of the fiscal years 1980, 1981, 1982 and 19883, no
State, including the State of Alaska, Shall receive less than one-half of
1 per centum of the total apportionment for the Interstate System under
Section 104(b)(5) of Title 23, United States Code. Whenever amounts
made available under subsection for the Interstate System in any State
exceed the estimated cost of completing that States portion of the
Interstate System and exceed the estimated cost of necessary
resurfacing, restoration and rehabilitation of the interstate System
within such State, the excess amount shall be eligible for expenditure
for those purposes for which funds apportioned under paragraphs (1),
(2), (6) of such Section 104(b) may be expended and shall also be
available for expenditure to carry out Section 152 of Title 23, United
States Code. In order to carry out this subsection and Section 158 of
the Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, there are authorized to be
appropriated, out of the Highway Trust Fund, not to exceed
$125,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1983.
(2) In addition to funds otherwise authorized, $85,000,000, out of
the Highway Trust Fund, is hereby authorized for the purpose of
completing routes designated under the urban high density traffic
program prior to May 5, 1976. Such sums shall be in addition to sums
previously authorized.
(c) In the case of priority primary routes, $125,000,000 per fiscal
year of the sums authorized for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 1982 by subsection (a) (1) of this section for such routes
shall not be apportioned. Such $125,000,000 of each such authorized
sum shall be available for obligation on the date of apportionment of
funds for each such fiscal year, in the same manner and to the same
extent as the sums apportioned on such date, except that such
$125,000,000 shall be available for obligation at the discretion of the
Secretary of Transportation only for projects of unusually high cost or
which require long periods of time for their construction. Any part of
such $125,000,000 not obligated by such Secretary on or before the last
day of the fiscal year for which authorized shall be immediately
apportioned in the same manner as funds apportioned for the next
succeeding fiscal year for primary system routes, and available for
obligation for the same periods as such apportionment.
92 STAT. 2692
SD-5
Nov. 6
P.L. 95-599
Nov. 6
(d)(1) Twenty per centum or more of the apportionment for each

fiscal year to each State of the sum authorized in paragraph (1) of
subsection (a) of this section for the Federal-aid primary system
(including extensions in urban areas and priority primary routes) for
such fiscal year shall be obligated in such State for projects for the
resurfacing, restoration and rehabilitation of highways on such system.
(2)
Twenty per centum or more of the apportionment for each
fiscal year to each State of the sum authorized in paragraph (1) of
subsection (a) of this section for Federal-aid secondary system for such
fiscal year shall be obligated in such State for projects for the
resurfacing, restoration and rehabilitation of highways on such system.
INTERSTATE SYSTEM RESURFACING
Appropriation
authorization.
Excess funds,
certification and
transfer.
SEC. 105. In addition to any other funds authorized to be

appropriated, there is authorized to be appropriated, out of the Highway
Trust Fund, not to exceed $175,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the
fiscal years ending September 30, 1980 and September 30, 1981 and
not to exceed $275,000,000 per fiscal year for each of the fiscal years
end September 30, 1982 and September 30, 1983. Such sums shall be
obligated for projects for resurfacing, restoring and rehabilitating those
lanes on the Interstate System which have been in use for more than
five years and which are not on toll roads, except that where at State
certifies to the Secretary that any part of such sums are excess to the
needs of such State for resurfacing, restoring or rehabilitating Interstate
System lanes and the Secretary accepts such certification, such State
may transfer sums apportioned to it under section 104(b) (5) (B) to its
apportionment under section 104 (b) (1). Such sums may also be
obligated for projects for resurfacing, restoring and rehabilitating lanes
in use for more than five years on a toll road which has been designated
as a part of the Interstate System if any agreement satisfactory to the
Secretary of Transportation has been reached with the State highway
department and any public authority with jurisdiction over such toll
road prior to the approval of such project that the toll road will become
free to the public upon the collection of tolls sufficient to liquidate the
cost of the toll road or any bonds outstanding at the time constituting a
valid lien against it, and the cost of maintenance and operation and debt
service during the period of toll collections. The agreement referred to
in the preceding sentence shall contain a provision requiring that if, for
any reasons, a toll road receiving Federal assistance under this section
does not become free to the public upon collection of sufficient tolls,
92 STAT. 2693
SD-6
Toll roads,
agreement.
Federal
assistance,
repayment
P.L. 95-599
Nov. 6
as specified in the preceding sentence. Federal funds used for

projects on such toll road pursuant to this section shall be repaid to
the Federal Treasury.
DEFINITIONS
SEC. 106. (a) The definition of construction in section 101(a)
of title 23 of the United States Code is amended by adding at the end
thereof the following new sentence: the term also includes capital
improvements which directly facilitate an effective vehicle weight
enforcement program, such as scales (fixed and portable), scale pits,
scale installation and scale houses.
(b)(1) The definition of forest road or trail in section 101(a)of
Title 23 of the United States Code is amended to read as follows:
The term forest or trail means a road or trail wholly or partly
within, or adjacent to, and serving the National Forest system and
which is necessary for the protection administration and utilization
of the National Forest system and the use and development of its
resources.
(2) The definition of forest development road and trails in
section 101(a) of Title 23 of the United States Code is amended to
read as follows:
The term forest development roads and trails means a forest
road or trail under the jurisdiction of the Forest Service.
(3) The definition of forest highway in section 101(a) of Title
23 of the United States Code is amended to read as follows:
The term forest highway means a forest road under the
jurisdiction of and maintained by, a public authority and open to
public travel.
(4) Section 101(a) of Title 23, United States Code, is amended
by adding after the definition of the term Federal-aid highways the
following new definition:
The term highway safety improvement project means a
project which corrects or improves high hazard locations, eliminates
roadside
SD-7
APPENDIX E
2000 CENSUS OF POPULATION AND HOUSING
GEOGRAPHIC IDENTIFICATION CODE SCHEME
FIPS
County
Code
001
001
001
001
Name of
County
Place Name
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
001
001
001
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
001
Atlantic
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Absecon
Atlantic City
Brigantine
Buena
Buena Vista (Township
of)
Collings Lakes
Corbin City
Egg Harbor (Township
of)
Egg Harbor City (Egg
Harbor)
Elwood-Magnolia
Estell Manor (Risley)
Folsom
Galloway (Township of)
Hamilton (Township of)
Hammonton
Linwood
Longport
Margate City (Margate)
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
001
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
Atlantic
001
Atlantic
Mays Landing
Mullica (Township of)
Northfield
Pleasantville
Pomona
Port Republic
Somers Point
Ventnor City (Ventor)
Weymouth (Township
of)
FIPS
Place
Code
00100
02080
07810
08680
FIPS
County
Code
003
003
003
003
Name of
County
Place Name
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Alpine
Bergenfield
Bogota
Carlstadt
FIPS
Place
Code
01090
05170
06490
10480
08710
14230
15160
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Cliffside Park
Closter
Cresskill
13570
13810
15820
20290
003
Bergen
Demarest
17530
20350
21435
21870
23940
25560
29280
29430
40530
41370
43890
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
18400
19510
20020
21300
21450
21480
21510
22470
22560
24420
44820
49410
52950
59640
60030
60600
68430
75620
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Dumont
East Rutherford
Edgewater
Elmwood Park
Emerson
Englewood
Englewood Cliffs
Fair Lawn
Fairview
Fort Lee
Franklin Lakes
(Campgan)
Garfield
Glen Rock
Hackensack
Harrington Park
Hasbrouck Heights
Haworth
Hillsdale
80330
003
003
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
SE-1
Ho-Ho-Kus (Hohokus)
Leonia
Little Ferry
Lodi
Lyndhurst
Lyndhurst (Township
of)
Mahwah (Township of)
Maywood
Midland Park
Montvale
Moonachie
New Milford
North Arlington
Northvale
Norwood
24990
25770
26640
28680
30150
30420
30540
31920
32310
40020
40680
41100
42120
42090
42750
44880
46110
47610
47700
51660
52320
53430
53610
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Oakland
Old Tappan
Oradell
53850
54870
54990
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Palisades Park
Paramus
Park Ridge
55770
55950
56130
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
003
Bergen
Ramsey
61680
005
Burlington
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Ridgefield
Ridgefield Park
62910
62940
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
63000
63360
63720
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
63690
64020
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Ridgewood
River Edge (Riverside)
River Vale
River Vale (Township
of)
Rochelle Park
Rochelle Park (Township
of)
Rockleigh
63990
64170
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
003
003
Place Name
Bass River (Township

of)
Beverly
Bordentown
Bordentown (Township
of)
Browns Mills
Burlington
Burlington (Township
of)
Chesterfield (Township
of)
Cinnaminson
Cinnaminson
(Township of)
Country Lake Estates
Delanco
FIPS
Place
Code
03370
05740
06670
06700
08455
08920
08950
12670
12970
12940
15250
17110
65280
65370
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
65340
65400
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Fieldsboro
Florence (Township of)
23250
23850
Bergen
Bergen
Rutherford
Saddle Brook
Saddle Brook (Township
of)
Saddle River
South Hackensack
(Township of)
Teaneck
Delanco (Township of)

Delran (Township of)
Eastampton (Township
of)
Edgewater Park
Edgewater Park
(Township of)
Evesham (Township of)
68970
72390
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
23895
24300
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Teaneck (Township of)

Tenafly
72360
72420
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
003
Bergen
Teterboro
72480
005
Burlington
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Upper Saddle River

Waldwick
75140
76400
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
003
Bergen
76490
005
Burlington
003
Bergen
Wallington
Washington (Township
of)
Florence-Roebling
Fort Dix (U.S. Army)
Hainesport (Township
of)
Leisuretowne
Lumberton (Township
of)
Mansfield (Township
of)
Maple Shade
Maple Shade
(Township of)
77135
005
Burlington
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Washington Township
Westwood
Woodcliff Lake
77510
80270
82300
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
003
003
003
Bergen
Bergen
Bergen
Wood-Ridge
Wyckoff
Wyckoff (Township of)
82570
83080
83050
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
Burlington
SE-2
Marlton
McGuire Air Force
Base
Medford (Township of)
Medford Lakes
Moorestown (Township
of)
Moorestown-Lenola
Mount Holly
Mount Holly
(Township of)
Mount Laurel
(Township of)
New Hanover
(Township of)
17080
17440
18790
20080
20050
22110
29010
39885
42060
43290
43770
43740
44100
42390
45120
45210
47880
47895
48870
48900
49020
51510
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
005
005
005
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
Burlington
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
005
005
005
Burlington
Burlington
Burlington
Place Name
North Hanover
(Township of)
Palmyra
Pemberton
Pemberton (Township
of)
Pemberton Heights
Presidential Lakes
Estates
Ramblewood
Riverside
Riverside (Township of)
Riverton
Shamong (Township of)
Southampton (Township
of)
Springfield (Township
of)
Tabernacle (Township
of)
of)
Westampton (Township
of)
Willingboro (Levittown)
Willingboro (Township
of)
Woodland (Township of)
Wrightstown
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
53070
55800
57480
007
007
007
Camden
Camden
Camden
Ashland
Audubon
Audubon Park
01990
02200
02230
57510
57540
007
007
Camden
Camden
Barclay-Kingston
Barrington
02905
03250
60840
61650
63540
63510
63660
66810
007
007
007
007
007
007
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Bellmawr
Berlin
Berlin (Township of)
Blackwood
Brooklawn
Camden
04750
05440
05470
06040
08170
10000
68610
007
Camden
12310
69990
007
Camden
Cherry Hill
Cherry Hill (Township
of)
12280
72060
007
Camden
Cherry Hill Mall
12385
77150
007
Camden
Chesilhurst
12550
78200
81470
007
007
Camden
Camden
Clementon
Collingswood
13420
14260
81440
82420
82960
007
007
007
007
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
19900
21645
26070
26520
007
Camden
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
007
Camden
007
Camden
007
007
007
Camden
Camden
Camden
Echelon
Erlton-Ellisburg
Gibbsboro
Glendora
Gloucester (Township
of)
Gloucester City
(Gloucester)
Golden Triangle
Greentree
Haddon (Township of)
Haddon Heights
Haddonfield
Hi-Nella (Hi Nella)
Laurel Springs
Lawnside
Lindenwold
Magnolia
Merchantville
Mount Ephraim
Oaklyn
Pennsauken
(Pensauken)
Pennsauken (Township
of)
Pine Hill (Clementon
Heights)
Pine Valley
Runnemede
SE-3
26760
26820
26902
27995
28740
28800
28770
32220
39210
39420
40440
42630
45510
48750
53880
57690
57660
58770
58920
65160
FIPS
County
Code
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
007
Name of
County
Place Name
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Camden
Somerdale
Springdale
Stratford
Tavistock
Voorhees (Township of)
Waterford (Township of)
Winslow (Township of)
Woodlynne
FIPS
Place
Code
68340
69900
71220
72240
76220
77630
81740
82450
FIPS
County
Code
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
009
SE-4
Name of
County
Place Name
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Cape May
Avalon
Cape May
Cape May Court House
Cape May Point
Dennis (Township of)
Diamond Beach
Erma
Lower (Township of)
Middle (Township of)
North Cape May
North Wildwood
Ocean City
Rio Grande
Sea Isle City
Stone Harbor
Strathmere
Upper (Township of)
Villas
West Cape May
West Wildwood
Whitesboro-Burleigh
Wildwood
Wildwood Crest
Woodbine
FIPS
Place
Code
02320
10270
10300
10330
17560
17815
21660
41610
45810
52650
53490
54360
63180
66390
71010
71250
74810
76010
78530
80210
80855
81170
81200
81890
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
011
Cumberland
Bridgeton
07600
013
Essex
11410
013
Essex
Cumberland
Cedarville
Commercial (Township
of)
Belleville
Belleville (Township
of)
011
Cumberland
011
14710
013
Essex
011
011
011
Cumberland
Cumberland
Cumberland
Deerfield (Township of)

Downe (Township of)
Fairfield (Township of)
16900
18220
22350
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
011
Cumberland
22530
013
Essex
011
011
011
011
Cumberland
Cumberland
Cumberland
Cumberland
28170
33120
39120
39450
013
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
011
011
011
Cumberland
Cumberland
Cumberland
Fairton
Greenwich (Township
of)
Hopewell (Township of)
Laurel Lake
Lawrence (Township of)
Maurice River
(Township of)
Millville
Port Norris
44580
46680
60510
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
011
Cumberland
64740
013
Essex
011
Cumberland
66300
013
Essex
011
Cumberland
67020
013
Essex
011
Cumberland
71160
013
Essex
011
011
Cumberland
Cumberland
74870
76070
013
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
013
013
013
013
013
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
013
013
013
013
Essex
Essex
Essex
Essex
013
013
Essex
Essex
013
Essex
Rosenhayn
Seabrook Farms (census
name for Seabrook)
Shiloh
Stow Creek (Township
of)
Upper Deerfield
(Township of)
Vineland
SE-5
Bloomfield
Bloomfield (Township
of)
Caldwell
Cedar Grove
Cedar Grove
(Township of)
City of Orange
(Township of)
East Orange
Essex Fells
Fairfield
Fairfield (Township of)
Glen Ridge
Irvington
Irvington (Township
of)
Livingston
Livingston (Township
of)
Maplewood
Maplewood (Township
of)
Millburn
Millburn (Township of)
Montclair
Montclair (Township
of)
Newark
North Caldwell
Nutley
Nutley (Township of)
Orange
Roseland
South Orange
South Orange Village
(Township of)
Verona
Verona (Township of)
West Caldwell
West Caldwell
(Township of)
West Orange
West Orange
(Township of)
FIPS
Place
Code
04690
04695
06250
06260
09250
11230
11200
13045
19390
21840
22380
22385
26610
34440
34450
40920
40890
43830
43800
46410
46380
47490
47500
51000
52620
53670
53680
55020
64590
69255
69274
75800
75815
78500
78510
79790
79800
FIPS
County
Code
015
015
015
Name of
County
Place Name
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Beckett
Clayton
Deptford (Township of)
East Greenwich
(Township of)
Elk (Township of)
Franklin (Township of)
Gibbstown (Township
name Greenwich)
Glassboro
Greenwich (Township
of)
Harrison (Township of)
Logan (Township of)
Mantua (Township of)
015
015
015
015
015
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
015
015
015
015
015
015
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Monroe (Township of)

Mullica Hill
National Park
Newfield
Oak Valley
Paulsboro
Pitman
South Harrison
(Township of)
Swedesboro
Turnersville
Victory Lakes
of)
Wenonah
West Deptford
(Township of)
Westville
Williamstown
Woodbury
Woodbury Heights
Woolwich (Township of)
FIPS
Place
Code
04400
13360
17710
FIPS
County
Code
017
017
017
Name of
County
Place Name
Hudson
Hudson
Hudson
Bayonne
East Newark
Guttenberg
FIPS
Place
Code
03580
19360
28650
19180
21060
24840
017
017
017
Hudson
Hudson
Hudson
Harrison
Hoboken
Jersey City
30210
32250
36000
26100
26340
017
017
Hudson
Hudson
36510
52440
28185
30180
41160
43440
017
017
017
017
Hudson
Hudson
Hudson
Hudson
47250
49440
49680
51390
54060
57150
59070
017
017
Hudson
Hudson
Kearny
North Bergen
North Bergen
(Township of)
Secaucus
Union City
Weehawken
Weehawken (Township
of)
West New York
69030
71850
74270
75920
77180
78110
78800
80120
81380
82120
82180
82840
SE-6
52470
66570
74630
77960
77930
79610
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
019
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
00550
01480
021
021
Mercer
Mercer
Hunterdon
Alexandria (Township
of)
Annandale
Bethlehem (Township
of)
05650
021
Mercer
019
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Bloomsbury
Califon
Clinton
06370
09280
13720
021
021
021
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
019
Hunterdon
Clinton (Township of)
13750
021
Mercer
019
Hunterdon
17170
021
Mercer
019
Hunterdon
Delaware (Township of)

East Amwell (Township
of)
18820
021
Mercer
019
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Flemington
Frenchtown
23700
24870
25350
021
021
021
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
019
019
019
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Glen Gardner
Hampton
High Bridge
Holland (Township of)
Kingwood (Township of)
26550
29460
31320
32460
37065
021
021
021
021
021
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
019
Hunterdon
Lambertville
38610
021
Mercer
019
019
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
39630
39660
46260
61920
021
021
021
Mercer
Mercer
Mercer
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
019
019
Hunterdon
Hunterdon
019
Hunterdon
019
Hunterdon
Lebanon
Lebanon (Township of)
Milford
Raritan (Township of)
Readington (Township
of)
Stockton
Tewksbury (Township
of)
Union (Township of)
West Amwell (Township
of)
White House Station
(White Station)
62250
70980
72510
74420
78230
80720
SE-7
Place Name
East Windsor
(Township of)
Ewing
Ewing (Township of)
Hamilton (Township
of)
Hightstown
Hopewell
Hopewell (Township
of)
Lawrence (Township
of)
Lawrenceville
Mercerville-Hamilton
Square
Pennington
Princeton
Princeton (Township
of)
Princeton Junction
Princeton North
Trenton
Twin Rivers
of)
West Windsor
(Township of)
White Horse
Yardville-Groveville
FIPS
Place
Code
19780
22180
22185
29310
31620
33150
33180
39510
39570
45495
57600
60900
60915
60960
60990
74000
74330
77210
80240
80630
83185
FIPS
County
Code
023
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
County
Code
023
Name of
County
Place Name
Avenel
FIPS
Place
Code
02350
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Brownville
Carteret
Clearbrook Park
Cliffwood Beach
Colonia
Concordia
08492
10750
13399
13630
14380
14758
023
023
023
023
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
023
023
023
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
15520
15550
16630
18490
18970
023
Middlesex
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
023
Middlesex
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
023
Middlesex
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
023
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Middlesex
Cranbury
Cranbury (Township of)
Dayton
Dunellen
East Brunswick
East Brunswick
(Township of)
Edison
Edison (Township of)
Fords
Heathcote
Helmetta
Highland Park
Iselin
Jamesburg
Kendall Park
Kingston
Laurence Harbor
Madison Park
Metuchen
Middlesex
Milltown
Monmouth Junction
Monroe (Township of)
New Brunswick
North Brunswick
(Township of)
North Brunswick
Township
Old Bridge
Old Bridge (Township
of)
Perth Amboy
Piscataway (Township
of)
Plainsboro (Township
of)
Plainsboro Center
Port Reading
Princeton Meadows
Rossmoor
Sayreville
Sewaren
Society Hill
South Amboy
South Brunswick
(Township of)
South Plainfield
South River
Spotswood
Whittingham
Woodbridge
Woodbridge (Township
of)
023
023
023
023
023
023
19000
20260
20230
24030
30738
30840
31470
34470
34890
36660
36930
39360
42540
45690
45900
46620
47190
47280
51210
52560
52605
54690
54705
58200
59010
59280
59285
60540
60975
64865
65790
66720
68304
SE-8
FIPS
Place
Code
68550
68790
69390
69420
69810
81042
81950
82000
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
00070
00730
00760
00790
01960
02110
02440
04600
04930
06970
07750
13630
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth Beach
Morganville
Navesink
Neptune (Township of)
Neptune City
North Middletown
Oakhurst
Ocean (Township of)
Ocean Grove
Oceanport
Port Monmouth
Ramtown
Place
Code
47130
48030
49740
49890
49920
53205
53790
54270
54480
54570
60360
61725
14560
16660
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
East Freehold
Eatontown
Englishtown
Fair Haven
Fairview
Farmingdale
19150
19840
21570
22440
22740
22950
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Freehold
25200
025
Monmouth
025
Monmouth
Freehold (Township of)
25230
025
Monmouth
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Hazlet (Township of)

Highlands
Holmdel (Township of)
30690
31500
32640
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Howell (Township of)

Interlaken
33300
34200
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
36480
36810
39990
40320
40770
41010
41310
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Keansburg
Keyport
Leonardo
Lincroft
Little Silver
Loch Arbour
Long Branch
Manalapan (Township
of)
Manasquan
Marlboro (Township of)
Matawan
Middletown (Township
of)
Millstone (Township of)
Red Bank
Robertsville
Roosevelt (Jersey
Homesteads)
Rumson
Sea Bright
Sea Girt
Shark River Hills
Shrewsbury
Shrewsbury (Township
of)
South Belmar (Lake
Como)
Spring Lake (Spring
Lake Beach)
Spring Lake Heights
Strathmore
Tinton Falls (New
Shrewsbury)
Union Beach
Upper Freehold
(Township of)
Wall (Township of)
Wanamassa
West Belmar
West Freehold
West Long Branch
Yorketown
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Aberdeen (Township of)

Allenhurst
Allentown
Allenwood
Asbury Park
Atlantic Highlands
Avon-by-the-Sea
Belford
Belmar
Bradley Beach
Brielle
Cliffwood Beach
Colts Neck (Township
of)
Deal
025
025
025
025
025
025
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
Monmouth
025
42990
43050
44070
44520
45990
46560
SE-9
62430
63900
64410
65130
66240
66330
66840
67350
67365
68670
70110
70140
71280
73020
74540
74900
76460
76700
78350
79100
79310
83245
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
027
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Boonton
Boonton (Township of)
Budd Lake
Butler
06610
06640
08620
09040
027
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
12100
12130
12580
12610
17650
18070
19240
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
Morris
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
027
Morris
027
Morris
027
027
027
Morris
Morris
Morris
027
027
Morris
Morris
Chatham
Chatham (Township of)
Chester
Chester (Township of)
Denville (Township of)
Dover
East Hanover (Hanover)
East Hanover (Township
of)
Florham Park
Hanover (Township of)
Hanover Township
Harding (Township of)
Jefferson (Township of)
Kinnelon
Lake Telemark
Lincoln Park
Long Hill (Township of)
Long Valley
Madison
Mendham
Mendham (Township of)
Mine Hill (Township of)
Montville (Township of)
Morris (Township of)
Morris Plains
Morristown
Mount Arlington
Mount Olive (Township
of)
Mountain Lakes
Netcong
Parsippany-Troy Hills
(Township of)
Parsippany-Troy Hills
Township
Pequannock (Township
of)
Pequannock Township
Randolph (Township of)
Riverdale (RiverdalePompton)
Rockaway
19210
23910
29550
29620
29700
34980
37110
38430
40290
41362
41400
42510
45330
45360
46860
47670
48090
48210
48300
48690
49080
48480
50130
56460
56475
58110
58125
61890
63300
64050
SE-10
Place Name
Rockaway (Township
of)
Roxbury (Township of)
Succasunna-Kenvil
Victory Gardens
of)
Wharton
White Meadow Lake
FIPS
Place
Code
64080
64980
71385
75890
77240
80390
80750
FIPS
County
Code
029
029
029
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
County
Code
029
029
029
Name of
County
Place Name
Barnegat
Barnegat (Township of)
Barnegat Light
FIPS
Place
Code
03040
03050
03130
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Bay Head
Beach Haven
03520
03940
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
04120
04180
05305
07420
07520
11140
11155
15910
18130
18148
18151
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
59790
59880
59910
66450
66480
67110
67665
67710
69510
70320
71640
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
18670
24180
26160
30390
32418
32415
32416
32424
34530
34680
37380
37770
38580
38550
39390
39883
39900
39910
029
029
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Toms River
Tuckerton
Vista Center
Waretown
73110
74210
76107
76820
029
Ocean
029
Ocean
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
029
029
029
029
029
029
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Ocean
Beach Haven West

Beachwood
Berkeley (Township of)
Brick (Township of)
Brick Township
Cedar Glen Lakes
Cedar Glen West
Crestwood Village
Dover (Township of)
Dover Beaches North
Dover Beaches South
Eagleswood (Township
of)
Forked River
Gilford Park
Harvey Cedars
Holiday City South
Holiday City-Berkeley
Holiday City-Dover
Holiday Heights
Island Heights
Jackson (Township of)
Lacey (Township of)
Lakehurst
Lakewood
Lakewood (Township of)
Lavallette
Leisure Knoll
Leisure Village
Leisure Village East
Leisure Village WestPine Lake Park
Little Egg Harbor
(Township of)
Long Beach (Township
of)
Manahawkin
Manchester (Township
of)
Mantoloking
Mystic Island
New Egypt
North Beach Haven
Ocean (Township of)
Ocean Acres
Ocean Gate
Pine Beach
Pine Ridge at
Crestwood
Pleasant Plains
Plumsted (Township
of)
Point Pleasant
Point Pleasant Beach
Seaside Heights
Seaside Park
Ship Bottom
Silver Ridge
Silverton
South Toms River
Stafford (Township of)
Surf City
39920
40560
41250
42930
43140
43380
49560
51360
52410
54300
SE-11
FIPS
Place
Code
54315
54450
58590
58852
59490
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
031
031
031
031
Passaic
Passaic
Passaic
Passaic
Bloomingdale
Clifton
Haledon
Hawthorne
06340
13690
29070
30570
035
035
035
035
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
031
Passaic
40650
035
Somerset
031
031
031
Passaic
Passaic
Passaic
Little Falls
Little Falls (Township
of)
North Haledon
Passaic
40620
53040
56550
035
035
035
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
031
Passaic
Paterson
57000
035
Somerset
031
Passaic
Pompton Lakes
60090
035
Somerset
031
031
031
Passaic
Passaic
Passaic
61170
63150
73140
035
035
035
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
031
Passaic
Prospect Park
Ringwood
Totowa
Wanaque (WanaqueMidvale)
76730
035
Somerset
031
031
Passaic
Passaic
Wayne
Wayne (Township of)
77870
77840
035
035
Somerset
Somerset
031
Passaic
79430
035
Somerset
031
031
033
033
033
Passaic
Passaic
Salem
Salem
Salem
79460
79820
00850
00880
10600
035
035
035
035
035
033
033
033
Salem
Salem
Salem
10610
21240
21330
035
035
035
033
Salem
033
033
033
033
Salem
Salem
Salem
Salem
033
033
033
033
033
033
Salem
Salem
Salem
Salem
Salem
Salem
033
033
Salem
Salem
West Milford
West Milford (Township
of)
West Paterson
Alloway
Alloway (Township of)
Carneys Point
Carneys Point (Township
of)
Elmer
Elsinboro (Township of)
(Township of)
Mannington (Township
of)
Oldmans (Township of)
Olivet
Penns Grove
Pennsville (census name
for Pennsville Center)
Pennsville (Township of)
Pilesgrove (Township of)
Pittsgrove (Township of)
Quinton (Township of)
Salem
Upper Pittsgrove
(Township of)
Woodstown
41640
43200
54810
54960
57750
57840
57870
58530
59130
61470
65490
75110
82720
SE-12
Place Name
Bedminster (Township
of)
Bernards (Township of)
Bernardsville
Bound Brook
Branchburg (Township
of)
Bridgewater (Township
of)
Far Hills
Gladstone (corporate
name Peapack and
Gladstone)
Green Brook
(Township of)
Hillsborough
(Township of)
Kingston
Manville
FIPS
Place
Code
04450
05560
05590
06790
07180
07720
22890
24900
26310
27510
31890
36930
43620
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
Millstone
Montgomery
(Township of)
North Plainfield
Peapack (corporate
name Peapack and
Gladstone)
Peapack and Gladstone
(corporate name only)
Raritan
Rocky Hill
Somerset
Somerville
46590
57300
61980
64320
68370
68460
Somerset
Somerset
Somerset
South Bound Brook

Warren (Township of)
Watchung
68730
76940
77600
47580
53280
57270
FIPS
County
Code
037
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
01330
FIPS
County
Code
039
Name of
County
Place Name
Sussex
Andover
Union
01360
07300
09160
15610
24810
24930
25140
27420
29220
29490
29850
31405
32910
37440
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
039
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Berkeley Heights
Berkeley Heights
(Township of)
Clark
Clark (Township of)
Cranford
Cranford (Township of)
Elizabeth
Fanwood
Garwood
Hillside
Hillside (Township of)
Kenilworth
Linden
Mountainside
New Providence
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
037
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
037
037
037
037
037
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Andover (Township of)

Branchville
Byram (Township of)
Crandon Lakes
Frankford (Township of)
Franklin
Fredon (Township of)
Green (Township of)
Hamburg
Hampton (Township of)
Hardyston (Township of)
Highland Lake
Hopatcong
Lafayette (Township of)
Lake Mohawk (census
name for Sparta)
Montague (Township of)
Newton
Ogdensburg
Sandyston (Township of)
38040
47430
51930
54660
65700
039
039
039
039
039
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
037
037
Sussex
Sussex
Sparta (Township of)

Stanhope
69690
70380
039
039
Union
Union
037
037
037
037
037
037
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Stillwater (Township of)

Sussex
Vernon (Township of)
Vernon Valley
Walpack (Township of)
Wantage (Township of)
70890
71670
75740
75750
76640
76790
039
039
039
039
039
039
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
Union
SE-13
Plainfield
Rahway
Roselle
Roselle Park
Scotch Plains
Scotch Plains
(Township of)
Springfield
Springfield (Township
of)
Summit
Union (Township of)
Union (Unionbury)
Westfield
Winfield (Township of)
FIPS
Place
Code
05350
05320
13180
13150
15670
15640
21000
22860
25800
32010
31980
36690
40350
48510
51810
59190
61530
64620
64650
66090
66060
70050
70020
71430
74480
74510
79040
81650
FIPS
County
Code
Name of
County
041
Warren
041
041
041
041
Warren
Warren
Warren
Warren
041
041
041
Warren
Warren
Warren
041
041
Warren
Warren
041
041
041
041
041
Warren
Warren
Warren
Warren
Warren
041
041
041
Warren
Warren
Warren
041
041
Warren
Warren
041
041
041
041
041
Warren
Warren
Warren
Warren
Warren
041
041
Warren
Warren
Place Name
Allamuchy (Township
of)
Allamuchy-Panther
Valley
Alpha
Beattyestown
Belvidere
Blairstown (Township
of)
Brass Castle
Frelinghuysen
(Township of)
Great Meadows-Vienna
Greenwich (Township
of)
Hackettstown
Hardwick (Township of)
Harmony (Township of)
Hope (Township of)
Independence (Township
of)
Knowlton (Township of)
Liberty (Township of)
Lopatcong (Township
of)
Mansfield (Township of)
Oxford (census name for
Oxford Center)
Oxford (Township of)
Phillipsburg
Pohatcong (Township of)
Washington
of)
White (Township of)
FIPS
Place
Code
FIPS
County
Code
00670
00675
01030
04240
04990
06160
07360
24960
25320
27366
28260
28710
29820
30090
33060
33930
37320
40110
41490
43320
55500
55530
58350
59820
77270
77300
80570
SE-14
Name of
County
Place Name
FIPS
Place
Code
APPENDIX F
ITEM 36 - TRAFFIC SAFETY FEATURES
CODING CLARIFICATIONS
SF-1
Introduction
Coding of SI&A Item 36Traffic Safety Features, is probably the most difficult SI&A Item.
The reason for this is that the design criteria for the safety features has been revised to require
that the various elements be crash tested to assure that they meet the standards established in the
Highway Features. Previously, the elements were required to be designed for static loads only.
The requirement for crash testing has resulted in many of the previously used details failing to
meet the revised standards. Naturally, this has led to the redesign of many of the safety features
as new details have passed the crash testing criteria. However, most all of the older safety
feature details that were previously constructed are now substandard. In addition, the design of
the safety features continue to evolve. This means that todays standards may quickly become
substandard using tomorrows new standards and additional crash testing may qualify additional
standard details.
Highway Features provides uniform guidelines for the crash testing of permanent and
temporary highway safety features. Also, the report provides for recommended testing
evaluation criteria to assess test results. The Report identifies six Test Levels. Each Test
Level (TL) is defined by impact conditions (speed and angle of approach) and the type of test
vehicle that ranges in size from a small car to a tractor trailer truck. A feature that is designed
and tested for a low test level would generally be used on a low service level roadway; such as, a
rural collector, local road, or urban street. A feature that is designed for a higher test level would
typically be used on a high service roadway such as an Interstate highway. The NJDOT Bridges
and Structures Design Manual establishes, in Section 44 of the Manual, what TL designations are
to be used on New Jersey highways.
The NJDOT standards for the design of safety features are not always suitable for use due to the
available space at a particular site. That means that designs for safety features will not all
conform to the NJDOT standards. The inspector must understand that the design of a particular
safety feature is not necessarily substandard because it was somehow limited by the geometrics
at a site. The design at a site would be considered substandard if the design does not conform to
the standards and there is also a remedy to eliminate the substandard design.
As a first step in understanding how safety features should be evaluated, it is strongly
recommended that the inspector first become familiar with the various references that are used to
design them, particularly the Standard Construction Details. Once the inspector becomes
familiar, it is necessary that changes to the design standards be obtained upon issue and used for
subsequent evaluations. Also, Item 36 evaluates the design of the safety features. It does not
consider the condition of the safety features. This means that a collision damaged approach
guide rail could still be evaluated as meeting standards although it was impacted by an errant
vehicle and no longer functions as designed. Furthermore, the field notes in Appendix 4 of the
Bridge Survey Report document Item 36 evaluations. While it is acceptable to indicate that the
various elements of Item 36, transitions for instance, meets current Department
requirements. It is not acceptable to indicate that an element does not meet current department
requirements. If an element is substandard, the field notes should include documentation of
exactly what portions of the element are substandard.
SF-2
The following document is intended to help the inspector check the adequacy of the design of the
more commonly found safety features using the current NJDOT standards. The NJDOT
standards must be utilized for evaluating the safety features of all bridges carrying National
Highway System (NHS) roadways regardless of ownership. In addition, all NJDOT facilities
will also be evaluated using the NJDOT standards regardless of whether or not the bridge carries
a NHS highway. For bridges owned by anyone other than NJDOT carrying Non-NHS highways,
the owner may set standards below NJDOT and continue to use the static load criteria of the
AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. The inspector should also understand
the difference between the NJDOT standards for evaluating safety features and the standards
used for new designs. For example, Detail CD-609-10.1 of the Standard Roadway Construction
Details shows a reinforced concrete balustrade with supplemental steel w-beam attached. While
this details meets NJDOT standards, it most definitely would not be used for new designs.
Obviously, it is not possible to list all of the different type safety feature installations that exist.
For more obscure types, such as bridge railings on through girders or through trusses or timber
bridges, the inspector should use the standards as a guide to the extent possible in making the
assessment.
SF-3
Bridge Railings
references:
1. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for Highway BridgesSection 13
of Highway Features
Level 5) crash testing standard. At present, NJDOT has specified the use of the 3'-6" (1067mm)
data.
(only the 3'-6" F (NJ shape), 3'-6"vertical rectangular shape and Texas HT railings currently
meet TL-5 standards for bridges carrying interstate highways only):
A. Check the height of the railingit must be 2'-8" or higher. Most of the older
parapets of this design were only 2'-3"or 2'-6" high.

SF-4

Thickness; Post Spacing3'-1"; Recycled Synthetic Spacer Blocks; 2'-3"
NOTE:

that were tested only met TL-2 criteria. Several thrie-beam guide rails meeting
SF-5
Transitions
Median Barriers

A. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the leading
traffic end: NJ shape barrier transitions to vertical shape; 1st Post at 11" after
end of concrete pylon or end of parapet; Followed by 5 Posts spaced at 1'-6",
and then 3 Posts spaced at 3'-1" in transition. Two sections of thrie beam one
set inside the other (see Sheets 70 through 73) 1'-8" deep thrie-beam guide rail
2'-8" high attached to parapet; one 7'-3 long transition section from thrie to
w-beam guide rail (see Sheet 69); Structural tube blockouts at thrie beam
section; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks at w-beam section; Thrie beam bolted
to face of parapet (See Sheets 70, 71 and 72).
B. To meet standards, the system should conform to the following at the trailing
spaced 30" from parapet end; Steel w-beam bolted to face of parapet in 3"
deep cutout; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present) ( See
Sheets 70, 71 and 72).
SF-6

traffic end: First post at 3'-1" max. from the centerline of pipe spacer; Post
spacing - 4 @ 1'-6" immediately adjacent to the balustrade; Post spacing - 4 @
3'-1" in transition; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Steel pipe spacer at
pilaster; 2'-3" high steel w-beam guide rail; Double thickness steel w-beam in
transition; Rub rail (if curb is present).
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3'-1" from pilaster end; Recycled
Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).

traffic end: First post at 3'-1" max. from the centerline of post at bridge; Post
spacing - 4 @ 1'-6" immediately adjacent to the bridge railing; Post spacing - 4
@ 3'-1" in transition; Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Double thickness steel
w-beam in transition12'-6" length; Rub rail (if curb is present).
traffic end (if required): First post spaced 3'-1" from end of bridge railing;
Recycled Synthetic spacer blocks; Rub rail (if curb is present).
installations.
SF-7
Approach Guardrail (Guide Rail)

The design/evaluation of guide rails is performed in accordance with the following references:
Median Barriers
2007 - Sheets 58, 59 and 60
roadway. This also applies to situations where the guide rail system is within the clear
zone, but is otherwise shielded from impacts by other traffic barriers.
The need for guide rail placement is determined based on the location of warrants within the
clear zone of the roadway. For purposes of this document, we are primarily concerned about
bridge railings and bridge railings are always warrants since the leading end is almost
always located within the clear zone. The trailing end may or may not be located within the
clear zone for traffic coming in the opposite direction for two way traffic roadways.
As previously discussed, safety systems are designed. Part of the design is the determination of
the length of need for the guide rail. The length of need is primarily based on the distance from
the edge of traveled way to the warranting obstruction, the depth of the obstruction (or
warrant) from the edge of traveled way (important when considering retaining walls between
structures and cross slopes outside structures), design speed of the roadway and average daily
traffic. The calculation for this length is complex due to the need for information not readily
available to the inspector. Therefore, this calculation is not performed within the scope-of-work
of a routine bridge inspection project. In addition, it is usually common for there to be multiple
warranting objects located at bridges, primarily cross slopes. Cross slopes on roadway
embankments (or cuts) are warranting objects when they exceed specified heights for various
cross slopes. This fact means that only the length of need for the end of the bridge railing could
be calculated (assuming the design speed of the roadway is known) and this would not always
provide the actually required length of need.
SF-8
Example Clear Zone Distances:

Assumptions:
1. Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter (Slope 1:5 to1:4)
2. ADT over 6000
3. Clear ZoneBased on design speed and ADT (see Figure 8-A in Design Manual
Roadway)
Clear Zone Distance (Max.)
Design Speed
70mph 60mph 55mph 50mph
40mph or less
Clear Zone Dist. -Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter
34
32
24
20
16
Clear Zone Dist. Slope 1:5 to 1:4
46
44
32
28
18
Example Lengths of Need:

1. Guide rail warrant is bridge parapet and slope (or retaining wall) - Warrant extends
transversely to end of Clear Zone
2. Fill Slope 1:6 or flatter
3. Shoulder width10'; No Sidewalk
4. Clear ZoneBased on design speed and ADT (see Figure 8-A in Design Manual Roadway)
5. Roadway is on tangent alignment - no horizontal curve
6. Parabolic flare SRT end treatment
7. Calculations based on Figure 8-E in Design Manual - Roadway
Roadway Design Speed (see Notes below)
Design Speed
70mph 60mph 50mph 40mph 25mph
Length of Need (ADT > 6000)
480 ft. 400 ft. 320 ft. 240 ft. 120 ft.
Length of Need (ADT 2000-6000) 440 ft. 360 ft. 290 ft. 220 ft. 110 ft.
Length of Need (ADT 800-2000)
400 ft. 330 ft. 260 ft. 200 ft. 100 ft.
Length of Need (ADT < 800)
360 ft. 300 ft. 240 ft. 180 ft. 90 ft.
Notes:
1. The calculated Length of Need would be rounded up to the next multiple of 12.5' that
represents the length of one guide rail element.
2. An additional length of 12.5' would be added to the above Length of Need to represent
the end section of the Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT) or Extruder Terminal (ET) that is not
considered in the calculation.
3. The minimum Length of Need for an SRT is 56 ft. and 69 ft. for an ET.
When evaluating the adequacy of guide rails at bridges, the inspector should check the
following: Galvanized steel w-beam guide rail height - 2'-3"; Posts spaced @ 6'-3"; Recycled
Synthetic spacer blocks; Adequate length provided (based on judgment).
NOTE: When needed, guide rails at the trailing traffic end of bridges require less length than
those at the leading traffic end.
SF-9
Miscellaneous:
1. When the length of the guide rail installation is clearly longer than is necessary for the
warrant caused by the bridge alone, the inspector should indicate that it is adequate by
stating it is continuous in the bridge survey report field notes.
2. When the approach guide rail is carried across a culvert (or other sub-grade structure),
this meets the current standards for bridge railing, transitions and approach guide rail. If
the end treatments meet standards or guide rails are continuous, the Item 36 code would
be 1111.
SF-10
Approach Guardrail (Guide Rail) Ends

The design/evaluation of ends (guide rails and parapets) is performed in accordance with the
2. NJDOT Design Manual Roadway - Section 8 - Guidelines for Guide Rail Design and
Median Barriers
3. NJDOT Design Manual Roadway - Section 9 - Guidelines for the Selection and Design
of Crash Cushions
2007 - Sheets 61, 62, 63 and 64
roadway. This also applies to situations where the end of the guide rail system is within
the clear zone, but is otherwise shielded from impacts by other traffic barriers.
The standards for leading traffic end terminations within the clear zone are:
A. Flared Guide Rail Terminal like Slotted Rail Terminals (SRT350) or Flared
Energy-Absorbing Terminal (FLEAT): Standard end terminal where room exists
for a parabolic flare. For details see the Manufacturers recommendation and the
B. Tangent Guide Rail Terminal like Extruder Terminals (ET-2000) or Sequential
Kinking Terminal (SKT-350): End terminal used where insufficient room exists
for parabolic flare. For details see the Manufacturers recommendation and the
C. Controlled Release Terminals (CRT): End terminal used where insufficient
space exists at driveways or intersecting streets. For details, see Sheet 63 of
Roadway Construction Details.
D. Crash Cushions (Impact Attenuators): Used where space limits preclude the use
of the two standard end terminals specified above.
E. Telescoping Guide Rail End Terminals: Used where there are back-to-back
guide rails (usually within the median). Typically, this is used in conjunction
with sign structures where the support is located in the median. For details, see
Sheet 64 of the Roadway Construction Details.
The standard for trailing traffic end terminations or where it is unlikely that an end hit would
occur (i.e., end of guide rail is outside clear zone, end of guide rail buried in cut, etc.):
A. Beam Guide Rail Anchorage: Standard beam anchorage terminal. For details,
see Sheet 61 of Roadway Construction Details.
B. In-Line Beam Guide Rail Anchorage: Anchorage used where end of guide rail is
buried in a cut slope. For details, see Sheet 61 of Roadway Construction Details.
Many of the older safety systems used Breakaway Cable Terminals (BCT) or Eccentric Loader
Terminals (ELT). These two end terminals did not pass the mandatory crash testing and no
longer meet NJDOT standards.
SF-11
This shows the NJDOTs standard NJ Barrier type bridge railing. This detail is
shown as Type 5 in the NJDOT Bridges and Structures Design Manual, Section
1.23.2. The NJ Barrier type bridge railing is acceptable for use in all installations.
However, the railing height for Interstate highways must be 3'-6" rather than the
standard height of 2'-10". The lack of an approach guide rail system at the trailing
traffic end of the bridge railing is noted. The end of the bridge railing is not exposed
to traffic and the flat slope of the grass median means there are no guide rail
warrants. Therefore, the lack of guide rail is the appropriate design for this location.
Element=331 (Reinforced Concrete)
SF-12
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a rectangular concrete bridge railing retrofitted with a steel w-beam guide
rail mounted directly to the original bridge railing. This detail is not shown in the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. However, the combination system would
meet NJDOT standards provided that the guide rail height, spacer block spacing and
double-element w-beam meet standards. This type bridge railing is acceptable for use
in all installations provided the retrofitted guide rail meets standards.
SF-13
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a reinforced concrete balustrade retrofitted with a steel w-beam guide rail
mounted directly to the original bridge railing. This detail is shown on Sheet 67 of the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-10.1. This type of combination
bridge railing system would meet NJDOT standards provided that the guide rail
height, spacer block spacing, backing plates and double-element w-beam meet
standards. This type installation is commonly found on older structures. This
particular installation lacked double-element w-beam and backing plates.
SF-14
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows a reinforced concrete balustrade bridge railing where a bridge mounted
steel w-beam bridge rail has been installed along the curbline as a replacement. The
bridge railing in this situation is the steel w-beam. This detail is shown on Sheet 67
of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-10.2. The inspector should
check to verify that double element w-beam is used along with proper post spacing,
routed timber or plastic spacer blocks and rub rail (when necessary) are used. In this
particular installation, the system is substandard due to the presence of a single
element w-beam.
Item 36A=0; Item AG=27; Pontis Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-15
BRIDGE RAILING
This shows an older three rail metal bridge railing supplemented with a steel w-beam
mounted directly to the lower railing of the original system. This design is clearly
substandard in terms of strength. In addition, this system would not have been crash
tested. This system could be updated by mounting the steel w-beam directly to the
deck using a double element w-beam, proper post spacing and spacer blocks to meet
NJDOT standards.
Item 36A=0; Item AG=45; Pontis Element=334 (Metal Coated)
SF-16
This particular installation is substandard because the post spacing in the transition zone
is greater than allowed. This is the result of the location of the storm inlet that prevents
the normal installation of posts. Posts could be installed provided additional spacer
blocks are used to bridge over the storm inlet. The three rail metal bridge railing does
not meet current NJDOT standards and is substandard on all NJDOT infrastructure.
SF-17
This shows a non-standard design rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing.

The design strength and geometry of the bridge railing would appear adequate based
on inspection. However, the presence of the brush curb would most likely cause the
bridge railing to fail crash testing (Note that none of the standard bridge railings
shown in Section 23 of the NJDOT Design Manual for Bridges and Structures have
brush curbs). The transition appears to meet current NJDOT standards excepting the
spacing to the first post that appears greater than the 1'-6" standard. This may
have been caused by the proximity of the wingwall that may have precluded placing
the post at the correct location.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item AG=8; Pontis Element=331 (Reinforced Concrete)
SF-18
This shows a rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing with single ornamental
for Bridges and Structures. As such, it meets current NJDOT standards for low level,
short span bridges over shallow streams or drainage areas. The height of the concrete
portion of the railing must be 2'-8" high. This should be checked by the inspector as
older designs were 2'-3" or 2'-6" high. The trailing traffic end of the bridge railing is
exposed to traffic impacts from traffic traveling in the opposite direction. If the bridge
railing is within the clear zone, it is a warrant for guide rail. If it is outside the clear
zone, nothing is required. Since the distance from the roadway centerline to this
location is 18', it is outside the clear zone and guide rail is not required.
SF-19
Typical detail for a D&R Canal bridge with retrofitted bridge railing and guide rail
transition. The bridge railing is a unique design for D&R Canal bridges and has not
been crash tested. However, due to the low traffic volume and speeds on the D&R
Canal bridges, this bridge railing is deemed to meet current NJDOT standards. The
guide rail attachment detail is likewise unique, but is also deemed to meet NJDOT
standards. The inspector should check that the transition has double element guide
rail and post spacing that meets the current standards.
Item 36A=1; Item 36B=1; Item AG=18; Pontis Element=334 (MetalCoated)
SF-20
This shows a concrete encased through girder type bridge railing retrofitted with a steel wbeam guide rail mounted on top. This detail is somewhat unusual and is not shown in the
NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. Obviously, this detail was not crash tested.
However, it would appear to meet design criteria based on inspection (excepting the lack
of a double rail w-beam). The transition zone is clearly substandard due to the lack of
adequate post spacing and lack of double rail w-beam.
SF-21
This shows a double rail w-beam bridge railing with the approach guide rail carried
into the transition zones at both approaches. This detail is somewhat unique and is not
shown in the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. The bridge railing lacks spacer
blocks on the posts. In addition, the posts appear to be mounted on the outside bridge
fascia bringing the strength of the system into question. This type of system would
not have been crash tested. The guide rail in the transition zone lacks adequate post
spacing, spacer blocks and double rail w-beam. Finally, the ends of the curb are not
tapered and are exposed to impacts.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item AG=18; Pontis Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-22
GUIDE RAIL TRANSITION
This is the NJDOTs standard thrie beam guide rail transition to a concrete bridge
railing at the leading traffic end. This detail is shown on Sheet 70 of the NJDOT
Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-13. The inspector should verify that the
standards.
Item 36B = 1 due to Structural tube blockouts.
SF-23
This shows a rectangular reinforced concrete bridge railing with a single ornamental
for Bridges and Structures. As such, it meets NJDOT standards for low level, short
span bridges over shallow streams or drainage areas. The inspector should check the
height of the bridge railing to verify that it is 2'-8". The leading traffic end of the
bridge railing is exposed to vehicle impacts. The inspector should check to verify if
this location is within the clear zone. If so, the design would be substandard. In this
particular case, the end of the bridge railing is 18' from the edge of the traffic lane
which is outside the clear zone.
Element=333 (Combination)
SF-24
This shows an older two pipe metal bridge railing with steel w-beam approach guide
rail. Just about everything is substandard. The bridge railing would fail both in
strength and geometry. The approach guide rail transition lacks adequate post
spacing, spacer blocks, double rail w-beam and attachment to the bridge railing. The
approach guide rail lacks spacer blocks, adequate post spacing and adequate length.
Finally, there is no end terminal.
Item 36A=0; Item 36B=0; Item 36C=0; Item 36D=0, Item AG=18; Pontis
Element=334 (Metal-Coated)
SF-25
TRANSITION
bridge railing at the leading traffic end. The inspector should verify that the
standards.
SF-26
TRANSITION
This shows the transition of the approach guide rail to a bridge railing retrofitted with
a supplemental w-beam guide rail at the leading traffic end. This detail is not shown
in the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details. The inspector should check that the
guide rail is a double element and that the post spacing meets standards in the
transition zone. Also, due to the presence of a curb, a rub rail must be present to meet
standards. This type transition is acceptable for use at all leading traffic end
installations.
Item 36B=1
SF-27
TRANSITION
railing at the leading traffic end. The attachment to the bridge railing, rub rail, spacer
blocks and pipe spacer meet standards, the post spacing in the transition and single
element w-beam do not.
Item 36B=0
SF-28
TRANSITION
The pictured transition does not meet NJDOT standards because it is not properly
attached to the end pylon and it lacks adequate post spacing and double rail w-beam
in the transition zone.
Item 36B=0
SF-29
TRANSITION
This shows a substandard transition to a reinforced concrete balustrade type bridge

railing where the guide rail has been installed as a supplement to the original bridge
railing. This installation is substandard because there is no double-element w-beam in
the transition zone. Also, the post spacing in the transition zone is substandard.
Finally, the pipe spacer at the end pylon of the balustrade is lacking. The standard
detail for this installation is shown on Sheet 67 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction
Details, CD-609-10.1.
Item 36B=0
SF-30
TRANSITION
This shows the guide rail transition zones at the end of a bridge carrying two way
traffic without a median barrier. The transition at the right is a typical design for the
leading traffic end of a bridge railing. The transition on the left is a different matter
since the inspector must determine whether the guide rail warrant (end of bridge
railing) is within the clear zone for traffic traveling in the right hand lane. Since
the curb-to-curb width is 30' and the sidewalk width is 6', the end of the bridge
railing is 21' from the centerline of the roadway. This means that the end of the
bridge railing is outside the clear zone for speeds of up to 50mph. If the speed
limit on this road is less than or equal to 50mph, the end of the bridge railing
requires a transition for the trailing traffic end condition rather than the leading
traffic end condition. For posted speeds of over 50mph, the end of the bridge railing
is a warrant within the clear zone and requires a transition for the leading traffic
end condition similar to what is on the right.
SF-31
TRANSITION, GUIDE RAIL AND END TERMINAL
This shows the trailing traffic end of a bridge railing in the median of an interstate
highway. The end of the bridge railing is not exposed to impacts by traffic carried by the
bridge. It is also outside the clear zone for traffic carried by the twin bridge. Therefore,
there is no warrant for guide rail at this location.
Item 36B=1; Item 36C=1; Item 36D=1
SF-32
END TERMINAL
This is the NJDOTs standard Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT-350). This end terminal is
acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all installations. It is typically used
where room to flare the guide rail exists. Where inadequate space exists to flare, the
Extruder Terminal (ET-2000) would be used for most installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-33
END TERMINAL
This is the NJDOTs standard Extruder Terminal (ET-2000). This detail is shown
on Sheet of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-5.2. This end
terminal is acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all installations. It is
typically used where room to flare the guide rail does not exist. Where adequate
room exists to flare, the Slotted Rail Terminal (SRT-350) would be used for most
installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-34
END TERMINAL
This shows the end of the guide rail buried at the leading traffic end in a
cut slope. This type of detail requires an in line anchorage to meet
NJDOT standards as shown on Sheet 65 of the NJDOT Roadway
Construction Details, CD-609-8.4. This type of end terminal would be
preferable and acceptable for all leading traffic end installations if the in
line anchorage was present. In-line anchorage may be eliminated by
constructing at least 7 posts at 6-3 spacing beyond length of need
(L.O.N.). The inspector should verify that the spacing of the posts
meets current NJDOT standards.
Item 36D = 1 (if meets standards) otherwise Item 36D = 0.
SF-35
END TERMINAL
This shows the end of a Controlled Release Terminal (CRT). The CRT is the entire
curved treatment rather than just the end as shown in the photo. This detail is shown on
Sheet 63 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-6.2. This type end
terminal is rarely found on bridge installations. However, it is occasionally found where
low volume roads intersect arterial highways and there is a need to terminate the guide rail
to provide pedestrian access. This end terminal is acceptable and meets current NJDOT
standards for leading traffic end installations on low volume roads or driveways.
Item 36D=1
SF-36
END TERMINAL
This shows the trailing traffic end guide rail end anchorage. This detail is shown on
Sheet 61 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-4. This end terminal
is acceptable and meets current NJDOT standards for all trailing traffic end
installations.
Item 36D=1
SF-37
END TERMINAL
This shows a Breakaway Cable Terminal (BCT) with collision damage at the leading
traffic end. The BCT saw widespread use throughout New Jersey. However, it failed
crash testing, no longer meets NJDOT standards and is not shown in the NJDOT
Roadway Construction Details. It is always evaluated as substandard on NJDOT
infrastructure. It may be acceptable for bridge owners in New Jersey for highways not
on the NHS.
Item 36D=0
NOTE: The presence of the collision damage would not affect the evaluation of the
safety features. In fact, the end terminal could be completely destroyed by impact
damage and the design could still meet standards.
SF-38
END TERMINAL
This shows an Eccentric Loader Terminal (ELT). This type end terminal no longer meets
NJDOT standards. It is always evaluated as substandard on NJDOT infrastructure.
Item 36D=0
SF-39
END TERMINAL
This shows a guide rail that has been flared and buried at the end terminal in a fill
slope. This detail does not meet current NJDOT standards. The end of a guide rail
can be buried at the end in cut slopes only. This installation is substandard for all
situations.
Item 36D=0
SF-40
END TERMINAL
This shows a typical telescoping guide rail end terminal of the telescoping type. This detail is
shown on Sheet 64 of the NJDOT Roadway Construction Details, CD-609-7.3. This type end
terminal is rarely used on bridges. However, it is commonly used on highway underpass
structures when a pier is located in the median. However, the adequacy of such installations is
not evaluated when determining the coding for Item 36.
SF-41
END TERMINAL
This shows a Median Breakaway Cable Terminal (MBCT). The replacement for this type end
terminal is either the CAT or BREAKMASTER. This type end terminal is rarely used on
bridges. However, it is commonly used on highway underpass structures when a pier is located
in the median as shown above. However, the adequacy of such installations is not evaluated
when determining the coding for Item 36.
SF-42
APPENDIX G
ITEMS GD-GO - PAINT CONDITION RATINGS - WEATHERING STEEL
Paint Condition Ratings - Weathering Steel (SI&A Items GD-GO)

What To Rate
Rate the effectiveness of the iron oxide coating (patina) on the steel superstructure. The
effectiveness should be determined based on the color and texture of the surface of the steel.
Theory Of Weathering Steel
Weathering steel refers to a carbon base steel that is alloyed with approximately 2% copper,
nickel, chromium and silicon. These additions are intended to inhibit the steels natural tendency
to continuously rust in the outside environment. When used in a suitable environment, this steel
eliminates the need for painting because steel weathers to form a patina, or thin layer of
protective oxide coating, that prevents or minimizes further rusting. The patina will not form
properly if the steel remains wet for extended periods of time or is contaminated with salt or
other chemicals, especially if the bridge is exposed to these conditions soon after construction.
Patina formation time will vary according to any factors and may take 2-3 years or more to form
completely. If the patina has not properly formed, the steel will continue to corrode. This will
appear as either continuous flaking of the plates and/or by plate delamination. The plate
delamination will appear as open cracks along the vertical edges of the flange plates or by
blistering (bulging) on flat surface areas.
What To Look For
Inspect the formation of the patina by observing its color and texture. The color of a properly
formed patina will vary with the age of the steel and its chemical composition. Generally, the
color will change over time from light yellow orange to dark chocolate or purple. An improperly
formed patina will generally appear dark black. A properly formed patina has tight mill scale or
a tight granular consistency which will not be adversely effected by vigorous brushing with a
wire brush. An improperly formed patina will generally have flakes and/or delaminations which
can be removed with a hammer tap, a wire brush or chipping hammer.
Section loss in the base metal of the steel girders should principally be indicated in the Pontis
ratings for the superstructure or substructure members.
Paint Condition Ratings - Scale For Weathering Steel
The rating will be based on the percentage of the protective oxide layer or patina that has failed.
This is based on the percentage of the member being rated that exhibits a dark black patina or
where flakes and/or delaminations can be removed as stated above.
SG-1
Using the codes listed below, code the condition of the protective oxide layer or patina of the
weathering steel (Code the average for the Item, not the worst area):
Code
Description
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
100% failed oxide protective layer

50 -100% failed oxide protective layer
33 - 50% failed oxide protective layer
16 - 33% failed oxide protective layer
1- 3% failed oxide protective layer
0.3 - 1% failed oxide protective layer
0.1 - 0.3% failed oxide protective layer
0.03 - 0.1% failed oxide protective layer
0 - 0.03% failed oxide protective layer
SG-2
APPENDIX A
RAILROAD BRIDGE CODOING INSTRUCTIONS
RAILROAD CARRYING BRIDGES
CODING INSTRUCTIONS
R-1
RAILROAD CARRYING BRIDGES
This guide has been prepared for use in recording and coding the data elements on record
one (Item 5A=1) that will form a railroad carrying bridge inventory database. The data requested
includes both Federal and State fields as they apply to railroad carrying structures. The required
data is to be coded and submitted according to the definitions and classifications contained in
both the Federal and State Coding Guides with all exceptions contained herein. For first cycle
inspections (without previous SI&A sheets), the input screens contained herein should be filledin using a pen or hard pencil so that the data can be input into the database. For re-inspections,
any changes should be marked-up on the SI&A input screens in a similar manner. Existing data
for re-inspections that is correctly coded should be left without change on the SI&A. In both
cases, a print-out of the final SI&A sheet(s) will be developed from the database for placement in
the bridge survey report.
For general coding instructions, see page 3 of the State Coding Guide. If a second
record (or A-Z) is needed for the highway below, then the items specified on page 2 of the
Federal Coding Guide shall also be coded . In addition, State Items A, AA, AB and DJ shall be
coded in accordance with the State Coding Guide.
Note:
Throughout this Coding Guide, the term Conrail is meant to refer to railroads owned
by CSX and Norfolk Southern including the Joint Assets.
R-1
EXCEPTIONS TO FEDERAL ITEMS

The following items should be left Blank on record 5A=1: 11, 19, 20, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33,
51, 70, 72, 95, 100, 101, 102, 108, 109, 110, 114 and 115.
ITEM 5B - ROUTE SIGNING PREFIX
1 DIGIT
The second position of Item 5 shall be coded 8.

ITEM 5D - ROUTE NUMBER
5 DIGITS
Code the railroad route number in the next 5 positions, which shall be right justified with leading
zeros. See Appendix I for railroad route listings.
ITEM 21 - MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY
2 DIGITS
Code
Description
01
21
27
State owned Railroad Bridges (not including NJT)

NJ Transit owned Bridges
All other Railroad Bridges
ITEM 22 - OWNER
2 DIGITS
Same as Item 21.

ITEM 26 - FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
Code
Description
96
97
98
99
Abandoned Railroad Lines

Passenger & Freight
Freight Only
Passenger Only
ITEM 36 - SAFETY FEATURES
2 DIGITS
4 DIGITS
The codes 0, 1 and N shall be used for coding this item. However, the following shall apply:
Digit Position
Guide Rail
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Location
Attachment
Extension
Ends of guard rail
R-2
ITEM 36 - SAFETY FEATURES
4 DIGITS
Digit Position
Guide Rail
1.
Location:
2.
3.
Attachment:
Extension:
4.
Ends of guard rail:
The guard rails are located on the structure and are 10 (+) from
the running rails.
The guard rails are firmly attached to the structure.
The guard rails extend at least 50 beyond both ends of the
structure.
The ends of the guard rails are bevelled down and meet at the
center of the track.
Guard rails are steel rails inside the actual running rails which are used to keep the train
from striking the structure, should the train derail.
ITEM 41 - STRUCTURE OPEN, POSTED OR CLOSED

Code
Description
A
K
R
Open
Closed
Speed Restriction
ITEM 47 - INVENTORY ROUTE, TOTAL HORIZONTAL

CLEARANCE
1 DIGIT
3 DIGITS
The minimum horizontal clearance should be coded in this item with two stipulations:
1.
Measure horizontal clearance (+/-) 4 above the top of the rails from the center line of the
track to the nearest obstruction on each side.
2.
Measure horizontal clearance at the top of rail from the centerline of the track to the
nearest obstruction at each side (see attachment).
If the horizontal clearance measurement at +/- 4 as mentioned above is not possible then the
measurement shall be take 2 above the top of rail. Both of these clearances should be measured
and the one that does not meet the minimum should be noted. If both stipulations meet the
minimum horizontal clearance, the most restrictive measurement should be noted.
If the bridges as no horizontal clearance restrictions (i.e., deck girder, timber trestle, etc.), Code
99.9.
R-3
Attachment for Item 47
TRACK ON TANGENT
Minimum Horizontal Clearance
R-4
ITEM - 58 DECK
1 DIGIT
Same as Federal Coding Guide

The following type of structure should receive special attention.
Open Deck (Railroad Bridges)
For railroad bridges which have open decks, the deck condition shall be coded based on the
condition of the railroad ties, in accordance with the condition ratings shown in the current
Federal Coding Guide.
3 DIGITS
ITEM 64 - OPERATING RATING
The second and third digits will give the equivalent Cooper E loading (based on allowable
operating stresses) if known, otherwise code 700.
ITEM 66 - INVENTORY RATING
3 DIGITS
The second and third digits will give the equivalent Cooper E loading (based on allowable
inventory stresses) if known, otherwise code 700.
1 DIGIT
The structural condition should be evaluated based on the following criteria:

I.
For N.J.D.O.T. owned Railroad Carrying Structures

Code
Remark
9
8
7
6
Inventory rating greater than Cooper E80 loading, with full impact
Inventory rating equal to Cooper E80 loading, with full impact
Inventory rating greater than Conrail loading, with full impact
Inventory rating greater than or equal to Conrail loading with a speed
restriction chart
Operating rating greater than Conrail loads, with full impact
93% of operating rating with impact computed at 10 mph is greater than or
equal to Conrail loading
93% of operating rating with impact computed at 10 mph is less than
Conrail loading
Closed
5
4
3
0
NOTE:
The Conrail Equivalent Cooper E loadings can be found in the special loading
charts which are part of the current N.J.D.O.T. Design Manual - Bridges and
Structures.
R-5

II.
1 DIGIT
NJ Transit/Conrail owned Railroad Carrying Structures

Code
Remarks
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Inventory rating greater than Cooper E80 loading

Inventory rating equal to Cooper E80 loading
Bridge can carry all 6 Conrail loads.
Bridge can carry Conrail loads 1 thru 5
Bridge can carry Conrail loads 1 and 2
Bridge cannot carry any Conrail loads
1 DIGIT
ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY
The appraisal of the minimum horizontal clearance from centerline of the track on the
structure should be coded in this item. The following appraisal coding criteria should be used for
tangent track:
Rating
+4 Above Rail
+2 Above Rail
At Top of Rail
8
7
6
5
4
3
9-0
8-6
8-0
6-9
5-7
5-7
7-6
7-2
6-9
6-1
5-4
5-4
6-0
5-9
5-6
5-4
5-1
5-1
Below
Below
Below
The most restrictive measurement should be used. AREA and Conrail recognize that by
coding 4 this condition meets the minimum tolerable limits to be left in place.
NOTE:
If the track is curved on the structure the minimum horizontal clearance will
increase by 1 for every degree of curve.
For additional information, please refer to the American Railway Engineering
Association Manual for Railway Engineering, Volume 2, Chapter 28, Sections 1.1
and 1.2b and Chapter 15, Section 1.2.6. Also, refer to New Jersey Transit Plate
70051-B and MW 4 Section 213.57 to 213.61.
R-6
1 DIGIT
Examples:
A.
Thru-girder railroad bridge.

Measurement taken from centerline of tangent track:
+/- 4 above rail = 8-7

+/- 2 above rail = 610
Top of Rail
= 5-9
Since the most crucial measurement is at +/- 2 above rail, the rating would be 6.
B.
Same as Example A, except track on structure has a 2 degree curve. The values in the
table on page 9 would be increased by 3 (2 degrees x 1 ).
Therefore the most crucial of the above measurement is still +/- 2 above the rail. The
new rating based on revising the table for a 2 degree curve is now a 5.
ITEM 69 - UNDERCLEARANCE, VERTICAL

AND HORIZONTAL
1 DIGIT
Refer to the Federal Coding Guide Section pages F56, F57 and F58 for coding this item.
ITEM 104 - HIGHWAY SYSTEM OF THE INVENTORY ROUTE
1 DIGIT
All railroad carrying structures will have a code of 9 if Item 5A = 1.

1 DIGIT
ITEM 112 - NBIS BRIDGE LENGTH
If structure length (as defined on page F78) is 5-0 or greater, then code Y. If not, code N.
R-7
Attachment for Item 68
TRACK ON TANGENT
Minimum Horizontal Clearance
R-8
EXCEPTIONS TO STATE ITEMS

ITEM BA - APPROACH ROADWAY CONDITION
1 DIGIT
This Item reflects the physical condition of the tracks and the track bed in the approaches
to the bridge. This Item should be coded based on erosion of embankment, condition of ties,
loose tie plates and pumping of rails. Use the following table as an aid in coding this item.
8
7
Very Good Condition

Good Condition
No Defects
Light erosion of embankment, longitudinal
splitting and/or wide checking in ties
Satisfactory Condition
Moderate erosion of embankment, light

rotting in a few ties, moderate to heavy
rotting in a few ties and/or some loose tie
plates.
Fair Condition
Heavy erosion of embankment, a few

missing ties, moderate to heavy rotting in a
few ties and/or a few loose tie plates.
Poor Condition
Severe erosion of embankment causing

undermining of ties, severe rotting in most
items and/or many loose tie plates causing
slight pumping of rails.
Serious Condition
Same as 4 but with severe pumping of rails.
ITEM A - TOWN
4 DIGITS
Code the town where the bridge is located, see page S1.
5 DIGITS
ITEM AA - ROUTE
Code the railroad route number in the first four positions left justified with the fifth position left
blank. See Railroad Bridge Coding Instructions Appendix A for railroad route listings.
R-9
ITEM AI - SPEED POSTING
2 DIGITS
Code the posted speed limit for the bridge in miles per hour based on a speed restriction chart.
Leave blank if not speed restriction posted.
4 DIGITS
Leave blank. This item will be coded by the Structural Evaluation - Railroad Section .
5 DIGITS
For record 5A equals 1: For a railroad carrying bridge, code railroad milepost of the railroad
line designated in Item 7 (Facility Carried by Structure).
For record 5A equals 2 or A thru Z:
If the feature intersected is a railroad line, code this item according to the railroad milepost of the
railroad line as designated in Item 6 (Features Intersected).
ITEM BK - PERCENT OVERSTRESS
2 DIGITS
Leave blank
ITEM BQ - LOAD 1 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
For ratings in terms of Load 1, code the controlling members equivalent Cooper E load in the
space provided. Should the equivalent loading be more than Cooper E99, code 99 in the space
provided.
ITEM BR - LOAD 2 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
space provided. Should the equivalent loading be for more than Cooper E99, code 99 in the
space provided.
ITEM BS - LOAD 3 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
space provided.
R-10
ITEM BT - LOAD 4 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
space provided.
ITEM BU - LOAD 5 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
space provided.
ITEM BV - LOAD 6 EQUIVALENT COOPER E
2 DIGITS
space provided.
3 DIGITS
ITEM CG - POSTED LOAD

Leave blank
ITEM CP - FEDERAL REPORT
1 DIGIT
For railroad carrying bridges over highways code X on Sheet 1 and leave blank on Sheet 2
or A through Z.
Code R for the following categories:
1.
Bridges carrying railroad traffic over waterways.
2.
Bridges carrying railroad traffic over any other features (except highways).
3.
Pedestrian bridges over or under a railroad.
R-11
APPENDIX A
RAILROAD BRIDGE CODING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
New Jersey Transit Railroad Line Listing

RR Routes
Rail System Name
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
Pascack Valley Line

Bergen County Line
Main Line
Boonton Line (MP 2.70 to 34.10)
Morristown Line (MP 34.10 to 47.90)
Morristown Line (MP 00.00 to 36.30)
Harrison Connection
Montclair Branch
Gladstone Line
Raritan Valley Line and Bayonne Branch
North Jersey Coast Line
Freehold Branch
Freehold Secondary
Southern Branch
Princeton Line
Atlantic City Line
Cape May Line
Ocean City Branch
Millville Branch
Pemberton Secondary
4006
4007
4008
4009
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4050
4051
4052
4056
4057
Example:
(Item AA) Route 4001 - Code 4001b

(Item BC) USRA Line Code 6152 - Code 6152
2.
A 5000 to 5699 series is used to designate State owned railroad carrying bridges over
State owned routes.
Example:
Lehigh Valley Railroad over Rt. 1+9
Code Item AA as 51+9b
3.
A 5700 to 5999 series is used to designate State owned railroad carrying bridges over
other features.
4.
A 6000 to 6149 series is used to designate the Amtrak and Conrail Bridges.
6000b to 6099b
- Amtrak-Northeast Corridor
6100b to 6149b
- Conrail (Joint Assets), Norfolk Southern and CSX
RA-1
5.
A 6150 to 6157 series is used to designate private railroads as follows:

Route
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6.
Railroad Line
All NY Susquehanna and Western Railroad Lines (owned by
Delaware & Otsego Railroad)NYS&W RR
Staten Island Rapid Transit (SIRT)
Septa owned portion of the NY Branch (Former Reading
Railroad-USRA Line code 0326)
Black River and Western Railroad (BR&W RR)
Rahway Valley Railroad
Morristown and Erie Railroad
Miscellaneous abandoned Traction Companies (P.S. Trolley,
Bergen County Traction Company, etc.)
Abandoned New York Branch Spur (to Pennington Mountain
Quarry)
A 6158 to 6199 number series is used to designate miscellaneous railroad lines.
RA-2

Recording and Coding Guide in Bridge Inspection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Recording and Coding Guide in Bridge Inspection

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Recording and Coding Guide in Bridge Inspection

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RECORDING AND CODING GUIDE

BUREAU OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

New Jersey Department of Transportation

NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

All Bridge Inspection Staff,

James Lane, Manager

Revision to the 2003 Recording and Coding Guide for the

Item 19 Bypass, Detour Length: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

Item 49 Structure Length: Revision is necessary to correct typographical error. See

Item 51 Bridge Roadway Width: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

Item 56 Minimum Lateral Underclearance on Left: Revision is necessary to correct

Item 72 Approach Roadway Alignment: Revision is necessary to correct

BC USRA Line Code: Revision is necessary to correct typographical error. See

Item FQ Last In-Depth Fracture Critical/Pin-Hanger Inspection Date: Revision is

Item GC Date of Paint Inspection: Revision is necessary to correct typographical

Items GD Thru GO Paint Condition Rating: Revisions are necessary to avoid

ITEM 17 - LONGITUDE (CONTINUED)

ITEM 48 - LENGTH OF MAXIMUM SPAN (XXXX feet)

ITEM 49 - STRUCTURE LENGTH (XXXXXX feet)

ITEM 51 - BRIDGE ROADWAY WIDTH, CURB-TO-CURB (XXX.X feet) 4 DIGITS

ITEM 56 - MINIMUM LATERAL UNDERCLEARANCE ON LEFT

ITEM 68 - DECK GEOMETRY (CONT'D)

Bridge Roadway Width

ADT (Both Directions)

Use value in parentheses for bridges longer than 200 feet.

ITEM 71 - WATERWAY ADEQUACY (CONTINUED)

Bridge deck above roadway approaches.

Occasional overtopping of bridge deck and

Frequent overtopping of bridge deck and

Occasional or frequent overtopping of bridge

ITEM 72 - APPROACH ROADWAY ALIGNMENT

ITEM A - TOWN (CONTINUED)

Barnegat Light Boro

Bay Head Boro

Carneys Point Twp.

Beach Haven Boro

Little Falls Twp.

Lower Alloways Creek

North Haledon Boro

Toms River Twp.

Penns Grove Boro

Harvey Cedars Boro

Pompton Lakes Boro

Island Heights Boro

Prospect Park Boro

Upper Pittsgrove Twp.

West Milford Twp.

Little Egg Harbor Twp.

West Paterson Boro

Long Beach Twp.

Ocean Gate Boro

Pine Beach Boro

Point Pleasant Boro

Pt. Pleasant Beach Boro

Seaside Heights Boro

Seaside Park Boro

Ship Bottom Boro

South Toms River Boro